As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2022

 

File No. 001-41391

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

M-tron Industries, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

46-0457994

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

2525 Shader Road

32804

Orlando, Florida

(Zip Code)

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

(407) 298-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Copies to:

 

Michael L. Zuppone

Paul Hastings LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class to be so registered

 

Name of each exchange on which each class is to be registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange American

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   

 

 


 

 

M-tron Industries, Inc. (“Mtron”)

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

CROSS REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION

STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

Certain information required to be included herein is incorporated by reference to specifically identified portions of the body of the information statement filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1 (the “information statement”). None of the information contained in the information statement shall be incorporated by reference herein or deemed to be a part hereof unless such information is specifically incorporated by reference.

Item 1.

Business.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “The Spin-Off,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements,” “Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Management,” “Executive Compensation,” “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Index to Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements” (and the statements referenced therein) of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 2.

Financial Information.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Index to Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements” (and the statements referenced therein) of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3.

Properties.

The information required by this item is contained in the section “Business -- Properties” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

The information required by this item is contained in the section “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.

Directors and Executive Officers.

The information required by this item is contained in the section “Management” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6.

Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Executive Compensation” and “Management” of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “The Spin-Off,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Management” of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.

Legal Proceedings.

The information required by this item is contained in the section “Business–Legal Proceedings” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 


 

Item 9.

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “The Spin-Off,” “Dividend Policy” and “Description of Capital Stock” of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 10.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The information required by this item is contained in the section “Description of Capital Stock–Sale of Unregistered Securities” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.

Description of Registrant’s Securities to Be Registered.

The information required by this item is contained in the section “Description of Capital Stock” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “The Spin-Off–Relationship Between Mtron and the Company” and “Description of Capital Stock–Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers” of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Selected Historical Financial Information” and “Index to Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements” (and the statements referenced therein) of the information statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 


 

Item 15.

Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a)

Financial Statements

The information required by this item is contained in the sections “Index to Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements” (and the statements referenced therein) of the information statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)

Exhibits

The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Title

2.1

 

Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between The LGL Group, Inc. and M-tron Industries, Inc.

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of M-tron Industries, Inc.

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of M-tron Industries, Inc.

4.1

 

2022 Incentive Plan of M-tron Industries, Inc.

10.1

 

Form of Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement by and between The LGL Group, Inc. and M-tron Industries, Inc.

10.2

 

Form of Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement by and between The LGL Group, Inc. and M-tron Industries, Inc.

10.3

 

Credit Agreement by and among M-Tron Industries, Inc., Piezo Technology, Inc. and Fifth Third Bank, National Association, dated June 15, 2022.

10.4

 

Promissory Note in favor of Fifth Third Bank, National Association, dated June 15, 2022.

10.5

 

Security Agreement by and among M-Tron Industries, Inc. and Fifth Third Bank, National Association, dated June 15, 2022.

10.6

 

Security Agreement by and among Piezo Technology, Inc. and Fifth Third Bank, National Association, dated June 15, 2022.

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of M-tron Industries, Inc.

99.1

 

Information Statement of M-tron Industries, Inc., preliminary and subject to completion, dated July 18, 2022.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

       /s/ James W. Tivy

 

Name: James W. Tivy

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: July 18, 2022

 

 

Exhibit 2.1

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [●], 2022 between The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“LGL”), and M‑tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation and, as of the date of this Agreement, a wholly owned subsidiary of LGL (“Mtron”).  As used herein, LGL on the one hand, and Mtron, on the other hand, are sometimes referred to individually as a “Party”, or together, as “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, LGL is the sole member of M-tron Systems Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Mtron Holdings”), and Mtron Holdings is the sole stockholder of Mtron;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of LGL (the “LGL Board”) has determined that it is appropriate and advisable to separate Mtron and its subsidiaries from LGL into a separate publicly traded company (the “Separation”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Separation, the LGL Board has determined that it is appropriate and advisable for the Mtron common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Mtron Common Stock”), that LGL owns to be distributed to holders of LGL common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“LGL Common Stock”) (the “Distribution”);

WHEREAS, in its capacity as sole member of Mtron Holdings, LGL has authorized the transfer of Mtron Common Stock to be effected through the Distribution;

WHEREAS, LGL and Mtron intend that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Distribution and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be generally tax-free under Section 355 of the Code (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, each of LGL and Mtron have determined that it is advisable to set forth the principal transactions required to facilitate and effect the Separation and the Distribution and to provide for other agreements that will govern certain matters regarding the Separation and the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by LGL and Mtron, LGL and Mtron agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
Definitions; General Interpretative Principles

1.1Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Administrative Agreement” shall mean the Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement, dated of even date herewith, between LGL and Mtron.

 


 

Affiliate” of any Person shall mean another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such first Person; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement from and after the Distribution, no member of the LGL Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Mtron Group, and no member of the Mtron Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the LGL Group.

Ancillary Agreements” shall mean those agreements listed on Schedule 1.1(a).

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consents” shall mean any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any third parties, including governmental approvals.

Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Distribution Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Distribution Date” shall mean the date on which the Distribution occurs.

Distribution Taxes” shall mean any tax, fee, assessment, charge or levy made by a Governmental Authority in connection with, arising from or attributable to the Distribution and the transactions necessary to effect the Distribution.

Distribution Time” shall mean 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Distribution Date or such other time designated by the LGL Board as the time at which the Distribution is to be effective on the Distribution Date.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Form 10” shall mean the registration statement on Form 10 of Mtron with respect to the registration under the Exchange Act of the Mtron Common Stock, including any amendments or supplements thereto.

Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state or local court, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other regulatory or administrative authority.

Group” shall mean the Mtron Group or the LGL Group, as applicable.

Indemnifiable Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.

Information” of a Party shall mean any and all information that such Party or any of its Representatives, whether furnished orally or in writing or by any other means or gathered by inspection and regardless of whether the same is specifically marked or designated as

 

2


 

“confidential” or “proprietary,” together with any and all notes, memoranda, analyses, compilations, studies or other documents (whether in hard copy or electronic media) prepared by the receiving Party or any of its Representatives which contain or otherwise reflect such information, together with any and all copies, extracts or other reproductions of any of the same; provided, however, that for the purposes hereof, all information relating to the LGL Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities in the possession of any member of the Mtron Group at the time of the Distribution shall be deemed to have been furnished by the LGL Group and all information relating to the Mtron Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities in the possession of any member of the LGL Group at the time of the Distribution shall be deemed to have been furnished by the Mtron Group; and further provided that the term “Information” does not include information that:

 

(i)

is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the receiving Party or its Representatives;

 

(ii)

is or becomes available to the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the providing Party or its Representatives, provided that such source is not known by the receiving Party to be subject to a confidentiality agreement with the providing Party; or

 

(iii)

has been independently acquired or developed by the receiving Party without violation of any of the obligations of the receiving Party or its Representatives under this Agreement.

Information Statement” shall mean the information statement and any related documentation to be distributed to holders of LGL Common Stock in connection with the Distribution, including any amendments or supplements thereto.

LGL Board” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

LGL Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

LGL Group” shall mean LGL and its Subsidiaries, other than the Mtron Group.

LGL Indemnifiable Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Liabilities” shall mean any and all debts, liabilities, commitments and obligations, whether fixed, contingent or absolute, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or not accrued, known or unknown, whenever or however arising and whether or not the same would be required by generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in financial statements or disclosed in the notes thereto.

Mtron” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Mtron Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Mtron Group” shall mean Mtron and each of the entities set forth on Schedule 1.1(b), and any other entities that may become Subsidiaries of Mtron.

 

3


 

Mtron Indemnifiable Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or entity of any kind.

Record Date” shall mean the record date for the Distribution determined by the LGL Board for the Distribution.

Record Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Representatives” of a Party shall mean such Party’s officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, investment bankers, financial advisors, consultants and other representatives.

SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (i) such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner or (ii) at least 50% of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization or at least 50% of the value of the outstanding equity is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement” shall mean the Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement, dated of even date herewith, by and between LGL and Mtron.  

Third-Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a).

1.2General Interpretive Principles. (a) Words in the singular will include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender will include the other gender, in each case, as the context requires, (b) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified, (c) any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law or code will be deemed to also refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context otherwise requires and (d) any reference to any agreement will be deemed to mean the agreement as it may be amended from time to time.

 

4


 

ARTICLE II

Recapitalization

2.1Recapitalization of Mtron.  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.3, LGL and Mtron will cause as recapitalization of Mtron by means of stock split or stock dividend such that after the Record Date and before the Distribution Time the number of shares of Mtron Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately before the Distribution Time will equal the number of shares of LGL Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the Record Date, which Mtron Common Stock owned by LGL will constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Mtron.

2.2Amendments to Mtron Corporate Documents.  LGL will take, and will cause Mtron to take, all actions necessary such that, as of the Distribution Time, Mtron’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will substantially conform to those attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B, respectively.

2.3Further Assurances.

(a)In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts at and after the Distribution Time to take, or cause to be taken, all reasonable actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b)Each Party will cooperate with the other Party, and without any further consideration, to execute and deliver, or use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all Consents, approvals or authorizations of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument (including any Consents), and to take all other actions as the Party may reasonably be requested to take by the other Party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to the contrary, no member of either Group will be required to make any payment, incur or become subject to any Liability, agree to any restriction, surrender any right or asset or otherwise enter into any agreement, or be required to permit to occur any event, that would be material, in relation to the Consent sought, in order to obtain any such Consent.

2.4No Representations or Warranties.  Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement:

(a)no member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group is making any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, to any Party or any member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group in any way with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by

 

5


 

this Agreement or the business, assets, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise) of, or any other matter involving, any Party; and

(b)none of LGL, Mtron or any member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group, as applicable, or any other Person makes any representation or warranty with respect to the Separation, the Distribution or the entering into of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE III
Plan of Reorganization Transactions

3.1Delivery to Distribution Agent.  LGL will deliver to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as distribution agent (the “Distribution Agent”), for the benefit of holders of record of LGL Common Stock at the close of business on the Record Date (the “Record Holders”) a stock certificate representing (or authorize the related book-entry transfer of) all outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock and will order the Distribution Agent to effect the Distribution in the manner set forth in Section 3.2.

3.2Mechanics of the Distribution.

(a)LGL will direct the Distribution Agent to, as promptly as practicable following the Distribution Time, distribute to each Record Holder a number of shares of Mtron Common Stock equal to the number of shares of LGL Common Stock held by such Record Holder on the Record Date. All of the shares of Mtron Common Stock so issued will be fully paid and non-assessable.  The Distribution will be effective as of the Distribution Time.

(b)LGL will direct the Distribution Agent to determine, as soon as is practicable after the Distribution Date, the number of fractional shares, if any, of Mtron Common Stock allocable to each Record Holder entitled to receive Mtron Common Stock in the Distribution and to promptly aggregate all the fractional shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby, in open market transactions or otherwise, at the then-prevailing trading prices, and to cause to be distributed to each Record Holder, in lieu of any fractional share, each Record Holder’s ratable share of the proceeds of the sale, after making appropriate deductions of the amounts required to be withheld for federal income tax purposes and after deducting an amount equal to all brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes attributed to the sale.

3.3Conditions Precedent to the Distribution.  Neither the Distribution nor the related transactions set forth in this Agreement or in any of the Ancillary Agreements will become effective unless the following conditions have been satisfied, at or before the Distribution Time:

(a)the stockholders of LGL shall have approved at a special meeting of stockholders the transfer of substantially all assets of LGL by means of the Separation and the Distribution in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

(b)the Form 10 shall be effective under the Exchange Act, with no stop order in effect with respect thereto;

(c)the Information Statement has been mailed to LGL’s stockholders;

 

6


 

(d)the actions and filings, if any, necessary under securities and blue sky laws of the states of the United States and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions have been taken and become effective;

(e)the approval for listing of the Mtron Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange American, subject to official notice of issuance, has been obtained;

(f)no order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution will be in effect and no other event outside LGL’s control will have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution; and

(g)no event or development has occurred or exists that in the good faith judgment of the LGL Board, in its sole discretion, makes the Distribution inadvisable.

ARTICLE IV
Payment of Liabilities

4.1Payment of Liabilities.  Subject to ARTICLE VI of this Agreement, from and after the Distribution Time, (i) Mtron shall indemnify LGL and its respective Representatives with respect to any claims relating to Mtron and its business, assets and liabilities and (ii) LGL shall indemnify Mtron and its Representatives with respect to any claims relating to LGL and its business, assets and liabilities.

ARTICLE V
Other Agreements

5.1Use of Names.  Mtron shall have all rights in and use of the trademarks, trade names, and logos that the Mtron Group uses in its operations as of the date hereof.

5.2Books and Records.  Prior to or as promptly as practicable after the Distribution and from time to time thereafter as requested by Mtron, LGL shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Mtron all corporate books and records of the Mtron Group in the possession of LGL and the relevant portions (or copies thereof) of all corporate books and records of LGL or any member of the LGL Group relating directly and primarily to the Mtron Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities, including, in each case, all agreements, litigation files, government filings and tax records and files.  From and after the Distribution, all such books, records and copies shall be the property of Mtron.  LGL may retain copies of all such corporate books and records, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 below.

5.3Access to Information.  Upon reasonable notice, each Party shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to afford to Representatives of the other Party reasonable access, during normal business hours throughout the period prior to and following the Distribution, to all of its properties, books, contracts, commitments, and records (including, but not limited to, tax returns) relating to the other Party, its business or its Liabilities and, during such period, each Party shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, furnish promptly to the other Party (i) access to each report, schedule and other document filed or received by it or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the requirements of federal or state securities laws or filed with or sent to any federal or state

 

7


 

regulatory agency or commission and (ii) access to all information concerning themselves, their Subsidiaries, directors, officers and stockholders and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the other Party in connection with any filings, applications or approvals required or contemplated by this Agreement or for any other reason related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that Mtron and the Mtron Group shall be required to grant such access only with respect to information necessary to or required by LGL in preparation of tax returns.  Subject to Section 5.6, nothing in this Section 5.3 shall require the Parties to take any action or furnish any access or information which would cause or could reasonably be expected to cause the waiver of any applicable attorney-client privilege.  All information for which access is provided hereunder shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 5.5.

5.4Retention of Records.  If any information relating to the businesses, assets and liabilities of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group is retained by the Mtron Group or the LGL Group, respectively, each of LGL and Mtron shall, and shall cause the other members of the LGL Group and the Mtron Group, respectively, to retain all such information in the LGL Group’s or the Mtron Group’s possession or under its control until such information is at least ten (10) years old, except that if, prior to the expiration of such period, any member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group wishes to destroy or dispose of any such information that is at least three years old, prior to destroying or disposing of any of such information, (a) LGL or Mtron, on behalf of the member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group that is proposing to dispose of or destroy any such information, shall provide no less than 45 days’ prior written notice to the other Party, specifying the information proposed to be destroyed or disposed of, and (b) if, prior to the scheduled date of such destruction or disposal, the other Party requests in writing that any of the information proposed to be destroyed or disposed of be delivered to such other Party, LGL or Mtron, as applicable, shall promptly arrange for the delivery of the requested information to a location specified by, and at the expense of, the requesting Party.  Notwithstanding any of the above, each Party shall retain those documents as required by law, rule, regulation, or court order.

5.5Confidentiality.

(a)Each Party hereto shall keep and shall cause its Representatives to keep each of the other Parties’ Information strictly confidential and will disclose such Information only to such of its Representatives who need to know such Information and who agree to be bound by this Section 5.5 and not to disclose such Information to any other Person, except as set forth in Section 5.5(b).  Without the prior written consent of the other Party, neither Party nor any of its respective Representatives shall disclose any other Party’s Information to any Person or entity except as may be required by law or judicial process and in accordance with Section 5.5(b).

(b)In the event that any Party or any of its Representatives receives a request or is required by law or judicial process to disclose to a court or other tribunal all or any part of any of the other Party’s Information, each receiving Party or its Representatives shall promptly notify the other Party of the request in writing, and consult with and assist the other Party in seeking a protective order or request for other appropriate remedy.  In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or the other Party waives compliance with the terms hereof, such receiving Party or its Representatives, as the case may be, shall disclose only that portion of the

 

8


 

Information or facts which, in the written opinion of each receiving Party’s outside counsel, is legally required to be disclosed, and each Party will exercise its respective commercially reasonable best efforts to assure that confidential treatment will be accorded such Information or facts by the Persons or entities receiving the same.  Each providing Party will be given an opportunity to review the Information or facts prior to disclosure.

5.6Privileged Information.

(a)Each Party hereto acknowledges that (i) each member of the LGL Group and each member of the Mtron Group has or may obtain Information regarding a member of the Mtron Group or the LGL Group, respectively, or any of its operations, employees, assets or liabilities, as applicable, that is or may be protected from disclosure pursuant to attorney-client privilege, the work product doctrine or other applicable privileges (“Privileged Information”); (ii) actual, threatened or future litigation, investigations, proceedings (including arbitration), claims, or other legal matters have been or may be asserted by or against, or otherwise affect, LGL and/or Mtron (or the LGL Group and/or the Mtron Group) (“Litigation Matters”); (iii) LGL and Mtron have a common legal interest in Litigation Matters, in the Privileged Information, and in the preservation of the confidential status of the Privileged Information, in each case relating to, as applicable, the LGL Group and its business, assets and liabilities or the Mtron Group and its business, assets and liabilities as it or they existed at the time of the Distribution or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the constituent elements of the LGL Group and the Mtron Group on or prior to the time of the Distribution; and (iv) LGL and Mtron intend that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Administrative Agreement and any transfer of Privileged Information in connection herewith or therewith shall not operate as a waiver of any potentially applicable privilege.

(b)Each of LGL and Mtron agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of the LGL Group and the Mtron Group, respectively, not to disclose or otherwise waive any privilege attaching to any Privileged Information relating to, as applicable, the LGL Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities, or the Mtron Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities as it or they existed at the time of the Distribution or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the constituent elements of the LGL Group and the Mtron Group on or prior to the time of the Distribution, without providing prompt written notice to and obtaining the prior written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed if the other Party certifies that such disclosure is to be made in response to a likely threat of suspension, debarment, criminal indictment, or similar action; provided, however, that LGL and Mtron may make disclosure or waiver with respect to Privileged Information if such Privileged Information related, in the case of LGL, solely to the LGL Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities as each existed prior to the time of the Distribution, or in the case of Mtron, solely to Mtron Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities as each existed prior to the time of the Distribution.  The Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to limit any such disclosure or waiver to the maximum extent possible and shall seek the execution of a confidentiality agreement by the third party or parties to which such disclosure or waiver is made.

(c)Upon any member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group, as the case may be, receiving any subpoena or other compulsory disclosure notice from a court, other governmental

 

9


 

agency or otherwise that requests disclosure of Privileged Information, in each case relating to LGL Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities or the Mtron Group and its businesses, assets and liabilities as it or they existed at the time of the Distribution or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the constituent elements of the LGL Group and the Mtron Group on or prior to the time of the Distribution, the recipient of the notice shall promptly provide to LGL, in the case of receipt by a member of the Mtron Group, or to Mtron, in the case of receipt by a member of the LGL Group, a copy of such notice, the intended response, and all materials or information relating to the other Party (or its Subsidiaries) that might be disclosed.  In the event of a disagreement as to the intended response or disclosure, unless and until the disagreement is resolved, LGL and Mtron shall cooperate to assert all defenses to disclosure claimed by either Party (or its Subsidiaries), at the cost and expense of the Party claiming such defense to disclosure, and shall not disclose any disputed documents or information until all legal defenses and claims of privilege shall have been determined.

5.7Cooperation.  The Parties shall cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are carried out in accordance with their terms.

5.8[Reserved.]

5.9Transaction Expenses.  Except as otherwise agreed between the Parties, LGL and Mtron shall each be responsible for its out-of-pocket expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with the Distribution.

5.10Receivables Collection and Other Payments.  If, after the Distribution, any member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group receives payments belonging to the Mtron Group or the LGL Group, respectively, the recipient shall promptly account for and remit same to the other Party.

5.11Insurance.  From and after the time of the Distribution, (a) LGL shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, all insurance coverage existing at the time of the Distribution related to the Mtron Group and its businesses and assets for periods prior to the Distribution (and shall include Mtron or the members of the Mtron Group, as applicable, as a named insurer thereunder), (b) LGL shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining all insurance coverage relating to the LGL Group and its businesses and assets for periods prior to and after the Distribution, and (c) Mtron shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining all insurance coverage relating to the Mtron Group and its businesses and assets for the period from and after the Distribution.  Without limiting the foregoing, the businesses and assets of the Mtron Group insured pursuant to clause (a) above shall include any and all rights of an insured party, including without limitation rights of indemnity, the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer and the right to receive insurance proceeds.  The Parties hereto shall cooperate with regards to the administration of insurance policies contemplated hereunder (including accounting and reporting obligations and the distribution of insurance proceeds) and shall share material information concerning such matters so that both LGL and Mtron are aware on a continuing basis of material matters relevant to joint dealings with insurers.  Except as set forth herein, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or deemed to limit the right of LGL or Mtron to

 

10


 

obtain and administer future insurance policies on whatever terms such Party believes to be advisable.

ARTICLE VI
Indemnification and Releases

6.1Mutual Release.  Effective as of the Distribution and except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, each of LGL on the one hand, and Mtron, on the other hand, releases and forever discharges the other Party or Parties and their respective Affiliates, and its and their directors, officers, employees and agents of and from all debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, accounts, covenants, contracts, agreements, damages, and any and all claims, demands and liabilities whatsoever of every name and nature, both in law and in equity, against each such other Party or any of its assigns, which each releasing Party has or ever had, which arise out of or relate to events, circumstances or actions taken by each such other Party prior to the Distribution; provided, however, that the foregoing general release shall not apply to this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby, and shall not affect each Party’s right to enforce this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby in accordance with its terms.  Each Party understands and agrees that, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, neither the other Party or Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries is, in this Agreement or any other agreement or document, representing or warranting to any Party in any way as to Party’s business, assets and liabilities or as to any consents or approvals required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.2Indemnification by LGL.  From and after the time of the Distribution, LGL shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Mtron Group and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, and Affiliates, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the “Mtron Indemnitees”) from and against any and all losses, Liabilities and damages, including the costs and expenses of any and all actions, threatened actions, demands, assessments, judgments, settlements, and compromises relating thereto, attorneys’ fees, and any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing, or defending against any such actions or threatened actions (collectively, “Mtron Indemnifiable Losses” and, individually, a “Mtron Indemnifiable Loss”) incurred or suffered by a Mtron Indemnitee arising out of (a) the failure or alleged failure of LGL or any of its Subsidiaries to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of the LGL Group liabilities, (b) the breach by LGL of any its obligations under this Agreement, and (c) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact (i) contained in any document filed with the SEC by LGL pursuant to the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities rule, regulation or law, (ii) otherwise disclosed to investors or potential investors in any member of the LGL Group by any member of the LGL Group, or (iii) furnished to any Mtron Indemnitee by any member of the LGL Group for inclusion in any public disclosures to be made by any Mtron Indemnitee, including filings with the SEC or disclosures to investors or potential investors in any member of the Mtron Group, or any omission or alleged omission to state in any information described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, indemnification will be available under clause (c) of this Section 6.2 only to the extent that those Mtron Indemnifiable Losses are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, and the information which

 

11


 

is the subject of such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was not supplied after the Distribution by a member of the Mtron Group or an agent thereof acting on its behalf.

6.3Indemnification by Mtron.  From and after the time of the Distribution, Mtron shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the LGL Group and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, and Affiliates, and each of the heirs, executors, successors, and assigns of any of the foregoing (the “LGL Indemnitees”) from and against any and all losses, Liabilities, and damages, including the costs and expenses of any and all actions, threatened actions, demands, assessments, judgments, settlements, and compromises relating thereto, attorneys’ fees, and any and all whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing, or defending against any such actions or threatened actions (collectively, “LGL Indemnifiable Losses” and, individually, a “LGL Indemnifiable Loss”) incurred or suffered by a LGL Indemnitee arising out of (a) the failure or alleged failure of Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of the Mtron Group liabilities, (b) the breach by Mtron of any of its respective obligations under this Agreement, and (c) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact (i) contained in any document filed with the SEC by Mtron following the Distribution pursuant to the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other applicable securities rule, regulation or law, (ii) otherwise disclosed following the Distribution to investors or potential investors in any member of the Mtron Group by any member of the Mtron Group, or (iii) furnished to any LGL Indemnitee by any member of the Mtron Group for inclusion in any public disclosures to be made by any LGL Indemnitee, including filings with the SEC or disclosures to investors or potential investors in any member of the LGL Group; or any omission or alleged omission to state in any information described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, indemnification will be available under clause (c) of this Section 6.3 only to the extent that those LGL Indemnifiable Losses are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, and the information which is the subject of such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was not supplied by a member of the LGL Group or an agent thereof acting on its behalf.  The Mtron Indemnifiable Losses and the LGL Indemnifiable Losses are collectively referred to as the “Indemnifiable Losses.”

6.4Taxes.  Mtron agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the LGL Group from and against (i) any and all Distribution Taxes resulting from or attributable to any act or failure to act on the part of any member of the Mtron Group following the Distribution and (ii) all liabilities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and attorney’s fees and expenses), losses, damages, assessments, settlements, or judgments arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment, or assertion of any tax or adjustment described in this subsection.

6.5Insurance Proceeds, Tax Benefits; Mitigation.  The amount which any Party (an “Indemnifying Party”) is or may be required to pay to any other Person (an “Indemnitee”) pursuant to Sections 6.2 or 6.3 above shall be reduced (including retroactively) by (i) any insurance proceeds or other amounts actually recovered by or on behalf of each such Indemnitee in reduction of the related Indemnifiable Loss and (ii) any tax benefits realized by each such Indemnitee based on the actual reduction in tax liability by reason of such loss (and shall be

 

12


 

increased by any tax liability incurred by each such Indemnitee based on such indemnity payment).  If an Indemnitee shall have received the payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of an Indemnifiable Loss and shall subsequently actually receive insurance proceeds, tax benefits, or other amounts in respect of such Indemnifiable Loss as specified above, then each such Indemnitee shall pay to each such Indemnifying Party a sum equal to the amount of such insurance proceeds, tax benefits actually realized, or other amounts actually received.  Each Indemnitee shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate all losses, including availing itself of any defenses, limitations, rights of contribution, claims against third parties and other rights at law (it being understood that any reasonable out-of-pocket costs paid to third parties in connection with such mitigation shall constitute losses) and shall provide such evidence and documentation of the nature and extent of any loss as may be reasonably requested by each Indemnifying Party.

6.6Procedure for Indemnification.

(a)If an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise learn of the assertion by a Person (including any governmental entity) who is not a party to this Agreement or to any of the Ancillary Agreements of any claim or of the commencement by any such Person of any action (a “Third-Party Claim”) with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, each such Indemnitee shall give each such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof promptly after becoming aware of such Third-Party Claim; provided, however, that the failure of any Indemnitee to give notice as required by this Section 6.6 shall not relieve each Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this ARTICLE VI, except to the extent that each such Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  Such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate the amount (estimated if necessary) of the Indemnifiable Loss that has been or may be sustained by each such Indemnitee.

(b)An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend or to seek to settle or compromise, at such Indemnifying Party’s own expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel reasonably acceptable to each Indemnitee, any Third-Party Claim, provided that the Indemnifying Party must confirm in writing that it agrees that each Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of such Third-Party Claim.  Within 30 days of the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 6.6(a) (or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the Indemnifying Party shall notify each Indemnitee of its election whether to assume responsibility for such Third-Party Claim (provided that if the Indemnifying Party does not so notify each Indemnitee of its election within 30 days after receipt of such notice from each Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have elected not to assume responsibility for such Third-Party Claim), and each Indemnitee shall cooperate in the defense or settlement or compromise of such Third-Party Claim.  After notice from an Indemnifying Party to each Indemnitee of its election to assume responsibility for a Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to each such Indemnitee under this ARTICLE VI for any legal or other expenses (except expenses approved in advance by the Indemnifying Party) subsequently incurred by each such Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that if the defendants in any such claim include both the Indemnifying Party and one or more Indemnitees and in such Indemnitees’ reasonable judgment there exists a conflict of interest between such Indemnitees and the Indemnifying Party, such Indemnitees shall

 

13


 

have the right to employ separate counsel and in that event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel (but not more than one separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party) shall be paid by each such Indemnifying Party.  If any Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for a Third-Party Claim (which election may be made only in the event of a good faith dispute that a claim was inappropriately tendered under Section 6.2 or 6.3, as the case may be), each such Indemnitee may defend or (subject to the following sentence) seek to compromise or settle such Third-Party Claim without prior written notice to each such Indemnifying Party, which shall have the option within fifteen days following the receipt of such notice (i) to reject the settlement and assume all past and future responsibility for the claim, including reimbursing each Indemnitee for prior expenditures in connection with the claim, (ii) to reject the settlement and continue to refrain from participation in the defense of the claim, in which event each such Indemnifying Party shall have no further right to contest the amount or reasonableness of the settlement if each Indemnitee elects to proceed therewith, (iii) to approve the amount of the settlement, reserving each such Indemnifying Party’s right to contest each Indemnitee’s right to indemnity, or (iv) to approve and agree to pay the settlement.  In the event such Indemnifying Party makes no response to such written notice from an Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have elected option (ii).

(c)If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise any Third-Party Claim, each Indemnitee shall make available to such Indemnifying Party any personnel and any books, records, or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available that are necessary or appropriate for such defense, within the reasonable discretion of each such Indemnifying Party.

(d)Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 6.6 to the contrary, an Indemnifying Party shall not settle or compromise any Third-Party Claim unless (i) such settlement or compromise contemplates as an unconditional term thereof the giving by such claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnitee of a written release from all liability in respect of such Third-Party Claim and (ii) such settlement does not provide for any non-monetary relief by any Indemnitee unless each such Indemnitee consents thereto.  In the event any Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing that such Indemnitee declines to accept any such settlement or compromise, each such Indemnitee may continue to contest such Third-Party Claim free of any participation by such Indemnifying Party, at each such Indemnitee’s sole expense.  In such event, the obligation of such Indemnifying Party to each such Indemnitee with respect to such Third-Party Claim shall be equal to (i) the costs and expenses of each such Indemnitee prior to the date such Indemnifying Party notifies each such Indemnitee of such offer of settlement or compromise (to the extent such costs and expenses are otherwise indemnifiable hereunder) plus (ii) the lesser of (A) the amount of any offer of settlement or compromise which each such Indemnitee declined to accept and (B) the actual out-of-pocket amount each such Indemnitee is obligated to pay subsequent to such date as a result of each such Indemnitee’s continuing to pursue such Third-Party Claim.

(e)Any claim on account of an Indemnifiable Loss which does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by an Indemnitee to each applicable Indemnifying Party.  Each such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 30 days after the receipt of such notice within which to notify each applicable Indemnitee of the Indemnifying Party’s response to the claim.  If each such Indemnifying Party does not so notify each such

 

14


 

Indemnitee during such 30-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept responsibility to make payment.  If each such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, each such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such Party under applicable law or under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between the Parties.

(f)In addition to any adjustments required pursuant to Section 6.5, if the amount of any Indemnifiable Loss shall, at any time subsequent to the payment required by this Agreement, be reduced by recovery, settlement, or otherwise, the amount of such reduction, less any expenses incurred in connection therewith, shall promptly be repaid by each Indemnitee to each Indemnifying Party.

(g)In the event of payment by an Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim.  Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right or claim.

6.7Contribution.  If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 6.2 or 6.3 is unavailable to any Indemnitee, or is insufficient to hold such Indemnitee harmless, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by that Indemnitee as a result of the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact, in that proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnitee, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by the Indemnitee referred to above in this Section 6.7 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 6.7, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

6.8Remedies Cumulative.  The remedies provided in this ARTICLE VI shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.

6.9Survival of Indemnities.  The obligations of each of Mtron and LGL under this ARTICLE VI shall survive the Separation and the Distribution, with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss of the other Parties.

6.10Tax Matter Not Covered Under This Agreement.  Other than as expressly addressed in this Agreement, any claim for indemnification with respect to any tax Liabilities of

 

15


 

the LGL Group or the Mtron Group shall be governed by the Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement.

ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous and General

7.1Representations and Warranties.  Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that (a) it is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation, (b) it has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as conducted on the date hereof, (c) it has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, (d) each of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements has been duly and validly executed by such Party and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, and (e) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements do not and will not (i) violate any provisions of such Party’s certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) violate any law applicable to such Party, (iii) violate any order, judgment, award, or decree of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to such Party, or (iv) result in any breach or default under any material contract by which such Party is bound.

7.2Modification or Amendment.  The Parties hereto may modify or amend this Agreement by written agreement executed and delivered by authorized officers of the respective Parties.

7.3Counterparts.  For the convenience of the Parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and which counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

7.4Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without reference to its conflicts of law principles.

7.5Notices.  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to the other Party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered by facsimile (upon confirmation of receipt) or personally, (ii) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by Federal Express or other next-day courier service, or (iii) on the third business day following the date of mailing if delivered by United States Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice:

 

16


 

If to LGL:

The LGL Group, Inc.
249 Royal Palm Way Suite 503
Palm Beach, FL 33480
Attention: Ivan Arteaga, Chief Financial Officer

If to Mtron:

M-tron Industries, Inc.
2525 Shader Road
Orlando, FL 32804
Attention: James W. Tivy, Chief Financial Officer

7.6Captions.  All Article, Section and paragraph captions herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.

7.7No Third Party Beneficiary.  This Agreement is for the purpose of defining the respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereto and is not for the benefit of any employee, creditor, or other third party, except as may be expressly set forth herein.

7.8Assignment; Successors and Assigns.  No Party to this Agreement shall convey, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of each of the other Party hereto in its sole and absolute discretion.  Any such conveyance, assignment or transfer without the express written consent of each of the other Party shall be void ab initio.  No assignment of this Agreement or any rights hereunder shall relieve the assigning Party of its obligations hereunder.  Any successor by merger to a Party to this Agreement shall be substituted for such Party as a party to this Agreement and all obligations, duties, and liabilities of the substituted party under this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as obligations, duties and liabilities of the substituting party, enforceable against the substituting party as a principal, as though no substitution had been made.

7.9Certain Obligations.  Whenever this Agreement requires any of the Subsidiaries of any Party to take any action, this Agreement will be deemed to include an undertaking on the part of such Party to cause such Subsidiary to take such action.

7.10Specific Performance.  In the event of any actual or threatened default in or breach of any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Party or Parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right of specific performance and injunctive relief giving effect to its or their rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is hereby waived.

 

17


 

7.11Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party.  Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

7.12Arbitration.  Any dispute with respect to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be arbitrated in Orange County, Florida in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  There will be a single neutral arbitrator selected who resides in Orange County, Florida.  The American Arbitration Association will provide a list of five (5) neutral arbitrators.  The claimant and respondent will take turns, with the respondent going first, striking one name at a time from the list of five neutral arbitrators.  Each Party will have no more than twenty-four (24) hours to take its turn striking a name of a neutral arbitrator.  The final remaining arbitrator will serve as the neutral arbitrator.  Either Party may apply to the arbitrator seeking injunctive relief until the arbitrator’s award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved.  Either Party also may, without waiving any remedy under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, seek from any Florida court having jurisdiction, any interim or provisional relief that is necessary to protect the rights and/or property of that Party, pending the determination of the arbitrator.

[Signatures being on the following page]

 

18


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the Parties hereto as of the date first above written.

 

THE LGL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Separation and Distribution Agreement]


 

 

Schedule 1.1(a)

Ancillary Agreements

Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement, dated [●], 2022, by and between The LGL Group, Inc. and M-tron Industries, Inc.

Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement, dated [●], 2022, by and between The LGL Group, Inc. and M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

Schedule 1.1(a) to Separation and Distribution Agreement

LEGAL_US_E # 159762149.6

 

 


 

 

Schedule 1.1(b)

Mtron Subsidiaries

1.

Piezo Technology, Inc.

2.

Piezo Technology India Private Ltd.

3.

M-tron Asia, LLC

4.

M-tron Industries, Ltd.

 

Schedule 1.1(b) to Separation and Distribution Agreement

LEGAL_US_E # 159762149.6

 

 


 

 

Exhibit A

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

[See Attached]

 

 

Exhibit A to Separation and Distribution Agreement – 1

LEGAL_US_E # 159762149.6

 

 


 

 

Exhibit B

Amended and Restated Bylaws

M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit B to Separation and Distribution Agreement – 1

LEGAL_US_E # 159762149.6

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

Article I
NAME

The name of the corporation is M-tron Industries, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

Article II
PURPOSE

The business or purposes of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “DGCL”). In addition to the powers and privileges conferred upon the Corporation by law and those incidental thereto, the Corporation shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges that are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business or purposes of the Corporation.

Article III
REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

Article IV
CAPITALIZATION

Section 4.1Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock, each with a par value of $0.01 per share, which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 30,000,000 shares, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”) and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, or Common Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock

Section 4.2Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide out of the unissued shares of the Preferred Stock for one or more series of Preferred Stock and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, special and other rights, if any, of each such series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the


 

resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such series and included in a certificate of designation (a Preferred Stock Designation) filed pursuant to the DGCL, and the Board is hereby expressly vested with the authority to the full extent provided by law, now or hereafter, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions. The Board is expressly authorized to increase (but not above the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issuance of such series.

Section 4.3Common Stock.

(a)Voting.

(i)Except as otherwise required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power with respect to the Corporation.

(ii)Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.

(iii)Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), holders of shares of any class of Common Stock shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any amendment to any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock or other class of Common Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock or class of Common Stock, as applicable, are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series or class, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or the DGCL or (ii) have cumulative voting rights.

(b)Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c)Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up of the Corporation. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.


 

Section 4.4Reclassification.  No class of Common Stock may be split, subdivided, reverse split, combined, consolidated, recapitalized or reclassified, and the holders of each such class of Common Stock may not receive by dividend or distribution any additional shares of such class of Common Stock, unless, contemporaneously therewith, each other class of Common Stock are split, subdivided, reverse split, combined, consolidated, recapitalized or reclassified, or the holders of each other class of Common Stock receive by dividend or distribution additional shares of such Common Stock, in the same proportion.

Article V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1Board Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board by statute, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (“Bylaws”), the Board is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any Bylaws adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

Section 5.2Number, Election and Term.

(a)The number of directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock voting separately by series, shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws.

(b)A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

(c)Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 5.3Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors to which the new directorship was added or in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 5.4Removal. Any director, or the entire board of directors of the Corporation, may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority total voting power of all then outstanding shares of


 

capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 5.5Preferred Stock - Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) and such directors shall not be included in any of the classes created pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms.

Article VI
BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board shall have the power and is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws; and provided further, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

Article VII
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

Except as may be otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or expressly permitted by any Preferred Stock Designation to be taken by the holders of such series of the Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares


 

entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL.

Article VIII
LIMITED LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1Limitation of Director Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

Section 8.2Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

(a)To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or was made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending or otherwise participating in any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 8.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Section 8.2 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2(a), except for Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to an indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

(b)The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred on any Indemnitee by this Section 8.2 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that


 

any Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under law, this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, an agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

(c)Any repeal or amendment of this Section 8.2 by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 8.2, shall, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

(d)This Section 8.2 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees.

(e)To the extent an Indemnitee has rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by a third party, (i) the Corporation shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., that its obligations to an Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of such third party to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by an Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) the Corporation shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by an Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromises and settlements, as fines and penalties and legal or other costs and reasonable expenses of investigating or defending against any claim or alleged claim) to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the agreements to which the Corporation is a party, without regard to any rights an Indemnitee may have against such third party and (iii) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases such third party from any and all claims against them for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. No advancement or payment by such third party on behalf of an Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which an Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing, and such third party shall have a right of contribution and be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of an Indemnitee against the Corporation.

Article IX
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

To the fullest extent allowed by law (including without limitation Section 122(17) of the DGCL), the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, shall not apply with respect to the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, and the Corporation renounces any expectancy that any of the directors or officers of the Corporation, or any of their respective affiliates, will offer any such corporate opportunity of which he or she may become aware to the Corporation, except, the doctrine of corporate


 

opportunity shall apply with respect to any of the directors or officers of the Corporation only with respect to a corporate opportunity that was offered to such person solely and exclusively in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation and such opportunity is one the Corporation is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for the Corporation to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to the Corporation without violating any legal obligation.

Article X
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation), and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force that may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and, except as set forth in Article VIII, all rights, preferences and privileges of whatever nature herein conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article X.


 

Article XI
EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LAWSUITS

Section 11.1Exclusive Forum for Internal Corporate Claims. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or Proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks jurisdiction over an action or Proceeding, then another court of the State of Delaware or, if no court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, then the United States District Court for the District of Delaware). For the avoidance of doubt, this Certificate of Incorporation does not purport to require suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or asserting claims for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction, to be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or another court of the State of Delaware.

Section 11.2Exclusive Forum for Securities Act Claims. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Section 11.3Consent to Jurisdiction. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Section 11.1 is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce Section 11.1 (an “FSC Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

Article XII
SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions (or any part thereof) of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) the provisions of this Certificate of


 

Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

[Signature page follows]

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed and acknowledged in its name and on its behalf by an authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.


By:                                                                
Name:
Title:

 

 

Exhibit B

Amended and Restated Bylaws

M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

[See Attached]

 


 

 

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

 

Article I

OFFICES

Section 1.1Registered Office.  The registered office of M-tron Industries, Inc. (the “Corporation”) within the State of Delaware shall be located at either (a) the principal place of business of the Corporation in the State of Delaware or (b) the office of the corporation or individual acting as the Corporation’s registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.2Additional Offices.  The Corporation may, in addition to its registered office in the State of Delaware, have such other offices and places of business, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

Article II

STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

Section 2.1Annual Meetings.  The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a).  At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters shall elect those directors of the Corporation to fill any term of a directorship that expires on the date of such annual meeting and may transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.2Special Meetings.  Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”), special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or (iii) the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board or by a duly authorized committee of the Board and shall be called by any of them or by the Secretary of the Corporation upon receipt of a written request to do so specifying the matter or matters, appropriate for action at such a meeting, proposed to be presented at the meeting and signed by holders of shares representing  at least twenty-five percent (25%) of all votes entitled to be voted on such matter or matters if the meeting were held on the day such request is received and the record date for such meeting were the close of business on the preceding day.  Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons. Special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or

 


 

without the State of Delaware, and at such time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a).

Section 2.3Notices.  Written notice of each stockholders meeting shall be given in the manner permitted by Section 9.3 to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, by the Corporation not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting unless otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “DGCL”).  Such written notice shall state the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. If such notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall, in addition, state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (or any supplement thereto).  Any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be postponed, and any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be cancelled, by the Board upon public announcement (as defined in Section 2.7(c)) given before the date previously scheduled for such meeting.

Section 2.4Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (including any Preferred Stock Designation, as defined thereunder, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), or these Bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, at a stockholders meeting of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.  If a quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.6 until a quorum shall attend.  The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.  Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any such other corporation to vote shares held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 2.5Voting of Shares.

3

 


 

(a)Voting Lists.  The Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) shall prepare, or shall cause the officer or agent who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation to prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Nothing contained in this Section 2.5(a) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If a meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of remote communication as permitted by Section 9.5(a), the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of meeting.  The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by this Section 2.5(a) or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

(b)Manner of Voting.  At any stockholders meeting, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy.  If authorized by the Board, the voting by stockholders or proxy holders at any meeting conducted by remote communication may be effected by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 9.3(c)), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which the Corporation can determine that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.  The Board, in its discretion, or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in such person’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

(c)Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted.  Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority.  No stockholder shall have cumulative voting rights.

(i)A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the

4

 


 

stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(ii)A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(d)Required Vote.  Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock, at all meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.  All other matters presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one upon which, by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable stock exchange rules, a different vote is required, in which case such provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

(e)Inspectors of Election.  The Board may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation or otherwise serve the Corporation in other capacities, to act at such meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof.  The Board may appoint one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspectors of election or alternates are appointed by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before discharging such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of outstanding shares and the voting power of each; determine the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; count all votes and ballots and report the results; determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots.  No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.  Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a

5

 


 

majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section 2.6Adjournments.  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned by the chairman of the meeting, from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum, to reconvene at the same or some other place.  Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 9.2, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.7Advance Notice for Business.

(a)Annual Meetings of Stockholders.  No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record entitled to vote at such annual meeting on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.7(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.7(a).  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7(a) to the contrary, only persons nominated for election as a director to fill any term of a directorship that expires on the date of the annual meeting pursuant to Section 3.2 will be considered for election at such meeting.

(i)In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business (other than nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action.  Subject to Section 2.7(a)(iii), a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to such business, to be timely, must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public

6

 


 

announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation.  The public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.7(a).

(ii)To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to any business (other than nominations) must set forth as to each such matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and record address of such stockholder and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (E) any material interest of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made in such business and (F) a representation that such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

(iii)The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.7(a) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder as to any proposal (other than nominations) if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of such stockholder’s intention to present such proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and such stockholder has complied with the requirements of such Rule for inclusion of such proposal in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7(a), provided, however, that once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.7(a) shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business.  If the Board or the chairman of the annual meeting determines that any stockholder proposal was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.7(a) or that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the information requirements of this Section 2.7(a), such proposal shall not be presented for action at the annual meeting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7(a), if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such matter may have been received by the Corporation.

(iv)In addition to the provisions of this Section 2.7(a), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.  Nothing in this

7

 


 

Section 2.7(a) shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(b)Special Meetings of Stockholders.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting only pursuant to Section 3.2.

(c)Public Announcement.  For purposes of these Bylaws, public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto).

Section 2.8Conduct of Meetings.  The chairman of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if such Chief Executive Officer shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director, the President (if such President shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, such other person as shall be appointed by the Board.  The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.  The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.  The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairman of the meeting.  In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.9Consents in Lieu of Meeting.  Except as may otherwise be provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action that may be taken at any annual or special

8

 


 

meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or expressly permitted by any Preferred Stock Designation to be taken by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or  more such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock of the relevant class or series entitled to vote thereon having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL.

Article III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1Powers; Number.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.  Directors need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.  Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board.

Section 3.2Advance Notice for Nomination of Directors.

(a)Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided by the terms of one (1) or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one (1) or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors as set forth in the Corporation’s notice of such special meeting, may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record entitled to vote in the election of directors on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.2 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.2.

(b)In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is more

9

 


 

than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made by the Corporation; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting is first made by the Corporation.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 3.2.

(c)Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is greater than the number of directors whose terms expire on the date of the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for the additional directors to be elected or specifying the size of the increased Board before the close of business on the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships created by such increase that are to be filled by election at such annual meeting, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date on which such public announcement was first made by the Corporation.

(d)To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (A) the name and record address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (C) a description of all arrangements or understandings relating to the nomination to be made by such stockholder among such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names), (D) a representation that such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations

10

 


 

promulgated thereunder.  Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

(e)If the Board or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders determines that any nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2, or that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the information requirements of this Section 3.2, then such nomination shall not be considered at the meeting in question.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Corporation.

(f)In addition to the provisions of this Section 3.2, a stockholder shall also comply with all of the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.  Nothing in this Section 3.2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 3.3Compensation.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors, including for service on a committee of the Board, and may be paid either a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or other compensation as director.  The directors may be reimbursed their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of committees of the Board may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement of expenses for service on the committee.

Article IV

BOARD MEETINGS

Section 4.1Annual Meetings.  The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the adjournment of each annual stockholders meeting at the place of the annual stockholders meeting unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof in the manner required herein for special meetings of the Board.  No notice to the directors shall be necessary to legally convene this meeting, except as provided in this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2Regular Meetings.  Regularly scheduled, periodic meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times, dates and places (within or without the State of Delaware) as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 4.3Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board (a) may be called by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer and (b) shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Secretary on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office, or the sole director, as the case may be, and shall be held at such time, date and place (within or without the State of Delaware) as may be determined by the person

11

 


 

calling the meeting or, if called upon the request of directors or the sole director, as specified in such written request.  Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given, as provided in Section 9.3, to each director (i) at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or by means of a form of electronic transmission and delivery; (ii) at least two (2) days before the meeting if such notice is sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service; and (iii) at least five (5) days before the meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail.  If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting.  Any and all business that may be transacted at a regular meeting of the Board may be transacted at a special meeting.  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.  A special meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 9.4.

Section 4.4Quorum; Required Vote.  A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 4.5Consent In Lieu of Meeting.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or  these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions (or paper reproductions thereof) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 4.6Organization.  The chairman of each meeting of the Board shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if such Chief Executive Officer shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director, the President (if such President shall be a director) or in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, a chairman elected from the directors present.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board.  In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of the Secretary at such meeting.  In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

12

 


 

Article V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1Establishment.  The Board may by resolution of the Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required by the resolution designating such committee.  The Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.

Section 5.2Available Powers.  Any committee established pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law and by resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board, as set forth in the resolution founding such committee, in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.

Section 5.3Alternate Members.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 5.4Procedures.  Unless the Board otherwise provides, the time, date, place, if any, and notice of meetings of a committee shall be determined by such committee.  At meetings of a committee, a majority of the number of members of the committee (but not including any alternate member, unless such alternate member has replaced any absent or disqualified member at the time of, or in connection with, such meeting) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the Board.  If a quorum is not present at a meeting of a committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.  Unless the Board otherwise provides and except as provided in these Bylaws, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board is authorized to conduct its business pursuant to Article III and Article IV of these Bylaws.

Article VI

OFFICERS

Section 6.1Officers.  The officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall be a Chairman of the Board (who shall serve in a non-executive capacity unless as may be

13

 


 

designated by the Board as Executive Chairman of the Board and when so designated shall have duties of the chief executive officer of the Corporation or otherwise shall have other executive responsibilities as determined by the Board), a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and such other officers (including, without limitation, Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and a Treasurer) as the Board from time to time may determine.  Officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VI.  Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board.  The Chairman of the Board may also appoint such other officers (including without limitation one or more Vice Presidents and Controllers) as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation.  Such other officers shall have such powers and duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board or, if such officer has been appointed by the Chairman of the Board, as may be prescribed by the appointing officer. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed in the manner required by applicable law or applicable stock exchange rules.

(a)Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall perform other duties commonly incident to that office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board shall designate from time to time. In addition to the responsibilities, powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board, when so designated an Executive Chairman of the Board shall be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall have such powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be specified herein. The position of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer may be held by the same person.

(b)Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the most senior executive officer of the Corporation reporting to the Board. Subject to the supervision and control of the Board, any Chief Executive Officer (including any Co-Chief Executive Officer) shall have power over the general management and supervision of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as customarily pertain to that office and such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board or as may be specified herein.  In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer  shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and, if such Chief Executive Officer shall be a director, the Board.  The position of Chief Executive Officer and President may be held by the same person.

(c)President.  The President, subject to the supervision and control of the Board and and the Chief Executive Officer, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board or as may be specified herein. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President  shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and, if such President shall be a director, the Board

(d)Vice President(s).  In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice

14

 


 

Presidents in the order designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and have the powers of the President.  Any one or more of the Vice Presidents may be given an additional designation of rank or function. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to that office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e)Secretary.

(i)The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders, the Board and (as required) committees of the Board and shall record the proceedings of such meetings in books to be kept for that purpose.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President.  The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by such Secretary’s signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary.  The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing thereof by such officer’s signature.

(ii)The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, if one has been appointed, a stock ledger, or duplicate stock ledger, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each and, with respect to certificated shares, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of certificates cancelled.

(f)Assistant Secretaries.  The Assistant Secretary or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, perform the duties and have the powers of the Secretary.

(g)Chief Financial Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties commonly incident to that office (including, without limitation, the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, which from time to time may come into the Chief Financial Officer’s hands and the deposit of the funds of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may authorize) and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President.

(h)Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Financial Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer.

15

 


 

Section 6.2Term of Office; Removal; Vacancies.  The elected officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified by the Board or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office.  Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board.  Any officer appointed by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer may also be removed, with or without cause, by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, unless the Board otherwise provides.  Any vacancy occurring in any elected office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board.  Any vacancy occurring in any office appointed by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer may be filled by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, unless the Board then determines that such office shall thereupon be elected by the Board, in which case the Board shall elect such officer.

Section 6.3Other Officers.  The Board may delegate the power to appoint such other officers and agents, and may also remove such officers and agents or delegate the power to remove same, as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable.

Section 6.4Multiple Officeholders; Stockholder and Director Officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.  Officers need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.

Article VII

SHARES

Section 7.1Certificated and Uncertificated Shares.  The shares of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, subject to the sole discretion of the Board and the requirements of the DGCL.

Section 7.2Multiple Classes of Stock.  If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the Corporation shall (a) cause the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate that the Corporation issues to represent shares of such class or series of stock or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (a) above; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of such certificate or, in the case of uncertificated shares, on such written notice a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

16

 


 

Section 7.3Signatures.  Each certificate representing capital stock of the Corporation shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and (b) the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.

Section 7.4Consideration and Payment for Shares.

(a)Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from time to time by the Board.  The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the Corporation including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities, or any combination thereof.

(b)Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid, unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of capital stock or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid uncertificated shares, there shall have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time a certificate representing certificated shares or uncertificated shares are issued.

Section 7.5Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.

(a)If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i) requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

(b)If a certificate representing shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving notification, the owner shall be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.

Section 7.6Transfer of Stock.

17

 


 

(a)If a certificate representing shares of the Corporation is presented to the Corporation with an endorsement requesting the registration of transfer of such shares or an instruction is presented to the Corporation requesting the registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if:

(i)in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing such shares has been surrendered;

(ii)(A) with respect to certificated shares, the endorsement is made by the person specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (B) with respect to uncertificated shares, an instruction is made by the registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or (C) with respect to certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the endorsement or instruction is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person;

(iii)the Corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the person signing such endorsement or instruction or such other reasonable assurance that the endorsement or instruction is genuine and authorized as the Corporation may request;

(iv)the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the Corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section 7.8(a); and

(v)such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for under applicable law have been satisfied.

(b)Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, the Corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate for such shares is presented to the Corporation for transfer or, if such shares are uncertificated, when the instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented to the Corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

Section 7.7Registered Stockholders.  Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.

Section 7.8Effect of the Corporation’s Restriction on Transfer.

(a)A written restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a notice,

18

 


 

offering circular or prospectus sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time prior to or after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.

(b)A restriction imposed by the Corporation on the transfer or the registration of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, even if otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person without actual knowledge of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares are uncertificated and such restriction was contained in a notice, offering circular or prospectus sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time prior to or after the issuance or transfer of such shares.

Section 7.9Regulations.  The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock or certificates representing shares.  The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.

Article VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1Right to Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding.  The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending or otherwise participating in any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by the DGCL or other applicable law, an advancement of expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in such Indemnitee’s capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made

19

 


 

only upon the Corporation’s receipt of an undertaking (hereinafter an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or otherwise.    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.1, except for Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to an Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.  

Section 8.2Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.  If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including a determination by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, shall be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 8.3Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights provided to any Indemnitee pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right, which such Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, an agreement, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 8.4Insurance.  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

20

 


 

Section 8.5Indemnification of Other Persons.  This Article VIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any other person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Indemnitees under this Article VIII.

Section 8.6Amendments.  Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII, will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Indemnitees on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision; provided however, that amendments or repeals of this Article VIII shall require the affirmative vote of the stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 8.7Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VIII, (a) references to “other enterprise” shall include any employee benefit plan; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by, a person with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and (d) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 8.8Contract Rights.  The rights provided to Indemnitees pursuant to this Article VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, agent or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 8.9Severability.  If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

21

 


 

Article IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1Place of Meetings.  If the place of any meeting of stockholders, the Board or committee of the Board for which notice is required under these Bylaws is not designated in the notice of such meeting, such meeting shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation; provided, however, if the Board has, in its sole discretion, determined that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead shall be held by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, then such meeting shall not be held at any place.

Section 9.2Fixing Record Dates.

(a)In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.2(a) at the adjourned meeting.

(b)In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 9.3Means of Giving Notice.

(a)Notice to Directors.  Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by mail, or by a nationally recognized delivery service, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of electronic transmission,

22

 


 

or (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone.  A notice to a director will be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iv) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (v) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (vi) if sent by any other form of electronic transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation.

(b)Notice to Stockholders.  Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice may be given (i) in writing and sent either by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, or (ii) by means of a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder, to the extent permitted by, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 232 of the DGCL.  A notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, when actually received by the stockholder, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, and (iv) if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, (A) if by facsimile transmission, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (B) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (C) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specified posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice, and (D) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent to receiving notice by means of electronic communication by giving written notice of such revocation to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(c)Electronic Transmission.  “Electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process, including

23

 


 

but not limited to transmission by telex, facsimile telecommunication, electronic mail, telegram and cablegram.

(d)Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

(e)Exceptions to Notice Requirements.  Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.  Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (1) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings of stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (2) all, and at least two (2) payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.  If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated.  In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL.  The exception in subsection (1) of the first sentence of this paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

Section 9.4Waiver of Notice.  Whenever any notice is required to be given under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver of such

24

 


 

notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice.  All such waivers shall be kept with the books of the Corporation.  Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.5Meeting Attendance via Remote Communication Equipment.

(a)Stockholder Meetings.  If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(i)participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(ii)be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and, if entitled to vote, to vote on matters submitted to the applicable stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (C) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such votes or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b)Board Meetings.  Unless otherwise restricted by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.6Dividends.  The Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends (payable in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock) on the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock, subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 9.7Reserves.  The Board may set apart out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

Section 9.8Contracts and Negotiable Instruments.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contract, bond,

25

 


 

deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or other employee or employees of the Corporation as the Board may from time to time authorize.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine.  The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President may execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation.  Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President may delegate powers to execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to other officers or employees of the Corporation under such person’s supervision and authority, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

Section 9.9Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

Section 9.10Seal.  The Board may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as the Board determines. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 9.11Books and Records.  The books and records of the Corporation may be kept within or outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.

Section 9.12Resignation.  Any director, committee member or officer may resign by giving notice thereof in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary.  The resignation shall take effect at the time it is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events.  Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 9.13Surety Bonds.  Such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (if any) as the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or the Board may direct, from time to time, shall be bonded for the faithful performance of their duties and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation, in such amounts and by such surety companies as the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or the Board may determine.  The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Corporation and the bonds so furnished shall be in the custody of the Secretary.

Section 9.14Securities of Other Corporations.  Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents in writing and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Vice President or any officers authorized by the Board.  Any such officer, may, in the name of and on behalf of the

26

 


 

Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such corporation, and at any such meeting or with respect to any such consent shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which‑ as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed.  The Board may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 9.15Amendments.  The Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.  The affirmative vote of a majority of the Board shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.  The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power (except as otherwise provided in Section 8.6) of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws; and provided further, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

 

CERTIFICATION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation

I, [●], certify that I am the Secretary of M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, and that the attached Amended and Restated Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

Dated: [●], 2022

_________________________________

Name:

Secretary

 

27

 

Exhibit 4.1

M-tron Industries, Inc.

2022 Incentive Plan

Article 1

Establishment and Purpose

1.1Establishment of the Plan. M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), as set forth in this document.

1.2Purpose of the Plan. The purposes of the Plan are to (a) enable the Company and any Affiliate to attract and retain the types of Employees, Consultants and Directors who will contribute to the Company’s long-range success; (b) provide incentives that align the interests of Employees, Consultants and Directors with those of stockholders of the Company; and (c) promote the success of the Company’s business.

1.3Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan is effective as of the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders (the “Effective Date”). The Plan will be deemed to be approved by the stockholders if it receives the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Bylaws.

1.4Duration of the Plan.  Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date. After the Plan is terminated, no Awards may be granted but Awards previously granted shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the Plan’s terms and conditions.

Article 2

Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized:

2.1Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question, including any subsidiary. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. As used herein, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, venture or other entity in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, a fifty percent (50%) or greater ownership interest.

2.2Applicable Law” means any applicable law, including without limitation: (a) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (b) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (c) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.3Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant or award under this Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock (including unrestricted Stock), Restricted Stock Units, Performance Stock Units, Performance Shares, Deferred Stock Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards, Dividend Equivalent Awards and Performance Bonus Awards, in each case subject to the terms of the Plan.

2.4Award Agreement” means an agreement, certificate, resolution or other type or form of writing or other evidence approved by the Committee which sets forth the terms and conditions of an Award. An Award Agreement may be in any electronic medium, may be limited to a notation on the books and records of the Company and, with the approval of the Committee, need not be signed by a representative of the Company or a Participant. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and an Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

2.5Beneficial Owner” or “Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

2.6Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 


 

2.7Cause” means, except as otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s: (a) conviction of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime that causes the Company or its Affiliates public disgrace or disrepute, or materially and adversely affects the Company’s or its Affiliates’ operations or financial performance or the relationship the Company has with its customers; (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty in the course of his or her employment or other service; (c) refusal to perform any lawful, material obligation or fulfill any duty (other than any duty or obligation of the type described in clause (e) below) to the Company or its Affiliates (other than due to a Disability), which refusal, if curable, is not cured within fifteen (15) days after delivery of written notice thereof; (d) material breach of any agreement with or duty owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates, which breach, if curable, is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the delivery of written notice thereof; or (e) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law or agreement) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or proprietary rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant and the Company (or any of its Affiliates) have entered into an employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement that specifically defines “cause,” then with respect to such Participant, “Cause” shall have the meaning defined in that employment agreement, consulting agreement or other agreement.

2.8Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a)any Person, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(b)during any annual period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new Director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of a majority of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, provided that this does not apply to a Director whose initial assumption of office during the lookback period is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of Directors of the Company;

(c)the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other business entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(d)the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets; or

(e)consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.9Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

2

 


 

2.10Committee has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

2.11Company” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

2.12Consultant” means any individual or entity who renders bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate, other than as an Employee or Director, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not, directly or indirectly, promote or maintain a market for the Company’s or its Affiliates’ securities.

2.13Deferred Stock” means a right to receive a specified number of shares of Stock during specified time periods pursuant to Article 9.

2.14Director” means a member of the Board.

2.15Disability” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or determined in the applicable Award Agreement, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment; provided, however, that to entitle a Participant to an extended exercise period for an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant must be described in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, Disability shall mean that a Participant is disabled under Section 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) or (ii) of the Code. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate in which a Participant participates.

2.16Dividend Equivalent” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 9 to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Stock) of dividends paid on Stock.

2.17Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

2.18Eligible Person” means any person who is an employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor or other individual service provider of the Company or any Affiliate, or any person who is determined by the Committee to be a prospective employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor or other individual service provider of the Company or any Affiliate.

2.19Employee” means any person employed by the Company, its Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries; provided, that, for purposes of determining eligibility to receive Incentive Stock Options, an Employee shall mean an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

2.20Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

2.21Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option, as determined by the Committee.

2.22Fair Market Value” or “FMV” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or determined in an applicable Award Agreement, the value of Stock determined as follows:

(a)If the Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation, The New York Stock Exchange American (“NYSE”), its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Stock is listed (as determined by the Committee) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last immediately preceding trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b)If the Stock is regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Stock as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Stock on the date of

3

 


 

determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(c)In the absence of an established market for the Stock of the type described in (a) and (b), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Committee in good faith using any reasonable method of valuation, which method may be set forth with greater specificity in the Award Agreement, (and, to the extent necessary or advisable, in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and Section 422 of the Code for Incentive Stock Options), which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.  Such reasonable method may be determined by reference to (i) the placing price of the latest private placement of the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operations and the general economic and market conditions since such latest private placement; (ii) other third party transactions involving the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operation and the general economic and market conditions since such sale; (iii) an independent valuation of the Shares (by a qualified valuation expert); or (iv) such other methodologies or information as the Committee determines to be indicative of Fair Market Value.

2.23Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and that meets the requirements set out in the Plan.

2.24Insider” means an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, director, or ten percent (10%) beneficial owner of the Company, as those terms are defined under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

2.25Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee of the Company.

2.26Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that, by its terms, does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.27Option” means the right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant in accordance with Article 6. Options granted under the Plan may be Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options or a combination thereof.

2.28Other Stock-Based Award” means an equity-based or equity-related Award not otherwise described by the terms of the Plan, granted pursuant to Article 9.

2.29Participant” means an Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted under the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

2.30Performance Goal” means any goals established by the Committee pursuant to an Award, which may be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following: (i) earnings per share; (ii) sales; (iii) operating income; (iv) gross income; (v) basic or adjusted net income (before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow; (vii) gross profit; (viii) gross or operating margin; (ix) working capital; (x) earnings before interest and taxes; (xi) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; (xii) return measures, including return on invested capital, sales, assets, or equity; (xiii) revenues; (xiv) market share; (xv) the price or increase in price of Stock; (xvi) total shareholder return; (xvii) economic value created or added; (xviii) expense reduction; (xix) implementation or completion of critical projects, including acquisitions, divestitures, and other strategic objectives, including market penetration and product development; (xx) specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of the Company's bank debt or other long‑term or short‑term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations of the Company; or (xxi) any other metric that may be determined by the Committee.  Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.  The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j), unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to common stock, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results. The Committee may adjust upwards or

4

 


 

downwards the amount payable pursuant to such performance-based Award, and the Committee shall certify the amount of any such Award for the applicable performance period before payment is made.

2.31Performance Period” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, Performance Stock Units and Performance Shares.

2.32Performance Stock Unit” and “Performance Share” each mean an Award granted to an Employee pursuant to Article 9 herein.

2.33Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto), or to any other transferee specifically approved by the Committee after taking into account Applicable Law, but excluding any third-party financial institutions.

2.34Person” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.35Plan” means this M-tron Industries, Inc. 2022 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

2.36Restricted Stock” means Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 as to which the Restriction Period has not lapsed.

2.37Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8.9 as to which the Restriction Period has not lapsed.

2.38Restriction Period” means the period when Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion), as provided in Article 8.

2.39Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.40Share” means a share of Stock of the Company.

2.41Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

2.42Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted pursuant to Article 7 to receive an amount payable in cash or Shares equal to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date the SAR is exercised over (b) the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date the SAR was granted as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

2.43Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, venture, unincorporated association or other entity in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, a fifty percent (50%) or greater ownership interest, provided, however, that with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, a Subsidiary must be a corporation. The Committee may, at its sole discretion, designate, on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, venture, or other entity a Subsidiary for purposes of this Plan.

2.44Ten Percent Owner” means a person who owns, or is deemed within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary corporations of the Company, as defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code).  Whether a person is a Ten Percent Owner shall be determined with respect to an Option based on the facts existing immediately prior to the grant date of the Option.

2.45Termination of Employment” or a similar reference means the event where the Employee is no longer an Employee of the Company or of any Subsidiary, including but not limited to where the employing company ceases to be a Subsidiary. With respect to any Participant who is not an Employee, “Termination of Employment” shall mean cessation of the performance of services. With respect to any Award that provides “non-qualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section

5

 


 

409A of the Code. Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment, provided that it does not exceed the longer of three (3) months or the period during which the absent Participant’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

2.46Treasury Regulation” or “Treas. Reg.” means any regulation promulgated under the Code, as such regulation may be amended from to time.

Article 3

Administration

3.1The Committee. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is (a) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and (b) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE (or any similar rule or listing requirement that may be applicable to the Company from time to time); provided, that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 3.1 or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office or by designation to a Committee, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to all Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and for purposes of such Awards the term “Committee” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 3.4. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment; Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board; and vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

3.2Authority of the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan and Applicable Law, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee shall have complete control over the administration of the Plan and shall have full authority to (a) exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan, (b) construe, interpret and implement the Plan, grant terms and grant notices, and all Award Agreements, (c) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing its own operations, (d) make all determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan, (e) correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, (f) amend the Plan to reflect changes in applicable law (whether or not the rights of the holder of any Award are adversely affected, unless otherwise provided by the Committee), (g) grant Awards and determine who shall receive Awards, when such Awards shall be granted and the terms and conditions of such Awards, including, but not limited to, conditioning the exercise, vesting, payout or other term of condition of an Award on the achievement of Performance Goals, (h) unless otherwise provided by the Committee, amend any outstanding Award in any respect, not materially adverse to the Participant, including, without limitation, to (i) accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes vested, unrestricted or may be exercised (and, in connection with such acceleration, the Committee may provide that any Shares acquired pursuant to such Award shall be restricted Shares, which are subject to vesting, transfer, forfeiture or repayment provisions similar to those in the Participant’s underlying Award), provided, however, that any accelerated vesting is subject to stockholder approval, (ii) accelerate the time or times at which Shares are delivered under the Award (and, without limitation on the Committee’s rights, in connection with such acceleration, the Committee may provide that any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to such Award shall be Restricted Shares, which are subject to vesting, transfer, forfeiture or repayment provisions similar to those in the Participant’s underlying Award), or (iii) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions applicable to such Award, or impose new goals, restrictions and (i) determine at any time whether, to what extent and under what circumstances and method or methods (i) Awards may be (A) settled in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property (in which event, the Committee may specify what other effects such settlement will have on the Participant’s Award), (B) exercised or (C) canceled, forfeited or suspended, (ii) Shares, other securities, cash, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee, or (iii) Awards may be settled by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their designees.

No Award may be made under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

3.3Committee Decisions Final. The act or determination of a majority of the Committee shall be the act or determination of the Committee and any decision reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a majority at a meeting duly held. The Committee may employ attorneys,

6

 


 

consultants, accountants, agents, and other persons, any of whom may be an Employee, and the Committee, the Company, and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions, or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or resolutions shall be final and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other interested persons, including but not limited to the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries.

3.4Delegation of Authority. The Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 3; provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (b) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided, further, that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Applicable Law. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation or that are otherwise included in the applicable Organizational Documents, and the Board or Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 3.4 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, and the Board or the Committee may abolish any committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority

3.5Indemnification. To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

Article 4

Shares Subject to the Plan

4.1Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the aggregate number of Shares of Stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be the sum of 1,000,000 shares as of the Effective Date (the “Share Limit”). Shares of Stock issued pursuant to the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Shares or Shares held by the Company in its treasury.

4.2Share Accounting. Without limiting the discretion of the Committee under this section, the following rules will apply for purposes of the determination of the number of Shares available for grant under the Plan or compliance with the foregoing limits:

(a)If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if Shares acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture are forfeited under the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award, the Shares allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited Shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

(b)Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash, other than an Option.

(c)In the event that withholding tax liabilities arising from a full-value Award (i.e., an award other than an Option or SAR) or, after the Effective Date, arising from a full-value award under the Prior Plan, are satisfied by the delivery or withholding of shares, the shares so tendered or withheld shall be added to the 2022 Incentive Plan’s reserve. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, shares subject to an Award shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares are (i) shares tendered in payment of an Option; (ii) shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Option or SAR; (iii) shares covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right that were not issued upon the settlement of the SAR; or (iv) shares purchased on the open market with Option proceeds.

7

 


 

4.3Adjustments in Authorized Plan Shares and Outstanding Awards. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, split-up, spin-off, liquidation, Share combination, Stock split, Stock dividend, an extraordinary cash distribution on Stock, a corporate separation or other reorganization or liquidation or other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company affecting the Shares, an adjustment shall be made in a manner consistent with Sections 422 and 424(h)(3) of the Code for Incentive Stock Options and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code for Non-Qualified Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and in the number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan, and/or the number of outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Shares of Restricted Stock, and Performance Shares (and Restricted Stock Units, Performance Stock Units and other Awards whose value is based on a number of Shares) constituting outstanding Awards, as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. The Committee shall also adjust any available share reserve accordingly. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in this Section) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.  Adjustments under this Section 4.3 shall be consistent with Section 409A of the Code and adjustments pursuant to determination of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all Participants under the Plan.

4.4Limitation on Number of Shares Granted to Non-Employee Directors. The maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid during the fiscal year to the Non-Employee Director, in respect of such Director’s service as a member of the Board during such year (including service as a member or chair of any committees of the Board), shall not exceed $500,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date Fair Market Value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes). The independent members of the Board may make exceptions to this limit for a non-executive chair of the Board, provided that the Non-Employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.

Article 5

Eligibility and Participation

5.1Eligibility and Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all Eligible Persons, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine, in its sole discretion, the nature of, any and all terms permissible by law, and the amount of each Award. In making this determination, the Committee may consider any factors it deems relevant, including without limitation, the office or position held by a Participant or the Participant’s relationship to the Company, the Participant’s degree of responsibility for and contribution to the growth and success of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Participant’s length of service, promotions and potential. No individual shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award. In addition, there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards.  The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.

5.2Foreign Participants. In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 4.1 of the Plan.

Article 6

Options

6.1Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms and conditions, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, subject to the limitations set forth in Article 4 and the following terms and conditions:

8

 


 

(a)Award Agreement. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the terms and conditions of the Option, including the Exercise Price, the maximum duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which an Option shall become vested and exercisable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(b)Exercise Period. Unless a shorter period is otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of grant, each Option will expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant or on the fifth (5th) anniversary of its grant date if the Participant is a Ten Percent Owner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option (x) the exercise of which is prohibited by applicable law or (y) Shares may not be purchased or sold by certain Employees or Directors of the Company due to a “black-out period” of a Company policy or a “lock-up” agreement  undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the Committee may provide that the term of the Option shall be extended but not beyond a period of thirty (30) days following the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement and provided further that no extension will be made if the grant price of such Option at the date the initial term would otherwise expire is above the Fair Market Value.

(c)Exercise Price. Unless a greater Exercise Price is determined by the Committee, the Exercise Price for each Option awarded under this Plan shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine the Exercise Price for a substitute Award, provided such Exercise Price does not violate applicable law (including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code).

(d)Vesting of Options. A grant of Options shall vest at such times and under such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee including, without limitation, suspension of a Participant’s vesting during all or a portion of a Participant’s leave of absence.

6.2Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. In addition to the general requirements of Article 6, the terms of any Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) granted pursuant to the Plan must comply with the provisions of this Section 6.2.

(a)ISO Eligibility. ISOs may be granted only to Employees of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary corporation (as permitted under Sections 422 and 424 of the Code). No ISO Award may be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

(b)ISO Individual Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.

(c)ISO Expiration. An ISO will expire and may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(i)Ten (10) years from the date of grant, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement;

(ii)Three (3) months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment other than on account of Disability or death. Whether a Participant continues to be an employee shall be determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.421-1(h)(2); and

(iii)One (1) year after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment on account of Disability or death. Upon the Participant’s Disability or death, any ISOs exercisable at the Participant’s Disability or death may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or representatives, by the person or persons entitled to do so pursuant to the Participant’s last will and testament, or, if the Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of such ISO or dies intestate, by the person or persons entitled to receive the ISO pursuant to the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

Any ISO that remains exercisable pursuant to a Participant’s agreement with the Company following Termination of Employment and is unexercised more than one (1) year following Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability or more than three (3) months following Termination of Employment for any reason other than death or Disability will thereafter be deemed to be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

9

 


 

(d)Ten Percent Owners. In the case of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Owner, such ISO shall be granted at an exercise price that is not less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and, unless a shorter period is otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of grant, each ISO will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary of its grant date.

(e)Notification of Disposition.  If a Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of an ISO within two (2) years from the date the Option is granted or within one (1) year after the issuance of such Shares to the Participant, the Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition and provide information regarding the date of disposition, sale price, number of Shares disposed of, and any other information relating thereto that the Company may reasonably request.

(f)Right to Exercise. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.

(g)Failure to Meet ISO Requirements. If an Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, and if, for any reason, such Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a Non-Qualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to Non-Qualified Stock Options.

6.3Exercise of Options.

(a)Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant. Exercises of Options may be effected only on days and during the hours the NYSE is open for regular trading. The Company may change or limit the times or days Options may be exercised. If an Option expires on a day or at a time when exercises are not permitted, then the Options may be exercised no later than the immediately preceding date and time that the Options were exercisable.

(b)An Option shall be exercised by providing notice to the designated agent selected by the Company (if no such agent has been designated, then to the Company), in the manner and form determined by the Company, which notice shall be irrevocable, setting forth the exact number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and including with such notice payment of the Exercise Price, as applicable. When an Option has been transferred, the Company or its designated agent may require appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the Option, if other than the Participant, has the right to exercise the Option. No Option may be exercised with respect to a fraction of a Share.

6.4Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, the following limitations on the exercise of Options shall apply upon Termination of Employment:

(a)Termination by Death or Disability. In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant which are vested and exercisable as of the effective date of Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability may be exercised, if at all, no more than one (1) year from such date of Termination of Employment, unless the Options, by their terms, expire earlier. All unvested Options granted to such Participant shall immediately become forfeited.

(b)Involuntary Termination Without Cause. If a Participant’s Termination of Employment is by involuntary termination without Cause, all Options held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Employment may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination of Employment, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Options. All Options held by the Participant which are not vested on or before the effective date of Termination of Employment shall immediately be forfeited to the Company (and the Shares subject to such forfeited Options shall once again become available for issuance under the Plan).

(c)Voluntary Termination. If a Participant’s Termination of Employment is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.4(d)), all Options held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Employment may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination of Employment, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated terms of such Options. All Options held by the Participant which are not vested on or before the effective date of Termination of

10

 


 

Employment shall immediately be forfeited to the Company (and the Shares subject to such forfeited Options shall once again become available for issuance under the Plan).

(d)Termination for Cause. If the Participant’s Termination of Employment (i) is by the Company for Cause or (ii) is a voluntary Termination (as provided in Subsection (c) above) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for Termination of Employment for Cause, all outstanding Options held by the Participant shall immediately be forfeited to the Company and no additional exercise period shall be allowed, regardless of the vested status of the Options (and the Shares subject to such forfeited Options shall once again become available for issuance under the Plan).

(e)Other Terms and Conditions. A Participant holding an Option is not eligible to receive dividends or Dividend Equivalents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish different, or waive, terms and conditions pertaining to the effect of Termination of Employment on Options, whether or not the Options are outstanding, but no such modification shall be materially adverse to the Participant.

6.5Payment. The Committee shall determine the methods by which payments by any Participant with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan may be paid and the form of payment. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Exercise Price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise. No Shares shall be issued or transferred until full payment has been received or the next business day thereafter, as determined by the Company. The Committee may, from time to time, determine or modify the method or methods of exercising Options or the manner in which the Exercise Price is to be paid.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in full or in part, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, payment may be made by any of the following:

(a)cash or certified or bank check;

(b)delivery of Shares owned by the Participant duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value of such Shares delivered on the date of delivery equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of Shares being acquired;

(c)if the Company has designated a stockbroker to act as the Company’s agent to process Option exercises, an Option may be exercised by issuing an exercise notice together with instructions to such stockbroker irrevocably instructing the stockbroker: (i) to immediately sell (which shall include an exercise notice that becomes effective upon execution of a sale order) a sufficient portion of the Shares to be received from the Option exercise to pay the Exercise Price of the Options being exercised and the required tax withholding, and (ii) to deliver on the settlement date the portion of the proceeds of the sale equal to the Exercise Price and tax withholding to the Company. In the event the stockbroker sells any Shares on behalf of a Participant, the stockbroker shall be acting solely as the agent of the Participant, and the Company disclaims any responsibility for the actions of the stockbroker in making any such sales. However, if the Participant is an Insider, then the instruction to the stock broker to sell in the preceding sentence is intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) of the Exchange Act to the extent permitted by law. No Shares shall be issued until the settlement date and until the proceeds (equal to the Exercise Price and tax withholding) are paid to the Company;

(d)at any time, the Committee may, in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, provide that an Option may be “stock settled,” which shall mean upon exercise of an Option, the Company may fully satisfy its obligation under the Option by delivering that number of shares of Stock found by taking the difference between (i) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the exercise date, multiplied by the number of Options being exercised and (ii) the total Exercise Price of the Options being exercised, and dividing such difference by the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the exercise date; or

(e)any combination of the foregoing methods.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company shall be permitted to pay the Exercise Price of an Option in any method which would violate Section 13(h) of the Exchange Act.

Article 7

Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1Grant of SARs. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more SARs. SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with Options. Each SAR shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. With respect to SARs granted in

11

 


 

tandem with Options, the exercise of either such Options or such SARs shall result in the simultaneous cancellation of the same number of tandem SARs or Options, as the case may be.

7.2Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share covered by a SAR granted pursuant to the Plan shall be equal to or greater than Fair Market Value on the date the SAR was granted.

7.3Term. The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, but in no event shall the term exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that on the last business day of the term of a SAR (x) the exercise of which is prohibited by applicable law or (y) Shares may not be purchased or sold by certain Employees or Directors of the Company due to a “black-out period” of a Company policy or a “lock-up” agreement  undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the Committee may provide that the term of the SAR shall be extended but not beyond a period of thirty (30) days following the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement and provided further that no extension will be made if the grant price of such SAR at the date the initial term would otherwise expire is above the Fair Market Value.

7.4Payment. SARs may be settled in the form of cash, shares of Stock or a combination of cash and shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee.

7.5Other Provisions. Except as the Committee may deem inappropriate or inapplicable in the circumstances, SARs shall be subject to terms and conditions substantially similar to those applicable to Non-Qualified Options as set forth in Article 6, including, but not limited to, the ineligibility to receive dividends or Dividend Equivalents.

Article 8

Restricted Stock Awards

8.1Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant shares of Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. In addition to any other terms and conditions imposed by the Committee, vesting of Restricted Stock may be conditioned upon the achievement of Performance Goals.

8.2Restricted Stock Agreement. The Committee may require, as a condition to receiving a Restricted Stock Award, that the Participant enter into a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award. In lieu of a Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the Committee may provide the terms and conditions of an Award in a notice to the Participant of the Award, on the Stock certificate representing the Restricted Stock, in the resolution approving the Award, or in such other manner as it deems appropriate. If certificates representing the Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, any certificates so issued shall be printed with an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award as determined or authorized in the sole discretion of the Committee.  Shares recorded in book-entry form shall be recorded with a notation referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award as determined or authorized in the sole discretion of the Committee. The Committee may require that the stock certificates or book-entry registrations evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Participant deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.

8.3Restrictions. The Restricted Stock shall be subject to such vesting terms, including the achievement of Performance Goals, as may be determined by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, to the extent Restricted Stock is subject to any condition to vesting, if such condition or conditions are not satisfied by the time the period for achieving such condition has expired, such Restricted Stock shall be forfeited. The Committee may impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including but not limited to a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each share of Restricted Stock and/or restrictions under Applicable Law. The Committee may also grant Restricted Stock without any terms or conditions in the form of vested Stock Awards.

8.4Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8 or otherwise provided in the grant thereof, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after completion of all conditions to vesting, if any. However, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to waive all or part of the restrictions and conditions with regard to all or part of the shares held by any Participant at any time.

12

 


 

8.5Voting Rights, Dividends and Other Distributions. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights and, subject to the provisions of this Section 8.5, may receive all dividends and distributions paid with respect to such Shares. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares shall automatically be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock, dividends shall only be paid out to the extent that the Share of Restricted Stock vests. Any cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of the cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

8.6Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability. In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all restrictions imposed on outstanding Shares of Restricted Stock held by the Participant shall immediately lapse and the Restricted Stock shall immediately become fully vested as of the date of Termination of Employment.

8.7Termination of Employment for Other Reasons. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason other than those specifically set forth in Section 8.6 herein, subject to Section 10.2, all shares of Restricted Stock held by the Participant which are not vested as of the effective date of Termination of Employment shall immediately be forfeited and returned to the Company.

8.8Section 83(b) Election. The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code. If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code concerning a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall be required to file a copy of such election with the Company within thirty (30) days following the date of grant.

8.9Restricted Stock Units. In lieu of or in addition to Restricted Stock, the Committee may grant Restricted Stock Units under such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3.2. Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions under this Plan as Restricted Stock except as otherwise provided in this Plan or as otherwise provided by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the award shall be settled and paid out promptly upon vesting (to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code), and the Participant holding such Restricted Stock Units shall receive, as determined by the Committee, Shares (or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the number of Shares as of the date the Award becomes payable) equal to the number of such Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units shall not be transferable, shall have no voting rights, and, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, shall not receive dividends or Dividend Equivalents (which in any event shall only be paid out to the extent that the Restricted Stock Units vest). Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment due to death or Disability, the Committee will determine whether there should be any acceleration of vesting.

Article 9

Other Types of Awards

9.1Performance Share Awards. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Performance Share awards which shall be denominated in a number of shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Goals or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

9.2Performance Stock Units. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Performance Stock Unit awards which shall be denominated in units of value including dollar value of shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Goals or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

13

 


 

9.3Dividend Equivalents.  Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends declared on the Shares that are subject to any Award, to be credited as of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award is exercised, vests or expires, as determined by the Committee. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee, in a matter consistent with the rules of Section 409A of the Code; provided that, to the extent Shares subject to an Award are subject to vesting conditions, any Dividend Equivalents relating to such Shares shall be subject to the same vesting conditions.

9.4Deferred Stock. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted an award of Deferred Stock in the manner determined from time to time by the Committee. The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Committee and may be linked to the Performance Goals or other specific performance criteria determined to be appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. Stock underlying a Deferred Stock Award will not be issued until the Deferred Stock Award has vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or performance criteria set by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant awarded Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Deferred Stock Award has vested and the Stock underlying the Deferred Stock Award has been issued.

9.5Other Stock-Based Awards. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Awards that provide Participants with shares of Stock or the right to purchase shares of Stock or that have a value derived from the value of, or an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to, or that are otherwise payable in shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Goals or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of Award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

9.6Performance Bonus Awards. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Awards in the form of a cash bonus (a “Performance Bonus Award”) payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee.

9.7Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of any Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, Deferred Stock, Other Stock-Based Award and Performance Bonus Award shall be set by the Committee in its discretion.

9.8Exercise or Purchase Price. The Committee may establish the exercise or purchase price, if any, of any Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Deferred Stock, Other Stock-Based Award and Performance Bonus Award; provided, however, that such price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

9.9Exercise Upon Termination of Employment or Service. An Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Deferred Stock, Other Stock-Based Awards and Performance Bonus Awards shall only be exercisable or payable while the Participant is an Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director, as applicable; provided, however, that the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that an Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Deferred Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Other Stock-Based Award and Performance Bonus Award may be exercised or paid subsequent to a Termination of Employment without Cause. In the event of the Termination of Employment of a Participant by the Company for Cause, all Awards under this Article 9 shall be forfeited by the Participant to the Company.

9.10Form of Payment. Payments with respect to any Awards granted under this Article 9 shall be made in cash, in Stock or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.

9.11Award Agreement. All Awards under this Article 9 shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions as determined by the Committee and shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement.

Article 10

Change in Control

10.1Vesting Upon Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may not accelerate the vesting and exercisability (as applicable) of any outstanding Awards, in whole or in part, solely upon the occurrence of a Change in

14

 


 

Control except as provided in this Section 10.1. In the event of a Change in Control after the date of the adoption of the Plan, then:

(a)to the extent an outstanding Award subject solely to time-based vesting is not assumed or replaced by a comparable Award referencing shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or its “parent corporation” (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) which is publicly traded on a national stock exchange or quotation system, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kinds of shares and the exercise prices, if applicable, then any outstanding Award subject solely to time-based vesting then held by Participants that is unexercisable, unvested or still subject to restrictions or forfeiture shall, in each case as specified by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise, be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such Change in Control;

(b)any stock-denominated performance-based Awards outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred shall be converted into, as applicable, time-based restricted stock of the successor corporation or its “parent corporation” (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or time-based restricted stock units based on the capital stock of the successor corporation or its “parent corporation” (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) and, if, during the 12-month period following the date of such Change in Control, the Participant’s employment is terminated by such successor (or an affiliate thereof) without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, such Awards, to the extent then outstanding, shall fully vest. With respect to performance-based Awards that are outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control and are not converted to a time-based Award, any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such Awards shall be settled in cash as promptly as is practicable (unless otherwise required by Section 409A of the Code and the applicable terms of the Awards). In either case, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement or otherwise, the value of the performance-based Awards as of the date of the Change in Control shall be determined assuming target performance has been achieved, except that the value shall be determined based on actual performance as of such date if (i) more than half of the performance period has elapsed as of such date and (ii) actual performance is determinable as of such date; and

(c)Each outstanding Award that is assumed in connection with a Change in Control, or is otherwise to continue in effect subsequent to the Change in Control, will be appropriately adjusted, immediately after the Change in Control, as to the number and class of securities and other relevant terms in accordance with Section 4.3.

10.2Termination of Employment Upon Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, and except as may otherwise be provided in any applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement entered into between the Company or Affiliate and a Participant, upon (i) a Participant’s involuntary Termination of Employment without Cause on or within one (1) year following a Change in Control, or (ii) a Participant’s Termination of Employment for Good Reason (including the Termination of Employment of the Participant if he or she is employed by an Affiliate at the time the Company sells or otherwise divests itself of such Affiliate), all outstanding Awards shall immediately become fully vested and exercisable; provided that Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in accordance with the terms of the grant without regard to the Change in Control unless the Change in Control constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and such Termination of Employment occurs within one (1) year following such Change in Control, in which case the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled and paid out with such Termination of Employment.

10.3Cancellation and Termination of Awards.  The Committee may, in connection with any merger, consolidation, share exchange or other transaction entered into by the Company in good faith, determine that any outstanding Awards granted under the Plan, whether or not vested, will be canceled and terminated and that in connection with such cancellation and termination the holder of such Award may receive for each Share subject to such Award a cash payment (or the delivery of shares of stock, other securities or a combination of cash, stock and securities equivalent to such cash payment) equal to the difference, if any, between the amount determined by the Committee to be the Fair Market Value of the Stock and the purchase price per Share (if any) under the Award multiplied by the number of Shares subject to such Award; provided that if such product is zero or less or to the extent that the Award is not then exercisable, the Award will be canceled and terminated without payment therefor.

Article 11

Amendment, Modification, and Termination

11.1Amendment, Modification, and Termination of Plan. At any time and from time to time, the Board may amend, modify, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, without stockholder approval; provided,

15

 


 

however, that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any Applicable Law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) stockholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of shares available under the Plan or the number of shares available for issuance as ISOs, or (ii) permits the Committee to grant Options with an Exercise Price that is below Fair Market Value on the date of grant (except as otherwise  provided in Section 6.1), or (iii) permits the Committee to extend the exercise period for an Option beyond ten (10) years from the date of grant (except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1), or (iv) results in a material increase in benefits or a change in eligibility requirements, or (v) changes the granting corporation or (vi) changes the type of stock.

11.2Amendment of Awards. Subject to Section 4.3, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more outstanding Awards, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan or if necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or an Award Agreement to any present or future law relating to plans of this or similar nature (including, without limitation, Section 409A), and to the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder.

11.3Awards Previously Granted. No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan or any Award shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award; provided, however, that any such modification made for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code may be made by the Company without the consent of any Participant.

11.4Repricing and Backdating Prohibited. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, except as provided under Section 4.3 and Section 11.2, neither the Committee nor any other person may (i) amend the terms of outstanding Options or SARs to reduce the exercise or grant price of such outstanding Options or SARs; (ii) cancel outstanding Options or SARs in exchange for Options or SARs with an exercise or grant price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or SARs; or (iii) cancel outstanding Options or SARs with an exercise or grant price above the current Share price in exchange for cash or other securities. In addition, the Committee may not make a grant of an Option or SAR with a grant date that is effective prior to the date the Committee takes action to approve such Award.

Article 12

Withholding

12.1Tax Withholding. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the Company shall deduct or withhold any amount needed to satisfy any foreign, federal, state, or local tax (including but not limited to the Participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising or as a result of this Plan (“Withholding Taxes”).

12.2Share Withholding. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, upon the exercise of Options, the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, the vesting of Restricted Stock Units the distribution of Performance Shares in the form of Stock, or any other taxable event hereunder involving the transfer of Stock to a Participant, the Company shall withhold Stock equal in value, using the Fair Market Value on the date determined by the Company to be used to value the Stock for tax purposes, to the Withholding Taxes applicable to such transaction.

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, when the method of payment for the Exercise Price is from the sale by a stockbroker pursuant to Section 6.5(c), herein, of the Stock acquired through the Option exercise, then the tax withholding shall be satisfied out of the proceeds. For administrative purposes in determining the amount of taxes due, the sale price of such Stock shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Stock.

If permitted by the Committee, prior to the end of any Performance Period a Participant may elect to have a greater amount of Stock withheld from the distribution of Performance Shares to pay withholding taxes; provided, however, the Committee may prohibit or limit any individual election or all such elections at any time.

Alternatively, or in combination with the foregoing, the Committee may require Withholding Taxes to be paid in cash by the Participant or by the sale of a portion of the Stock being distributed in connection with an Award, or by a combination thereof.

The withholding of taxes is intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) of the Exchange Act to the extent permitted by law.

16

 


 

Article 13

General Provisions Applicable to Awards

13.1Minimum Vesting Requirement. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Awards granted under the Plan (other than cash-based awards) shall vest no earlier than the first anniversary of the date on which the Award is granted; provided, that the following Awards shall not be subject to the foregoing minimum vesting requirement: any (i) substitute Awards granted in connection with awards that are assumed, converted or substituted pursuant to a merger, acquisition or similar transaction entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) Shares delivered in lieu of fully vested cash obligations; and, providedfurther, that the foregoing restriction does not apply to the Committee’s discretion to provide for accelerated exercisability or vesting of any Award, including in cases of retirement, death, Disability or a Change in Control, in the terms of the Award Agreement or otherwise.

13.2Form of Payment. Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Award Agreement and any Applicable Law, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or any Affiliate on the grant, exercise, or settlement of any Award may be made in such form as determined by the Committee including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, other property, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or any combination thereof, in each case determined by rules adopted by the Committee.

13.3Treatment of Dividends and Dividend Equivalents on Unvested Awards.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that provides for or includes a right to dividends or Dividend Equivalents, if dividends are declared during the period that an equity Award is outstanding, such dividends (or Dividend Equivalents) shall either (a) not be paid or credited with respect to such Award or (b) be accumulated but remain subject to vesting requirement(s) to the same extent as the applicable Award and shall only be paid at the time or times such vesting requirement(s) are satisfied.

13.4Limits on Transfer.

(a)Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.4(b),

(i)no Award may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issues, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

(ii)no Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for or otherwise subject to the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or the Participant’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 13.4(a)(i); and

(iii)during a Participant’s lifetime, only the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him or her under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a domestic relations order. After a Participant’s death, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by such Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b)Notwithstanding Section 13.4(a), the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant or a Permitted Transferee of such Participant to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is intended to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Participant without consideration, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than (A) to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Participant or (B) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Award

17

 


 

to any person other than another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Participant); and (iii) the Participant (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the receiving Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Committee, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer. In addition, and further notwithstanding Section 13.4(a), hereof, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant to transfer Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and other Applicable Law, the Participant is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.

13.5Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding Section 13.4, if provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.

13.6Forfeiture Events/Representations.  The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement at the time of the Award that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of service for Cause, violation of material Company policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company. The Committee may also specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be conditioned upon the Participant making a representation regarding compliance with noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant and providing that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment on account of a breach of such representation. In addition and without limitation of the foregoing, any amounts paid hereunder shall be subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any “clawback” policy adopted by the Company or as is otherwise required by applicable law or stock exchange listing condition.

Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time. If there shall be no such clawback policy in effect, (1) awards under the Plan and any Shares issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan (and any gains thereon) shall be subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if and to the extent that the vesting of such Awards was determined or calculated based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other material inaccurate performance metric criteria; or (2) if the Company or its Subsidiaries terminate a Participant’s service relationship due to the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or determine there are grounds for such a termination (whether or not such actions also constitute “cause” under an Award Agreement), any Awards under the Plan, whether or not vested, as well as any shares of Stock issued pursuant to Awards under this Plan (and any gains thereon) shall be subject to forfeiture, recovery and “clawback.”  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Participant has engaged in any detrimental activity (including noncompliance with restrictive covenants), as determined by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for cancellation of any or all of such Participant’s outstanding Awards and/or forfeiture by the Participant of any gain realized in respect of Awards, and repayment of any such gain promptly to the Company.

 

13.7No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award.  The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

13.8Reservation of Stock. The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and any outstanding Awards granted hereunder reserve or otherwise keep available such number of Shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan (if then in effect) and the Awards and shall pay all fees and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

18

 


 

13.9Reimbursement of Company for Unearned or Ill-gotten Gains. Unless otherwise specifically provided in an Award Agreement, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the Committee may, without obtaining the approval or consent of the Company’s shareholders or of any Participant, require that any Participant who personally engaged in one of more acts of fraud or misconduct that have caused or partially caused the need for such restatement or any current or former chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or executive officer, regardless of their conduct, to reimburse the Company in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, if the Award constitutes “Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation,” for all or any portion of any Awards granted or settled under this Plan (with each such case being a “Reimbursement”), or the Committee may require the termination or rescission of, or the recapture associated with, any Award, in excess of the amount the Participant would have received under the accounting restatement.

13.10Delay in Payment. To the extent required in order to avoid the imposition of any interest and/or additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code, any amount that is considered deferred compensation under the Plan or Award Agreement and that is required to be postponed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, following the a Participant’s Termination of Employment shall be delayed for six (6) months if a Participant is deemed to be a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(i)(B) of the Code; provided that, if the Participant dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of the postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the executor or administrator of the decedent’s estate within 60 days following the date of his death. A “Specified Employee” means any Participant who is a “key employee” (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof), as determined by the Company in accordance with its uniform policy with respect to all arrangements subject to Section 409A of the Code, based upon the twelve (12) month period ending on each December 31st (the “Identification Period”). All Participants who are determined to be key employees under Section 416(i) of the Code (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) during the identification period shall be treated as Specified Employees for purposes of the Plan during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of the 4th month following the close of such identification period.

Article 14

Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

Article 15

Miscellaneous Provisions

15.1Substitute Awards in Corporate Transactions. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Committee to grant Awards under the Plan in connection with the acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, of the business or assets of any corporation or other entity. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may grant Awards under the Plan to an employee or director of another corporation who becomes an Eligible Person by reason of any such corporate transaction in substitution for awards previously granted by such corporation or entity to such person. The terms and conditions of the substitute Awards may vary from the terms and conditions that would otherwise be required by the Plan solely to the extent the Committee deems necessary for such purpose. Any shares of Stock subject to these substitute Awards shall not be counted against the share reserve set forth in Article 4 of the Plan.

15.2409A Compliance. It is intended that all Awards issued under the Plan be in a form and administered in a manner that will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, or the requirements of an exception to Section 409A of the Code, and the Award Agreement and this Plan will be construed and administered in a manner that is consistent with and gives effect to such intent. The Committee is authorized to adopt rules or regulations deemed necessary or appropriate to qualify for an exception from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. With respect to an Award that constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code: (a) if any amount is payable under such Award upon a termination of service, a termination of service will be treated as having occurred only at such time the Participant has experienced a “separation from service” as such term is defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code; (b) if any amount is payable under such Award upon a disability, a disability will be treated as having occurred only at such time the Participant has experienced a “disability” as such term is defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code; (c) if any amount is payable under such Award on account of the occurrence of a Change in Control, a Change in Control will be treated as having occurred only at such time a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation or in the ownership of a substantial portion of

19

 


 

the assets of the corporation” has occurred as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, (d) if any amount becomes payable under such Award on account of a Participant’s separation from service at such time as the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then no payment shall be made, except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, prior to the first business day after the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, (e) any right to receive any installment payments under this Plan shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment, and (f) no amendment to or payment under such Award will be made except and only to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Plan or any Award Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Participant on account of non-compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

15.3Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. All elections and transactions under the Plan by persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving shares of Stock are intended to comply with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b3. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

15.4Unfunded Status of the Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation, and the Plan is not intended to constitute a plan subject to the provisions of ERISA.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or payments with respect to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards hereunder, provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.

15.5Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock options and restricted stock other than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

15.6Investment Representations. The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any shares covered by any Award unless the shares to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Participant shall have made such written representations to the Company (upon which the Company believes it may reasonably rely) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that the issuance of such shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of that Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to that the Participant is acquiring the shares for his or her own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such shares.

15.7Registration. If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or other applicable statutes any Shares of Stock issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, or to qualify any such Shares of Stock for exemption from the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or other applicable statutes, then the Company shall take such action at its own expense.  The Company may require from each recipient of an Award, or each holder of Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company and its officers and directors from that holder against all losses, claims, damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made.  In addition, the Company may require of any such person that he or she agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter in any public offering of Shares of Stock, he or she will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Stock during the 180 day period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the underwritten public offering of securities.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.7, if in connection with any underwritten public offering of securities of the Company the managing underwriter of such offering requires that the Company’s directors and officers enter into a lock-up agreement containing provisions that are more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the preceding sentence, then (a) each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan (regardless of whether such person has complied or complies with the provisions

20

 


 

of clause (b) below) shall be bound by, and shall be deemed to have agreed to, the same lock-up terms as those to which the Company’s directors and officers are required to adhere; and (b) at the request of the Company or such managing underwriter, each such person shall execute and deliver a lock-up agreement in form and substance equivalent to that which is required to be executed by the Company’s directors and officers.

15.8Placement of Legends; Stop Orders; etc.  Each share of Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may bear a reference to the investment representation made in accordance with Section 15.6 in addition to any other applicable restriction under the Plan, the terms of the Award and to the fact that no registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect to such shares of Stock.  All shares of Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any certificates or recorded in connection with book-entry accounts representing the shares to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

15.9Uncertificated Shares. To the extent that the Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of Shares, the transfer of such Shares may be effected on a noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law.

15.10Limitation of Rights in Stock. A Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares of Stock subject to an Award, unless and until Shares shall have been issued therefor and delivered to the Participant or his agent.  Any Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company.

15.11Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company (or any Affiliate) to terminate any Participant’s Employment at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company (or any Affiliate), subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting agreement or provision of law or corporate articles or by-laws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or consulting agreement or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the recipient’s employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates.

15.12Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

15.13Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

15.14Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions thereof.

15.15Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

15.16Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to Applicable Law and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

15.17Errors. At any time the Company may correct any error made under the Plan without prejudice to the Company. Such corrections may include, among other things, changing or revoking an issuance of an Award.

15.18Elections and Notices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, all elections and notices of every kind shall be made on forms prepared by the Company or the general counsel, secretary or assistant secretary, or their respective delegates or shall be made in such other manner as permitted or required by the Company or the general counsel, secretary or assistant secretary, or their respective delegates, including but not limited to elections or notices through electronic means, over the Internet or otherwise. An election shall be deemed made when received by the Company (or its designated agent, but only in cases where the designated agent has been appointed for the purpose of receiving such election), which may waive any defects in form. The Company may limit the time an election may be made in advance of any deadline.

21

 


 

Where any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company under the Plan, it shall be delivered to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the general counsel of the Company or his or her successor. Such notice shall be deemed given on the date of delivery.

Notice to the Participant shall be deemed given when mailed (or sent by telecopy) to the Participant’s work or home address as shown on the records of the Company or, at the option of the Company, to the Participant’s e-mail address as shown on the records of the Company.

It is the Participant’s responsibility to ensure that the Participant’s addresses are kept up to date on the records of the Company. In the case of notices affecting multiple Participants, the notices may be given by general distribution at the Participants’ work locations.

15.19Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all awards and agreements hereunder, and any and all disputes in connection therewith, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict or choice of law principles which might otherwise refer the construction, interpretation or enforceability of this Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

15.20Venue. The Company and the Participant to whom an Award under this Plan is granted, for themselves and their successors and assigns, irrevocably submit to the exclusive and sole jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts of Delaware with respect to any and all disputes arising out of or relating to this Plan, the subject matter of this Plan or any awards under this Plan, including but not limited to any disputes arising out of or relating to the interpretation and enforceability of any awards or the terms and conditions of this Plan. To achieve certainty regarding the appropriate forum in which to prosecute and defend actions arising out of or relating to this Plan, and to ensure consistency in application and interpretation of the Governing Law to the Plan, the parties agree that (a) sole and exclusive appropriate venue for any such action shall be an appropriate federal or state court in Delaware, and no other, (b) all claims with respect to any such action shall be heard and determined exclusively in such Delaware court, and no other, (c) such Delaware court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any dispute relating hereto and (d) that the parties waive any and all objections and defenses to bringing any such action before such Delaware court, including but not limited to those relating to lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens.

15.21No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of an Option to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Option. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending transaction or expiration of an Option or a possible period in which the Option may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Option to the holder of such Option.

22

 

Exhibit 10.1

TRANSITIONAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND
MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS TRANSITIONAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [●], 2022, between The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“LGL”), and M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Mtron”, and together with LGL, “Parties”, or each individually, a “Party”).

WHEREAS, following the consummation of the distribution (the “Distribution”) contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated of even date herewith among LGL and Mtron (the “Distribution Agreement”), Mtron desires that LGL provide certain administrative and management services to Mtron, and LGL desires that Mtron provide certain administrative and management services to LGL; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Party is willing to provide the other Party with such services for a transitional period.

NOW, THEREFORE, LGL and Mtron agree as follows:

Section 1.Services.  Commencing at the time of the Distribution, LGL agrees to provide, or to coordinate the provision by others, to Mtron the transitional services set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “LGL Management Services”), and Mtron agrees to provide, or to coordinate the provision by others, to LGL the transitional services set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “Mtron Management Services” and, together with the LGL Management Services, the “Management Services”). Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties may modify the Management Services from time to time and may identify additional services to incorporate into this Agreement.

Section 2.Provision of Management Services.

(a)Consultants and Other Advisors.  In providing the Management Services, each Party may, subject to the prior written consent of the other Party, employ consultants and other advisors in addition to utilizing its own employees.  The Management Services are intended to be generally comparable in type and quantity to that which a Party provided to the other Party, it affiliates and its businesses prior to the Distribution.

(b)Subrogation of Rights Vis-A-Vis Third Party Contractors.  In the event any liability arises from the performance of the Management Services hereunder by a third party contractor, upon indemnification of a Party and/or its representatives, including but not limited to such Party’s officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, investment bankers, financial advisors and consultants, the other Party shall be subrogated to such rights, if any, as such indemnified Party may have against such third party contractor with respect to the Management Services provided by such third party contractor.

(c)Laws and Governmental Regulations.  Mtron shall be solely responsible for compliance with all laws, rules and regulations including the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

(d)Relationship of Parties.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent,

 


 

partnership or joint venture between the Parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no actions of the Parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the Parties other than the relationship of independent contractor nor be deemed to vest any rights, interest or claims in any third parties.

Section 3.Term; Standard of Care.  Each of LGL and Mtron shall provide its respective Management Services to the other Party as the other Party may request for a period of up to twelve (12) months from the date of the Distribution (“Term”); provided that any or all of the Management Services may be terminated by either Party at any time and for any reason on not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.  In providing the Management Services hereunder, each Party will exercise the same degree of care as it has exercised in providing such Management Services to its affiliates prior to the date hereof, including the same level of quality, responsiveness and timeliness as has been exercised by each Party with respect to such Management Services.

Section 4.Operating Committee.  

(a)Organization. The Parties shall create an operating committee (the “Operating Committee”) and shall each appoint one (1) employee to the Operating Committee for the Term.  The Operating Committee will oversee the implementation and application of this Agreement and shall at all times reasonably and in good faith attempt to resolve any dispute between the Parties. Each of the Parties shall have the right to change its Operating Committee member at any time with employees of comparable knowledge, expertise and decision-making authority.

(b)Decision Making. All Operating Committee decisions shall be taken unanimously. If the Operating Committee fails to make a decision, resolve a dispute, agree upon any necessary action, or if a Party so requests, in the event of a material breach of this Agreement, a senior officer of LGL and a senior officer of Mtron, neither of whom shall have any direct oversight or responsibility for the subject matter in dispute, shall attempt within a period of fourteen (14) days to conclusively resolve any such unresolved issue.

(c)Meetings. During the Term, the Operating Committee members shall meet, in person or via teleconference, at least once in each month, or less frequently if agreed by the members of the Operating Committee. In addition, the Operating Committee shall meet as often as necessary in order to promptly resolve any disputes submitted to it by any representative of either Party.

Section 5.Compensation.  

(a)Charges for Management Services. Each Party will pay the other Party the charges, if any, the applicable charges, if any, set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the “Transition Services Schedules”) for the Management Services provided by the other Party set forth herein as may be adjusted, from time to time, in accordance with this Agreement or, if no charges are specifically indicated otherwise on the Transition Services Schedules, the cost of services provided.  The Parties intend, having regard to the reciprocal and transitional nature of the Agreement as well as other factors, for the charges to be easy to

2

 


 

administer and justify; and therefore recognize it may be counter-productive to try and recover every cost, charge or expense, particularly those which are insignificant or de minimis.

(b)Taxes. The fees and charges payable under this Agreement are exclusive of any sales tax or excise tax or other similar charges which may be imposed by a governmental authority.  Each Party agrees to remit to the other any such charges promptly upon being billed by the other Party.

(c)Corrections/Adjustments. The Parties agree to develop, through an Operating Committee or their Boards of Directors, mutually acceptable reasonable processes and procedures for conducting any reviews and making adjustments thereof.  Payments will then be promptly billed and paid.

Section 6.Personnel.

(a)Right to designate and change personnel.  The Party providing the respective Management Services (“Service Provider”) will have the right to designate which personnel it will assign to perform such Management Services.  The Service Provider also will have the right to remove and replace any such personnel at any time or designate any of its affiliates or a Subcontractor (as defined below) at any time to perform the Management Services, subject to the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof: provided, however, that the Service Provider will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts (as defined below) to limit the disruption to the other Party (“Service Recipient”) in the transition of the Management Services to different personnel or to a Subcontractor.  In the event that personnel with the designated level of experience are not then employed by the Service Provider, the Service Provider will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide such personnel or Subcontractor personnel having an adequate level of experience; provided, however, that the Service Provider will have no obligation to retain any individual employee for the sole purpose of providing the applicable Services.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means the efforts that a reasonable and prudent person desirous of achieving a business result would use in similar circumstances to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditiously as possible in the context of commercial relations of the type envisaged by this Agreement; provided, however, that an obligation to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts under this Agreement does not require the person subject to that obligation to assume any material obligations or pay any material amounts to a third party.

(b)Financial Responsibility.  The Service Provider will pay for all personnel expenses, including wages, of its employees performing the Management Services.

(c)Service Managers and Chief Representatives.  During the Term of this Agreement, each Party will appoint (i) one of its employees (the “Service Manager”) who will have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the delivery of the Management Services and who shall serve as such Party’s representative on the Operating Committee and (ii) one of its employees for each service as indicated in each Transition Services Schedule (the “Chief Representative”).  The Service Manager and the Chief Representatives will coordinate and consult with the Service Recipient.  The Service Provider may, at its discretion, select other individuals to serve in these capacities during the Term of this Agreement upon providing notice

3

 


 

to the other Party.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Chief Representative may serve as such in respect of one or more Transition Services Schedules.

(d)Subcontractors.

(1)Subcontractors.  The Service Provider may, subject to Section 6(d)(2) hereof, engage a “Subcontractor” to perform all or any portion of the Service Provider’s duties under this Agreement, provided that any such Subcontractor agrees in writing to be bound by confidentiality obligations at least as protective as the terms of Section 10(n) of this Agreement regarding confidentiality and non-use of information, and provided further that the Service Provider remains responsible for the performance of such Subcontractor and for paying the Subcontractor.  As used in this Agreement, “Subcontractor” will mean any person or entity engaged to perform hereunder, other than employees of the Service Provider of its affiliates.

(2)Assignment.  In the event of any subcontracting by the Service Provider to a non-affiliate of the Service Provider of all or any portion of the Service Provider’s duties under this Agreement, the Service Provider shall assign and transfer to the Service Recipient the full benefit of all such non-affiliate subcontractor’s performance covenants, guarantees, warranties or indemnities (if any), to the extent same are transferable or assignable, in the respect of the portion of the Services provided to the Service Recipient pursuant to such subcontracting; and if such guarantees, warranties, indemnities and benefits are not assignable, the Service Provider shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to procure the benefit of same for the Service Recipient through other legal permissible means.  The Service Provider will also reasonably endeavor to permit the assignment of any Subcontractor engagement to a Service Recipient or its affiliates at the request of the Service Recipient upon termination of Service hereunder.

(e)Insurance.  Each Party shall obtain and maintain at its own expense insurance of the type generally maintained in the ordinary course of its business.  Except as otherwise specified in the Transition Services Schedules, the Service Provider shall not be required to obtain and maintain any particular insurance in relation to providing any Service.

Section 7.Consents of Third Parties.  Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at the other Party’s direction and expense, to obtain any consents or software licenses from third parties necessary for the continuation of the requested Management Services; provided, that such Party shall have no obligation to provide Management Services for which such consent is required and shall not have been obtained, despite such Party’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent.

Section 8.Limitations of Liability; Indemnification. LGL will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Mtron its affiliates and its businesses and each of their respective directors, officers, agents and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (a “Mtron Indemnitee”) from and against all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, reasonable attorney’s fees, and court or arbitration costs (“Losses”) (i) arising out of a claim by a third party against a Mtron Indemnitee to the extent resulting from or alleged to have resulted from any act or omission of a member of the LGL Group (as such term is defined in the Distribution Agreement) under or related to this Agreement, or (ii) in the event of (A) the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of a member of the LGL Group; (B) the failure of LGL to perform the LGL Management Services after the Distribution in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or (C) the breach by LGL of this Agreement.  Mtron will indemnify, defend and hold harmless LGL its affiliates and businesses and each of their respective directors, officers, agents and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (each, a “LGL Indemnitee”), from and against all Losses (i) arising out of a claim by a third party against a LGL Indemnitee to the extent resulting from or alleged to have resulted from any act or omission of a member of the Mtron Group (as such term is defined in the Distribution Agreement) under or related to this Agreement, or (ii) in the event of (A) the gross

4

 


 

negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of a member of the Mtron Group; (B) the failure of Mtron to perform the Mtron Management Services after the Distribution in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or (C) the breach by Mtron of this Agreement.

Section 9.Disclaimer of Warranties.  SUBJECT TO Section 3 HEREOF, EACH OF THE PARTIES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER.  NEITHER LGL NOR MTRON MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES AS TO THE QUALITY, SUITABILITY OR ADEQUACY OF THE SERVICES FOR ANY PURPOSE OR USE.

Section 10.Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)Complete Agreement; Construction.  Except as set forth in the Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement and the Distribution Agreement, each dated of even date herewith, between the Parties, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.

(b)Counterparts.  For the convenience of the Parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and which counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

(c)Notices.  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered by facsimile (upon confirmation of receipt) or personally, (ii) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by FedEx or other next-day courier service, or (iii) on the third business day following the date of mailing if delivered by United States Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice:

5

 


 

 

If to LGL, at:

The LGL Group, Inc.
249 Royal Palm Way Suite 503
Palm Beach, FL 33480
Attention:
Ivan Arteaga, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

If to Mtron, at:

M-tron Industries, Inc.
2525 Shader Road
Orlando, FL 32804
Attention: James W. Tivy, Chief Financial Officer

 

(d)Waivers.  The failure of any Party hereto to require strict performance by any other Party of any provision in this Agreement will not waive or diminish that Party’s right to demand strict performance thereafter of that or any other provision hereof.

(e)Modification or Amendments.  The Parties hereto may modify or amend this Agreement by written agreement executed and delivered by authorized officers of the respective Parties.

(f)Assignment; Successors and Assigns.  No Party to this Agreement shall convey, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of each of the other Party hereto in its sole and absolute discretion.  Any such conveyance, assignment or transfer without the express written consent of each of the other parties shall be void ab initio.  No assignment of this Agreement or any rights hereunder shall relieve each of the assigning parties of its obligations hereunder.  Any successor by merger to a Party to this Agreement shall be substituted for such Party as a party to this Agreement, and all obligations, duties and liabilities of the substituted party under this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as obligations, duties and liabilities of the substituting party, enforceable against the substituting party as a principal, as though no substitution had been made.

(g)Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is for the purpose of defining the respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereto and is not for the benefit of any employee; creditor or other third party, except as may be expressly set forth herein.

(h)Indemnification for Expenses; Attorney Fees.  A Party in breach of this Agreement shall, on demand, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party hereto for and against all out-of-pocket expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees, incurred by such other Party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement, should such Party prevail in such action.  The payment of such expenses is in addition to any other relief to which such other Party may be entitled hereunder or otherwise.

(i)Captions.  All Article, Section and paragraph captions herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.

(j)Specific Performance.  In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Party or Parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right of specific performance and injunctive

6

 


 

relief giving effect to its or their rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is hereby waived.

(k)Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without reference to its conflicts of law principles.

(l)Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party.  Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

(m)Cooperation; Further Assurances.  The Parties will use good faith efforts to cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision of the Services.  Each Party will take such actions as may be necessary or reasonably appropriate to implement or give effect to this Agreement.

(n)Records; Confidentiality.  Each Party shall keep full and detailed records dealing with all aspects of the Services performed by it and shall provide access to the other Party to such records at all reasonable times.  Each Party hereto shall keep, and shall cause its officer, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, investment bankers, financial advisors, consultants and other representatives (“Representatives”) to keep the other Party’s information, whether furnished orally or in writing or by any other means or gathered by inspection and regardless of whether the same is specifically marked or designated as “confidential” or “proprietary,” together with any and all notes, memoranda, analyses, compilations, studies or other documents (whether in hard copy or electronic media) prepared by the receiving Party or any of its Representatives which contain or otherwise reflect such information, together with any and all copies, extracts or other reproductions of any of the same (the “Information”), strictly confidential and will disclose such Information only to such of its Representatives who need to know such Information, and who agree to be bound by this Section 10(n) and not to disclose such Information to any other person.  Without the prior written consent of the other parties, neither Party nor any of its respective Representatives shall disclose the other Party’s Information to any person or entity except as may be required by law or judicial process and in accordance with this Section 10(n).  The term “Information” does not include information that: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the receiving Party or its Representatives; (ii) is or becomes available to the receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the providing Party or its Representatives, provided that such source is not known by the receiving Party to be subject to a confidentiality agreement with the

7

 


 

providing Party; or (iii) has been independently acquired or developed by the receiving Party without violation of any of the obligations of the receiving Party or its Representatives under this Agreement.

(o)Arbitration.  Any dispute with respect to this Agreement shall be arbitrated in Orange County, Florida, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  There will be a single neutral arbitrator selected who resides in Orange County, Florida.  The American Arbitration Association will provide a list of five (5) neutral arbitrators.  The claimant and respondent will take turns, with the respondent going first, striking one name at a time from the list of five neutral arbitrators.  Each Party will have no more than twenty-four (24) hours to take its turn striking a name of a neutral arbitrator.  The final remaining arbitrator will serve as the neutral arbitrator.  Either Party may apply to the arbitrator seeking injunctive relief until the arbitrator's award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved.  Either Party also may, without waiving any remedy under this Agreement, seek from any Florida court having jurisdiction, any interim or provisional relief that is necessary to protect the rights and/or property of that Party, pending the determination of the arbitrator.

[Signatures begin on the following page]

 

 

8

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE LGL GROUP, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:    

 

 

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:    

 

 

[Signature Page to Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement]

 


 

 

EXHIBIT A

LGL Management Services

1.

ERP system access, to be charged at a rate of $5,000 per month

2.

General corporate management services, which may include, but not be limited to, operations, supervision of operating subsidiaries, strategic planning, acquisition analysis, investment banking and financial advisory services, supervision of the preparation of corporate tax returns, supervision of financial reporting and other applicable regulatory matters.

 

LEGAL_US_E # 159732108.7

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT B

Mtron Management Services

1.

Operations and general administrative, including:

 

(a)

IT services, to be charged at a rate of $4,000 per month

 

(b)

AP/AR service, to be charged at a rate of $4,000 per month

 

(c)

Payroll Services, to be charged at a rate of $1,000 per month

2.

General corporate management services, which may include, but not be limited to, operations, supervision of operating subsidiaries, strategic planning, acquisition analysis, investment banking and financial advisory services, supervision of the preparation of corporate tax returns, supervision of financial reporting and other applicable regulatory matters.

LEGAL_US_E # 159732108.7

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

TAX INDEMNITY AND SHARING AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

THE LGL GROUP, INC.

AND

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

Dated as of [●], 2022

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Page

 

 

SECTION 1.      Definition of Terms

 

 

SECTION 2.      Allocation of Taxes and Tax-Related Losses.

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Allocation of Taxes

8

 

 

2.2

Allocation of Deconsolidation Taxes, Distribution Taxes and Transfer Taxes

8

 

 

2.3

Tax Payments

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.      Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Combined Returns

9

 

 

3.2

Separate Returns

9

 

 

3.3

Agent

9

 

 

3.4

Provision of Information

10

 

 

3.5

Special Rules Relating to the Preparation of Tax Returns

10

 

 

3.6

Refunds, Credits or Offsets

10

 

 

3.7

Carrybacks

11

 

 

3.8

Amended Returns

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.      Tax Payments.

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Payment of Taxes to Tax Authority

12

 

 

4.2

Indemnification Payments

12

 

 

4.3

Interest on Late Payments

12

 

 

4.4

Tax Consequences of Payments

12

 

 

4.5

Section 336(e) Election

13

 

 

4.6

Certain Final Determinations

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.      Cooperation and Tax Contests.

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

Cooperation

14

 

 

5.2

Notices of Tax Contests

14

 

 

5.3

Control of Tax Contests

14

 

 

5.4

Cooperation Regarding Tax Contests

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.      Tax Records.

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

Retention of Tax Records

15

 

 

6.2

Access to Tax Records

15

 

 

6.3

Confidentiality

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.      Representations and Covenants.

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

Covenants of LGL and Mtron

16

 

 

7.2

Covenants of Mtron

17

 

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

7.3

Covenants of LGL

17

 

 

7.4

Exceptions

18

 

 

7.5

Injunctive Relief

18

 

 

7.6

Further Assurances

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.      General Provisions.

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

Predecessors or Successors

19

 

 

8.2

Construction

19

 

 

8.3

Ancillary Agreements

19

 

 

8.4

Counterparts

19

 

 

8.5

Notices

19

 

 

8.6

Amendments

20

 

 

8.7

Assignment

20

 

 

8.8

Successors and Assigns

20

 

 

8.9

Change in Law

20

 

 

8.10

Authorization, Etc

20

 

 

8.11

Termination

20

 

 

8.12

Subsidiaries

21

 

 

8.13

Third-Party Beneficiaries

21

 

 

8.14

Titles and Headings

21

 

 

8.15

Governing Law

21

 

 

8.16

Waiver of Jury Trial

21

 

 

8.17

Severability

21

 

 

8.18

No Strict Construction; Interpretation

21

 

 

 

 

 

ii


 

 

TAX INDEMNITY AND SHARING AGREEMENT

THIS TAX INDEMNITY AND SHARING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [●], 2022, by and between The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“LGL”), and M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of LGL (“Mtron”).  Mtron and LGL are the “Parties.” Unless otherwise indicated, all “Section” references in this Agreement are to sections of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the board of directors of LGL has determined that it is appropriate and advisable for the Mtron common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Mtron Common Stock”) that LGL owns to be distributed to holders of LGL common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“LGL Common Stock”) (the “Distribution”), on the terms and conditions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement between LGL and Mtron dated on or about the date hereof (the “Distribution Agreement”);

WHEREAS, LGL intends the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free transaction described under Section 355 of the Code;

WHEREAS, the Parties set forth in the Distribution Agreement the principal arrangements between them regarding the separation of the Mtron Group (as defined below) from the LGL Group (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to provide for and agree upon the allocation between the Parties of liabilities for Taxes arising prior to, as a result of, and subsequent to the Distribution, and to provide for and agree upon other matters relating to Taxes.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.Definition of Terms

. For purposes of this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means, when used with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such specified Person. Unless explicitly provided herein to the contrary, (x) neither LGL nor any member of the LGL Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries; and (y) neither Mtron nor any member of the Mtron Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of LGL or any of its Subsidiaries.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Ancillary Agreements” means the agreements encompassed by such term in the Distribution Agreement.

 


 

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions located in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Combined Return” means a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return that includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the LGL Group and one or more members of the Mtron Group.

Companies” means LGL and Mtron.

Company” means LGL or Mtron, as the context requires.

Control” means, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through ownership of securities or partnership, membership, limited liability company, or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Controlling Party” means, with respect to a Tax Contest, the Person that has responsibility, control and discretion in handling, defending, settling or contesting such Tax Contest.

Covered Income Taxes” means any Income Taxes.

Deconsolidation Taxes” means any Taxes imposed on any member of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group as a result of or in connection with the Distribution (or any portion thereof), including, but not limited to, any Taxes imposed pursuant to or as a result of Section 311 or 1502 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and under any applicable similar state, local or foreign law), but excluding any Transfer Taxes and Distribution Taxes.

Disclosing Party has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

Distribution Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

Distribution Date” has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

 

2


 

Distribution Taxes means any Taxes arising from a Final Determination that the Distribution failed to be tax-free to LGL in accordance with the requirements of Section 355 of the Code (including any Taxes resulting from the application of Section 355(d) or (e) to the Distribution), or that any stock or obligations  of Mtron failed to qualify as qualified property within the meaning of Section 355(c)(2) of the Code, and shall include any Taxes resulting from an election under Section 336(e) of the Code in the circumstances set forth in Section 4.5 hereof.

Due Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

Effective Time shall mean 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Distribution Date.

Excess Taxes” means the excess of (x) the Taxes for which LGL Group is liable if an election is made pursuant to Section 336(e) of the Code under Section 4.5 of this Agreement, over (y) the Taxes for which LGL Group is liable if such an election is not made, in each case taking into account the allocation of Taxes that is otherwise applicable in this Agreement but without regard to Section 4.5 hereof.

Expert Law Firm” means a law firm nationally recognized for its expertise in the matter for which its opinion is sought.

Fifty-Percent Equity Interest” means, in respect of any corporation (within the meaning of the Code), stock or other equity interests of such corporation possessing (i) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or equity interests entitled to vote, or (ii) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value of shares of all classes of stock or of the total value of all equity interests.

Final Determination” means a determination within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code or any similar provision of state or local Tax Law.

Group” means the LGL Group or the Mtron Group, as the context requires.

Income Taxes” means any Tax which is based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to (i) net income or profits (including, but not limited to, any capital gains, gross receipts, value added or minimum Tax) or (ii) multiple bases (including, but not limited to, corporate franchise, doing business or occupation Taxes) if one or more of the bases upon which such Tax may be based, by which it may be measured, or with respect to which it may be calculated is described in clause (i) of this sentence.

Indemnified Party” shall mean each Mtron Indemnified Party and each LGL Indemnified Party, as the context requires.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Interest Rate means the Rate determined below, as adjusted as of each Interest Rate Determination Date. The “Rate” means, with respect to each period between two consecutive Interest Rate Determination Dates, a rate determined at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York time, two Business Days before the first Interest Rate Determination Date equal to: (x) the sum of (i) the six-month dollar LIBOR rate as displayed on page “LR” of Bloomberg (or such other

 

3


 

appropriate page as may replace such page), plus (ii) 2%, or (y) if higher and if with respect to a payment to indemnify for a Tax to which the large corporate underpayment provision within the meaning of Section 6621(c) applies, such interest rate that would be applicable at such time to such large corporate underpayment.

Interest Rate Determination Date” means the Due Date and each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 thereafter.

LGL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

LGL Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

LGL Group means LGL and each Subsidiary of LGL (but only while such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of LGL) other than any Person that is a member of the Mtron Group (but only during the period such Person is treated as a member of the Mtron Group).

LGL Indemnified Party” includes each member of the LGL Group, each of their representatives and Affiliates, each of their respective directors, officers, managers and employees, and each of their heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns.

LGL Tainting Act” means any breach of a representation or covenant made by LGL in Section 7.1 or Section 7.4 of this Agreement, if as a result of such breach a Final Determination is made that the Distribution failed to be tax-free by reason of (i) failing to qualify as a distribution described in Sections 355 of the Code, (ii) any stock or obligations of Mtron failing to qualify as “qualified property” within the meaning of Section 355(c)(2) of the Code or (iii) the application of Sections 355(d) or 355(e) of the Code to the Distribution.

Mtron” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Mtron Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Mtron Group means (x) with respect to any Tax Year (or portion thereof) ending at or before the Effective Time, Mtron and each of its Subsidiaries at the Effective Time; and (y) with respect to any Tax Year (or portion thereof) beginning after the Effective Time, Mtron and each Subsidiary of Mtron (but only while such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Mtron).

Mtron Indemnified Party” includes each member of the Mtron Group, each of their representatives and Affiliates, each of their respective directors, officers, managers and employees, and each of their heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns.

Mtron Tainting Act” means a breach of the covenant made by Mtron in Section 7.1 of this Agreement or the taking of a Restricted Action, if as a result of such breach or taking of a Restricted Action a Final Determination is made that the Distribution failed to be tax-free by reason of (i) failing to qualify as a distribution described in Section 355 of the Code, (ii) any stock or obligations of Mtron failing to qualify as “qualified property” within the meaning of Section 355(c)(2) of the Code, or (iii) the application of Sections 355(d) or 355(e) of the Code to the Distribution.

 

4


 

Non-Controlling Party has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

Non-Preparer” means any Company that is not responsible for the preparation and filing of the applicable Tax Return pursuant to Sections 3.1 or 3.2.

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Payment Date” means (x) with respect to any U.S. federal income tax return, the date on which any required installment of estimated taxes determined under Section 6655 of the Code is due, the date on which (determined without regard to extensions) filing the return determined under Section 6072 of the Code is required, and the date the return is filed, and (y) with respect to any other Tax Return, the corresponding dates determined under the applicable Tax Law.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition (as a result of the Distribution) of Mtron Common Stock solely by reason of holding LGL Common Stock, but does not include such an acquisition if such LGL Common Stock, before such acquisition, was itself acquired in a manner to which the flush language of Section 355(e)(3)(A) of the Code applies (thus causing, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 355(e)(3)(A)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) not to apply).

Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any kind.

Post-Distribution Period” means any Tax Year or other taxable period beginning after the Distribution Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, that part of the Tax Year or other taxable period that begins at the beginning of the day after the Distribution Date.

Pre-Distribution Period” means any Tax Year or other taxable period that ends on or before the Distribution Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, that part of the Tax Year or other taxable period through the end of the day on the Distribution Date.

Preparer” means the Company that is responsible for the preparation and filing of the applicable Tax Return pursuant to Sections 3.1 or 3.2.

Receiving Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Residual Taxes” means all Taxes other than Covered Income Taxes.

Restricted Action” means any action by Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries inconsistent with the covenants set forth in Section 7.3; and, for the avoidance of doubt, an action shall be and remain a Restricted Action even if Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to take such an action pursuant to Section 7.5.

Restriction Period” means the period beginning on the Distribution Date and ending twenty-four (24) months after the Distribution Date.

Separate Return” means (a) in the case of any Tax Return required under relevant Tax Law to be filed by any member of the LGL Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return), any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the Mtron Group,

 

5


 

and (b) in the case of any Tax Return required under relevant Tax Law to be filed by any member of the Mtron Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return), any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the LGL Group.

Straddle Period” means any taxable period beginning on or prior to, and ending after, the Distribution Date.

Subsidiary” when used with respect to any Person, means (i) (A) a corporation a majority in voting power of whose share capital or capital stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, whether or not such power is subject to a voting agreement or similar encumbrance, (B) a partnership or limited liability company in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, (1) in the case of a partnership, a general partner of such partnership with the power affirmatively to direct the policies and management of such partnership or (2) in the case of a limited liability company, the managing member or, in the absence of a managing member, a member with the power affirmatively to direct the policies and management of such limited liability company, or (C) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has or have (1) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body of such Person, whether or not such power is subject to a voting agreement or similar encumbrance, or (2) in the absence of such a governing body, at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) any other Person of which an aggregate of 50% or more of the equity interests are, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Tax” or “Taxes” means any income, gross income, gross receipts, profits, capital stock, franchise, withholding, payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, employment, unemployment, disability, property, ad valorem, stamp, excise, severance, occupation, service, sales, use, license, lease, transfer, import, export, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other similar tax (including any fee, assessment, or other charge in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) imposed by any Tax Authority, any liability attributable to any escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property law, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing, together with any reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending against any such Tax.

Tax Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Tax Authority” means, with respect to any Tax, the governmental entity or political subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof that imposes such Tax, and the agency, commission or authority (if any) charged with the assessment, determination or collection of such Tax for such entity or subdivision.

Tax Benefit” means a reduction in the Tax liability of a taxpayer (or of the affiliated group of which it is a member) for any taxable period. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Tax Benefit shall be deemed to have been realized or received from a Tax Item in

 

6


 

a taxable period only if and to the extent that the Tax liability of the taxpayer (or of the affiliated group of which it is a member) for such period, after taking into account the effect of the Tax Item on the Tax liability of such taxpayer in the current period and all prior periods, is less than it would have been if such Tax liability were determined without regard to such Tax Item.

Tax Contest” means an audit, review, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose, potential or effect of re-determining Taxes of any member of either Group (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for refund).

Tax-Free Status” means the qualification of the Distribution as a transaction described in Section 355(a) of the Code.

Tax Item” means, with respect to any Tax, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or other attribute that may have the effect of increasing or decreasing any Tax.

Tax Law” means the law of any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof, and any controlling judicial or administrative interpretations of such law, relating to any Tax.

Tax Records” means Tax Returns, Tax Return work papers, documentation relating to any Tax Contests, and any other books of account or records required to be maintained under applicable Tax Laws (including but not limited to Section 6001 of the Code) or under any record retention agreement with any Tax Authority.

Tax Return” means any report of Taxes due, any claims for refund of Taxes paid, any information return with respect to Taxes, or any other similar report, statement, declaration, or document filed or required to be filed (by paper, electronically or otherwise) under any applicable Tax Law, including any attachments, exhibits, or other materials submitted with any of the foregoing, and including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

Tax Year” means, with respect to any Tax, the year, or shorter period, if applicable, for which the Tax is reported as provided under applicable Tax Law.

Transfer Taxes” means all U.S. federal, state, local or foreign sales, use, privilege, transfer, documentary, gains, stamp, duties, recording, and similar Taxes and fees (including any penalties, interest or additions thereto) imposed upon any Party hereto or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Distribution.

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Year.

Unqualified Opinion means an unqualified “will” opinion of an Expert Law Firm that permits reliance by LGL. For the avoidance of doubt, an Unqualified Opinion may be based on factual representations and assumptions that are reasonably satisfactory to LGL.

 

7


 

SECTION 2.Allocation of Taxes and Tax-Related Losses.

2.1Allocation of Taxes. Except as provided in Section 2.2 (Allocation of Deconsolidation Taxes, Distribution Taxes and Transfer Taxes), Taxes shall be allocated as follows:

(a)LGL shall be liable for and shall be allocated (i) any Taxes attributable to members of the LGL Group for all periods, and (ii) any Covered Income Taxes attributable to members of the Mtron Group for a Pre-Distribution Period.

(b)Mtron shall be liable for and shall be allocated (i) any Residual Taxes attributable to members of the Mtron Group for a Pre-Distribution Period, and (ii) any Taxes attributable to members of the Mtron Group for any Post-Distribution Period.

(c)Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) (but subject to the provisions of Section 2.2), Taxes attributable to any transaction or action taken by or with respect to any member of the Mtron Group before the Effective Time on the Distribution Date shall be allocated to the Pre-Distribution Period, and Taxes attributable to any transaction or action taken by or with respect to any member of the Mtron Group after the Effective Time on the Distribution Date shall be allocated to the Post-Distribution Period.

2.2Allocation of Deconsolidation Taxes, Distribution Taxes and Transfer Taxes

. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(a)Any and all Deconsolidation Taxes shall be borne by LGL.

(b)Mtron shall indemnify and hold harmless each LGL Indemnified Party from and against any liability of LGL for Distribution Taxes to the extent such Distribution Taxes are attributable to an Mtron Tainting Act, provided, however, that Mtron shall have no obligation to indemnify any LGL Indemnified Party hereunder if there has occurred, prior to such Mtron Tainting Act, a LGL Tainting Act.

(c)LGL shall indemnify and hold harmless each Mtron Indemnified Party from and against any liability of Mtron for Distribution Taxes to the extent that Mtron is not liable for such Taxes pursuant to Section 2.2(b).

(d)The Companies shall cooperate with each other and use their commercially reasonable efforts to reduce and/or eliminate any Transfer Taxes. If any Transfer Tax remains payable after application of the first sentence of this Section 2.2(d) and notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 2, all Transfer Taxes shall be allocated to LGL.

2.3Tax Payments. Each Company shall be liable for and shall pay the Taxes allocated to it by this Section 2 either to the applicable Tax Authority or to the other Company in accordance with Section 4 and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

8


 

SECTION 3.Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns.

3.1Combined Returns

. LGL shall be responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed) all Combined Returns for any Tax Year, provided, however, that Mtron shall furnish any relevant information, including pro-forma returns, disclosures, apportionment data and supporting schedules, relating to any member of the Mtron Group necessary for completing any Combined Return for any Tax Year in a format suitable for inclusion in such return, and provided further, that Mtron shall have the right to review and comment with respect to items on such returns if and to the extent such items directly relate to Taxes for which Mtron would be liable under Section 2.1(b)(i), such comment not to be unreasonably rejected.

3.2Separate Returns.

(a)Tax Returns to be Prepared by LGL. LGL shall be responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed):

(i)all Separate Returns which relate to one or more members of the LGL Group for any Tax Year, and

(ii)all Separate Returns which relate to one or more members of the Mtron Group for any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period if such return is in respect of Covered Income Taxes, provided that Mtron shall furnish any relevant information, including pro-forma returns, disclosures, apportionment data and supporting schedules, relating to any member of the Mtron Group necessary for completing any Separate Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period in a format suitable for inclusion in such return, and provided further, that Mtron shall have the right to review and comment with respect to items on such returns if and to the extent such items relate to a Tax for which Mtron would be liable under Section 2.1(b)(i), such comment not to be unreasonably rejected.

(b)Tax Returns to be Prepared by Mtron. Mtron shall be responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed) all Separate Returns which relate to one or more members of the Mtron Group and for which LGL is not responsible under Section 3.2(a), provided that in the case of such returns in respect of any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period, LGL shall have the right to review and comment on such returns, such comment not to be unreasonably rejected.

3.3Agent. Subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 5), Mtron irrevocably designates, and agrees to cause each Affiliate of Mtron so to designate, LGL as its sole and exclusive agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action (including execution of documents) as LGL may deem reasonably appropriate in matters relating to the preparation or filing of any Tax Return described in Sections 3.1 and 3.2(a)(ii).

 

9


 

3.4Provision of Information.

(a)LGL shall provide to Mtron, and Mtron shall provide to LGL, any information about members of the LGL Group or the Mtron Group, respectively, that the Preparer reasonably requires to determine the amount of Taxes due on any Payment Date with respect to a Tax Return for which the Preparer is responsible pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 and to properly and timely file all such Tax Returns.

(b)If a member of the Mtron Group supplies information to a member of the LGL Group, or a member of the LGL Group supplies information to a member of the Mtron Group, and an officer of the requesting member intends to sign a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then a duly authorized officer of the member supplying such information shall certify, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, the accuracy of the information so supplied.

3.5Special Rules Relating to the Preparation of Tax Returns.

(a)In General. All Tax Returns that include any members of the Mtron Group or LGL Group, or any of their respective Affiliates, shall be prepared in a manner that is consistent with the qualifying the Distribution for the Tax-Free Status. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all Tax Returns for which LGL is responsible under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall be prepared (x) in accordance with elections, Tax accounting methods and other practices used with respect to such Tax Returns filed prior to the Distribution Date (unless such past practices are not permissible under applicable law), or (y) to the extent any items are not covered by past practices (or in the event such past practices are not permissible under applicable Tax Law), in a manner reasonably acceptable to both Parties; provided, however, that in each case of (x) and (y) to the extent that a change in such elections, methods or practices would not reasonably be expected to result in any adverse impact on Mtron, such Tax Returns shall be prepared in accordance with reasonable practices selected by LGL.

(b)Election to File Consolidated, Combined or Unitary Tax Returns. LGL shall have the sole discretion in electing to file any Tax Return on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis, if such Tax Return would include at least one member of each Group and the filing of such Tax Return is elective under the relevant Tax Law.

3.6Refunds, Credits or Offsets.

(a)Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable Tax Law, any refunds, credits or offsets with respect to Taxes allocated to, and actually paid by, LGL pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the account of LGL. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable Tax Law, any refunds, credits or offsets with respect to Taxes, allocated to, and actually paid by, Mtron pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the account of Mtron.

(b)LGL shall forward to Mtron, or reimburse Mtron for, any such refunds, credits or offsets, plus any interest received thereon, net of any Taxes incurred with respect to the receipt or accrual thereof and any expenses incurred in connection therewith, that are for the account of Mtron within Mtron’s normal course of settlement of such items but not more than 45 days from receipt thereof from receipt thereof by LGL or any of its Affiliates. Mtron shall forward to LGL, or reimburse LGL for, any refunds, credits or offsets, plus any interest received thereon, net of any Taxes incurred with respect to the receipt or accrual thereof and any expenses incurred in connection

 

10


 

therewith, that are for the account of LGL within LGL’s normal course of settlement of such items but not more than 45 days from receipt thereof by Mtron or any of its Affiliates. Any refunds, credits or offsets, plus any interest received thereon, or reimbursements not forwarded or made within the period specified above shall bear interest from the date received by the refunding or reimbursing party (or its Affiliates) through and including the date of payment at the Interest Rate (treating the date received as the Due Date for purposes of determining such interest). If, subsequent to a Tax Authoritys allowance of a refund, credit or offset, such Tax Authority reduces or eliminates such allowance, any refund, credit or offset, plus any interest received thereon, forwarded or reimbursed under this Section 3.6 shall be returned to the party who had forwarded or reimbursed such refund, credit or offset and interest upon the request of such forwarding party in an amount equal to the applicable reduction, including any interest received thereon.

3.7Carrybacks. To the extent permitted under applicable Tax Laws, the Mtron Group shall make the appropriate elections in respect of any Tax Returns to waive any option to carry back any net operating loss, any credits or any similar item from a Post-Distribution Period to any Pre-Distribution Period or to any Straddle Period. Any refund of or credit for Taxes resulting from any such carryback by a member of the Mtron Group that cannot be waived shall be payable to Mtron net of any Taxes incurred with respect to the receipt or accrual thereof and any expenses incurred in connection therewith.

3.8Amended Returns. Any amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund, credit or offset with respect to any member of the Mtron Group may be made only by the Company (or its Affiliates) responsible for preparing the original Tax Return with respect to such member pursuant to Sections 3.1 or 3.2 (and, for the avoidance of doubt, subject to the same review and comment rights set forth in Sections 3.1 or 3.2, to the extent applicable). Such Company (or its Affiliates) shall not, without the prior written consent of the other Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), file, or cause to be filed, any such amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund, credit or offset to the extent that such filing, if accepted, is likely to increase the Taxes allocated to, or the Tax indemnity obligations under this Agreement of, such other Company for any Tax Year (or portion thereof); provided, however, that such consent need not be obtained if the Company filing the amended Tax Return by written notice to the other Company agrees to indemnify the other Company for the incremental Taxes allocated to, or the incremental Tax indemnity obligation resulting under this Agreement to, such other Company as a result of the filing of such amended Tax Return.

SECTION 4.Tax Payments.

4.1Payment of Taxes to Tax Authority. LGL shall be responsible for remitting to the proper Tax Authority the Tax shown on any Tax Return for which it is responsible for the preparation and filing pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2, and Mtron shall be responsible for remitting to the proper Tax Authority the Tax shown on any Tax Return for which it is responsible for

 

11


 

the preparation and filing pursuant to Section 3.2.

4.2Indemnification Payments.

(a)Tax Payments Made by the LGL Group. If any LGL Indemnified Party is required to make a payment to a Tax Authority for Taxes allocated to Mtron under this Agreement, Mtron will pay the amount of Taxes allocated to it to LGL not later than the later of (i) five Business Days after receiving notification requesting such amount, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the date such payment is required to be made to such Tax Authority.

(b)Tax Payments Made by the Mtron Group. If any Mtron Indemnified Party is required to make a payment to a Tax Authority for Taxes allocated to LGL under this Agreement, LGL will pay the amount of Taxes allocated to it to Mtron not later than the later of (i) five (5) Business Days after receiving notification requesting such amount, and (ii) three (3) Business Days prior to the date such payment is required to be made to such Tax Authority.

4.3Interest on Late Payments. Payments pursuant to this Agreement that are not made by the date prescribed in this Agreement or, if no such date is prescribed, not later than five (5) Business Days after demand for payment is made (the “Due Date”) shall bear interest for the period from and including the date immediately following the Due Date through and including the date of payment at the Interest Rate. Such interest will be payable at the same time as the payment to which it relates. Interest will be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days and the actual number of days for which due.

4.4Tax Consequences of Payments. For all Tax purposes and to the extent permitted by applicable Tax Law, the parties hereto shall treat any payment made pursuant to this Agreement as a capital contribution or a distribution, as the case may be, immediately prior to the Distribution. If the receipt or accrual of any indemnity payment under this Agreement causes, directly or indirectly, an increase in the taxable income of the recipient under one or more applicable Tax Laws, such payment shall be increased so that, after the payment of any Taxes with respect to the payment, the recipient thereof shall have realized the same net amount it would have realized had the payment not resulted in taxable income. For the avoidance of doubt, any liability for Taxes due to an increase in taxable income described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be governed by this Section 4.4 and not by Section 2.2. To the extent that Taxes for which any Party hereto (the “Indemnifying Party”) is required to pay an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement may be deducted or credited in determining the amount of any other Taxes required to be paid by the Indemnified Party (for example, state Taxes which are permitted to be deducted in determining federal Taxes), the amount of any payment made to the Indemnified Party by the Indemnifying Party shall be decreased by taking into account any resulting reduction in other Taxes actually realized by the Indemnified Party. If such a reduction in Taxes of the Indemnified Party occurs following the payment made to the Indemnified Party with respect to the relevant indemnified Taxes, the Indemnified Party shall promptly repay the

 

12


 

Indemnifying Party the amount of such reduction when actually realized. If the Tax Benefit arising from the foregoing reduction of Taxes described in this Section 4.4 is subsequently decreased or eliminated, then the Indemnifying Party shall promptly pay the Indemnified Party the amount of the decrease in such Tax Benefit.

4.5Section 336(e) Election.

(a)LGL and Mtron shall make a protective election under Section 336(e) of the Code (and any similar election under state or local law) with respect to the Distribution in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.336-2(h) and (j) (and any applicable provisions under state and local law), provided that Mtron shall indemnify LGL for any cost to the LGL Group of making such an election (but it being understood that any such cost arising from Taxes shall be limited to Excess Taxes). LGL and Mtron shall cooperate in the timely completion and filings of such elections and any related filings or procedures (including filing or amending any Tax Returns to implement an election that becomes effective).  This Section 4.5 is intended to constitute a binding, written agreement to make an election under Section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the Distribution.

(b)If Taxes are allocated to a Party (the “Responsible Party”) as a result of any election set forth in this Section 4.5, then to the extent that such Taxes give rise to a Tax Benefit, other than a refund, credit or offset as described in Section 3.6(b), to the other Party (the “Other Party”) or any of its Affiliates, and such Tax Benefit results in an actual reduction in Taxes (determined on a with and without basis) of the Other Party or any of its Affiliates in any Tax Year, the Other Party shall pay to the Responsible Party in the relevant Tax Year an amount equal to such reduction in Taxes (determined on a with and without basis); provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to the extent that the actual reduction in Taxes for the relevant Tax Year and any unpaid reduction in Taxes for all prior Tax Years is less than $50,000.

4.6Certain Final Determinations. If an adjustment (a “Tax Adjustment”) pursuant to a Final Determination in a Tax Contest initiated by a Tax Authority results in a Tax greater than the Tax shown on the relevant Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period, the Indemnified Party shall pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to any Tax Benefit as and when actually realized by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Tax Adjustment. The Parties agree that if an Indemnified Party is required to make a payment to an Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Section 4.6, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to set off the amount of such payment against any indemnity payments owed by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party, taking into account time value and similar concepts as appropriate.

SECTION 5.Cooperation and Tax Contests.

5.1Cooperation. In addition to the obligations enumerated in Sections 3.4 and 5.4, LGL and Mtron will cooperate (and cause their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates to cooperate) with each other and with each other’s agents, including accounting firms and legal counsel, in connection with Tax matters, including provision of relevant

 

13


 

documents and information in their possession and making available to each other, as reasonably requested and available, personnel (including officers, directors, employees and agents of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates) responsible for preparing, maintaining, and interpreting information and documents relevant to Taxes, and personnel reasonably required as witnesses or for purposes of providing information or documents in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes.

5.2Notices of Tax Contests. Each Company shall provide prompt notice to the other Company of any pending or threatened Tax audit, assessment or proceeding or other Tax Contest of which it becomes aware relating to (i) Taxes for which it is or may be indemnified by such other Company hereunder or (ii) Tax Items that may affect the amount or treatment of Tax Items of such other Company. Such notice shall contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Tax Authority in respect of any such matters; provided, however, that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except, and only to the extent that, the indemnifying Company shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. Thereafter, the indemnified Company shall deliver to the indemnifying Company such additional information with respect to such Tax Contest in its possession that the indemnifying Company may reasonably request.

5.3Control of Tax Contests.

(a)Controlling Party. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.3(b), each Preparer (or the appropriate member of its Group) shall be the Controlling Party with respect to any Tax Contest involving a Tax reported (or that, it is asserted, should have been reported) on a Tax Return for which such Company is responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed) pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt but subject to the other provisions of this Section 5.3(a), that LGL shall be the Controlling Party with respect to any Tax Contest involving Distribution Taxes), in which case any Non-Preparer that could have liability under this Agreement for a Tax to which such Tax Contest relates shall be treated as the “Non-Controlling Party.” Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if a Non-Preparer (x) acknowledges to the Preparer in writing its full liability under this Agreement to indemnify for any Tax, and (y) provides to the Preparer evidence (that is satisfactory to the Preparer as determined in the Preparer’s reasonable discretion) of the Non-Preparer’s financial readiness and capacity to make such indemnity payment, then thereafter with respect to the Tax Contest relating solely to such Tax the Non-Preparer shall be the Controlling Party (subject to Section 5.3(b)) and the Preparer shall be treated as the Non-Controlling Party.

(b)Non-Controlling Party Participation Rights. With respect to a Tax Contest of any Tax Return that could result in a Tax liability that is allocated under this Agreement, (i) the Non-Controlling Party shall, at its own cost and expense, be entitled to participate in such Tax Contest and to provide comments and suggestions to the Controlling Party, such comments and suggestions to be considered in good faith and not unreasonably rejected, (ii) the Controlling Party shall keep the Non-Controlling Party

 

14


 

updated and informed, and shall consult with the Non-Controlling Party, (iii) the Controlling Party shall act in good faith with a view to the merits in connection with the Tax Contest, and (iv) the Controlling Party shall not settle or compromise such Tax Contest without the prior written consent of the Non-Controlling Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

5.4Cooperation Regarding Tax Contests. The Parties shall provide each other with all information relating to a Tax Contest which is needed by the other Party to handle, participate in, defend, settle or contest the Tax Contest. At the request of any party, the other Party shall take any action (e.g., executing a power of attorney) that is reasonably necessary in order for the requesting Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement in respect of a Tax Contest. Mtron shall assist LGL, and LGL shall assist Mtron, in taking any remedial actions that are necessary or desirable to minimize the effects of any adjustment made by a Tax Authority. The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in complying with this Section 5.4.

SECTION 6.Tax Records.

6.1Retention of Tax Records. Each of LGL and Mtron shall preserve, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to preserve, all Tax Records that are in their possession, and that could affect the liability of any member of the other Group for Taxes, for as long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (x) the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations, as extended, and (y) seven (7) years after the Distribution Date.

6.2Access to Tax Records. Mtron shall make available, and cause its Subsidiaries to make available, to members of the LGL Group for inspection and copying (x) all Tax Records in their possession that relate to a Pre-Distribution Period, and (y) the portion of any Tax Record in their possession that relates to a Post-Distribution Period and which is reasonably necessary for the preparation of a Tax Return by a member of the LGL Group or any of their Affiliates or with respect to any Tax Contest with respect to such return. LGL shall make available, and cause its Subsidiaries to make available, to members of the Mtron Group for inspection and copying the portion of any Tax Record in their possession that relates to a Pre-Distribution Period and which is reasonably necessary for the preparation of a Tax Return by a member of the Mtron Group or any of their Affiliates or with respect to any Tax Contest with respect to such return.

6.3Confidentiality. Each party hereby agrees that it will hold, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, advisors and agents to hold, in confidence all records and information prepared and shared by and among the Parties in carrying out the intent of this Agreement, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes or unless disclosure is compelled by a governmental authority. Information and documents of one Party (the “Disclosing Party”) shall not be deemed to be confidential for purposes of this Section 6.3 to the extent that such information or document (i) is previously known to or in the possession of the other Party

 

15


 

(the Receiving Party) and is not otherwise subject to a requirement to be kept confidential, (ii) becomes publicly available by means other than unauthorized disclosure under this Agreement by the Receiving Party or (iii) is received from a third party without, to the knowledge of the Receiving Party after reasonable diligence, a duty of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party.

SECTION 7.Representations and Covenants.

7.1Covenants of LGL and Mtron.

(a)LGL hereby covenants that, to the fullest extent permissible under U.S. federal and state income Tax Laws, it will, and will cause the members of the LGL Group to, treat the Distribution in accordance with the Tax-Free Status. Mtron hereby covenants that, to the fullest extent permissible under U.S. federal and state income Tax Laws, it will, and will cause each Subsidiary of Mtron to, treat the Distribution in accordance with the Tax-Free Status.

(b)LGL further covenants that, as of and following the date hereof, LGL shall not and shall cause the members of the LGL Group not to take any action that (or fail to take any action the omission of which) (i) would be inconsistent with the Distribution qualifying, or would preclude the Distribution from qualifying, for the Tax-Free Status, or (ii) would cause any holders of LGL Common Stock that receive stock of Mtron in the Distribution to recognize gain or loss, or otherwise include any amount in income, as a result of the Distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes (except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares).

 

16


 

(c)Mtron further covenants that, as of and following the date hereof, Mtron shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to take any action that (or fail to take any action the omission of which) (i) would be inconsistent with the Distribution qualifying, or would preclude the Distribution from qualifying, for the Tax-Free Status, including but not limited to within two (2) years of the Distribution Date not entering into any agreement, understanding or arrangement (or substantial negotiations with respect to a transaction) involving the substantial acquisition of stock of Mtron or a substantial shift in ownership (by vote or value) of Mtron and shall not issue any additional shares of capital stock, or transfer or modify any option, warrant, convertible obligation or other instrument that provides for the right or possibility to issue, redeem or transfer any equity interest in Mtron (other than pursuant to and in conformity with Code Sections 83, 414(b), (c), (m) or (o), or 421 as provided in Safe Harbors 8 or 9 of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d)(8) or (9) or based on advice from an Expert Law Firm would not cause a violation of Code Section 355(d) or (e)), or (ii) would cause any holders of LGL Common Stock that receive stock of Mtron in the Distribution to recognize gain or loss, or otherwise include any amount in income, as a result of the Distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes (except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares).

7.2Covenants of Mtron.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 7.1, Mtron, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, agrees and covenants that Mtron and each of its Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, during the Restriction Period, (i) take any action that would result in Mtron’s ceasing to be engaged in the active conduct of the Mtron business as of the date of signing this Agreement with the result that Mtron is not engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code, (ii) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or through an Affiliate of Mtron) any of Mtron’s outstanding stock, other than through stock purchases meeting the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30, 1996-1 C.B. 696, (iii) amend the certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents) of Mtron that would affect the relative voting rights of separate classes of Mtron’s stock or would convert one class of Mtron’s stock into another class of its stock, (iv) liquidate (within the meaning of Section 331 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) or partially liquidate (within the meaning of Section 346 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) or dissolve Mtron, (v) merge or consolidate Mtron with any other corporation (other than in a transaction that does not affect the relative shareholding of Mtron shareholders), sell or otherwise dispose of (other than in the ordinary course of business) the assets of Mtron and its Subsidiaries, or take any other action or actions if such merger, sale, other disposition or other action or actions in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, assets representing one-half or more of the asset value of the Mtron Group, or (vi) take any other action or actions that in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part

 

17


 

of a plan or series of related transactions, stock or equity securities of Mtron representing a Fifty-Percent Equity Interest in Mtron, other than a Permitted Acquisition.

7.3Covenants of LGL.

(a)Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 7.1, LGL, on behalf of itself and each member of the LGL Group, agrees and covenants that LGL and each member of the LGL Group will not, directly or indirectly, during the Restriction Period, (i) take any action that would result in LGL’s ceasing to be engaged in the active conduct of the LGL business as of the date of signing this Agreement with the result that LGL is not engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code, (ii) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or through an Affiliate of LGL) any of LGL’s outstanding stock, other than through stock purchases meeting the requirements of section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30, 1996-1 C.B. 696, (iii) amend the certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents) of LGL that would affect the relative voting rights of separate classes of LGL’s stock or would convert one class of LGL’s stock into another class of its stock, (iv) liquidate (within the meaning of Section 331 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) or partially liquidate (within the meaning of Section 346 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) LGL, (v) merge LGL with any other corporation (other than in a transaction that does not affect the relative shareholding of LGL shareholders), sell or otherwise dispose of (other than in the ordinary course of business) the assets of LGL and its Subsidiaries, or take any other action or actions if such merger, sale, other disposition or other action or actions in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, assets representing one-half or more of the asset value of the LGL Group, or (vi) take any other action or actions that in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, stock or equity securities of LGL representing a Fifty-Percent Equity Interest in LGL.

(b)Nothing in this Section 7 shall be construed to give Mtron or any Affiliates of Mtron any right to remedies other than indemnification for any increase in the actual Tax liability (and/or decrease in Tax Benefit) of Mtron or any Affiliate of Mtron that results from LGL Group’s failure to comply with the covenants and representations in this Section 7.

7.4Exceptions.

(a)Notwithstanding Section 7.2 above, Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries may take a Restricted Action if LGL consents in writing to such Restricted Action, or if Mtron provides LGL with an Unqualified Opinion (that is reasonably satisfactory to LGL in both form and substance), concluding that such Restricted Action will not alter the Tax-Free Status of the Distribution in respect of LGL and LGL’s shareholders.

 

18


 

(b)Mtron and each of its Subsidiaries agree that LGL and each Affiliate of LGL are to have no liability for any Tax resulting from any Restricted Actions permitted pursuant to this Section 7.4 and, subject to Section 2.2, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each LGL Indemnified Party against any such Tax. Mtron shall bear all costs incurred by it, and all reasonable costs incurred by LGL, in connection with requesting and/or obtaining any Unqualified Opinion reasonably satisfactory to LGL in both form and substance.

7.5Injunctive Relief. For the avoidance of doubt, LGL shall have the right to seek injunctive relief to prevent Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries from taking any action that is not consistent with the covenants of the Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries under Section 7.1 or 7.2.

7.6Further Assurances. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) neither LGL nor a member of the LGL Group shall take any action on the Distribution Date that would result in an increase of the actual Tax liability (or decrease of any Tax Benefit) of Mtron or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business, except for actions undertaken in connection with the Distribution, and (ii) neither Mtron nor any of its Subsidiaries shall take any action on the Distribution Date that would result in an increase of the actual Tax liability (and/or decrease of any Tax Benefit) of LGL or a member of the LGL Group, other than in the ordinary course of business, except for actions undertaken in connection with the Distribution.

SECTION 8.General Provisions.

8.1Predecessors or Successors. Any reference to LGL, Mtron, a Person, or a Subsidiary in this Agreement shall include any predecessors or successors (e.g., by merger or other reorganization, liquidation, conversion, or election under Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3) of LGL, Mtron, such Person, or such Subsidiary, respectively, including within the meaning of Section 355(e)(4)(D) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, no member of the LGL Group shall be deemed to be a predecessor or successor of Mtron and no member of the Mtron Group shall be deemed to be a predecessor or successor of LGL.

8.2Construction. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement (except insofar and to the extent that it specifically and expressly references the Distribution Agreement and any other Ancillary Agreement) between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.

8.3Ancillary Agreements. This Agreement is not intended to address, and should not be interpreted to address, the matters specifically and expressly covered by the Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement.

8.4Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective

 

19


 

when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party.

8.5Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall reference this Agreement and shall be hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a Party as shall be specified by like notice) and will be deemed given on the date on which such notice is received:

 

To LGL:

 

 

 

 

The LGL Group, Inc.

 

249 Royal Palm Way Suite 503

 

Palm Beach, FL 33480

 

Attention: Ivan Arteaga, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

To Mtron:

 

 

 

 

M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

2525 Shader Road

 

Orlando, FL 32804

 

Attention: James W. Tivy, Chief Financial Officer

 

8.6Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the Parties.

8.7Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall be void; provided that, subject to compliance with Section 7, if applicable, either Party may assign this Agreement to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Party so long as such purchaser expressly assumes, in a written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the non-assigning Party, the due and punctual performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Agreement on the part of the assigning Party to be performed or observed.

8.8Successors and Assigns. The provisions to this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

8.9Change in Law. Any reference to a provision of the Code or any other Tax Law shall include a reference to any applicable successor provision or law.

8.10Authorization, Etc. Each of the Parties hereto hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Party, that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party and

 

20


 

that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or the Partys charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding such Party.

8.11Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Distribution by and in the sole discretion of LGL without the approval of Mtron or the stockholders of LGL. In the event of such termination, no Party shall have any liability of any kind to any other Party or any other Person. After the Distribution, this Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

8.12Subsidiaries. Each of the Parties shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any entity that is contemplated to be a Subsidiary of such Party after the Distribution Date.

8.13Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except with respect to LGL Indemnified Parties and Mtron Indemnified Parties, and in each case, only where and as indicated herein, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates and should not be deemed to confer upon any other Person any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Mtron Indemnified Parties any rights or remedies against Mtron hereunder, and this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any LGL Indemnified Parties any rights or remedies against LGL hereunder.

8.14Titles and Headings. Titles and headings to Sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

8.15Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.

8.16Waiver of Jury Trial. The Parties hereby irrevocably waive any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

8.17Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The Parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

8.18No Strict Construction; Interpretation.

 

21


 

(a)Each of LGL and Mtron acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared jointly by the Parties hereto and shall not be strictly construed against any Party hereto.

(b)The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

[Signatures begin on the following page]

 

 

 

22


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by the respective officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE LGL GROUP, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:   

 

 

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:  

 

Title:   

 

[Signature Page to Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement]

 



CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 15, 2022, by and between M‑TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, and PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation (collectively, the “Borrower”), and FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Lender”), is as follows:

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Borrower desires that Lender extend certain revolving credit facilities to Borrower to provide funds necessary for the purpose of refinancing certain indebtedness of Borrower and providing (a) working capital financing for Borrower, (b) funds for other general corporate purposes of Borrower, and (c) funds for other purposes permitted hereunder; and

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to secure all of the Obligations by granting to Lender a first-priority perfected Lien upon the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Loan Documents, capitalized terms shall have the meanings as defined in this Agreement (including, as applicable, Appendix A to this Agreement).

2.

ADVANCES AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

2.1.

Revolving Credit Advances and Borrowings

.

(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Lender agrees to make available to Borrower, from time to time until the Commitment Termination Date, advances pursuant to its Revolving Loan Commitment (each, a “Revolving Credit Advance”); provided, that the aggregate principal amount of such Revolving Credit Advances will not result in the Revolving Exposure exceeding the lesser of (x) the Maximum Revolver Amount and (y) the Revolving Loan Commitment.  Until the Commitment Termination Date, Borrower may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 2.1(a).

(i)Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Notice of Borrowing with respect to each proposed borrowing of a Revolving Credit Advance (other than Revolving Credit Advances made pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 2.1(a)), such Notice of Borrowing to be delivered no later than 10:00 a.m. (Cincinnati, Ohio time) (or such later time acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion) on the day of such proposed borrowing.  Once given, a Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and Borrower shall be bound thereby.

(ii)Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to make Revolving Credit Advances based on telephonic or electronic notices made by any Person that Lender, in good faith, believes to be acting on behalf of Borrower, in accordance with procedures established by, or otherwise acceptable to, Lender from time to time in its sole discretion (including Lender’s confirmation of such notices). All Revolving Credit Advances will be advanced to the Disbursement Account, unless Borrower otherwise instructs Lender.

O3721488.v4


 

(b)The making of each Advance by Lender, whether under Section 2.1(a) or otherwise, will be deemed to be a representation by Borrower that the Advance will not violate the terms of Section 2.1(a).  Lender shall have no duty to follow, or any liability for, the application by Borrower of any proceeds of any Advance.

2.2.Prepayments/Commitment Termination

.

(a)Termination of Revolving Loan Commitment.

(i)Borrower may at any time on at least 10 days’ prior written notice to Lender terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment; provided that, upon such termination, all Advances and other Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full and all Letter of Credit Obligations shall be cash collateralized or otherwise satisfied on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. Upon any such termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment, Borrower’s right to request Revolving Credit Advances, or request that Letter of Credit Obligations be incurred on its behalf, shall simultaneously be permanently terminated.

(ii) All of the Obligations shall, if not sooner paid or required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, be due and payable in full on the Commitment Termination Date.

(b)Mandatory Prepayment.  If at any time the outstanding balance of the aggregate Revolving Exposure exceeds Availability (any and all such excess Revolving Exposure is herein referred to, collectively, as an “Overadvance”), Borrower shall immediately repay the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances to the extent required to eliminate such Overadvance.  If any such Overadvance remains after repayment in full of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, Borrower shall provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Obligations (on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender) to the extent required to eliminate such Overadvance.  

2.3.Interest and Applicable Margins; Fees

.

(a)Subject to Sections 2.3(c), 2.3(d) and 2.4, each Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made at a rate per annum equal to the Index Rate plus the Applicable Margin.  Each determination of an interest rate by Lender shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower in the absence of manifest error.  All computations of Fees and interest payable under this Agreement shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed, which results in more interest charged than if interest were calculated based on a 365-day year.  Interest and Fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such Fees are computed from (and including) the first day thereof to (and including) the last day thereof.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Agreement, at any time during which a Rate Contract is then in effect with respect to all or a portion of the Obligations bearing interest based upon the Index Rate or any temporary or permanent replacement for the Index Rate pursuant to Section 2.4 below, the provision that rounds up the Index Rate to the next 1/8th of 1% shall be disregarded and no longer of any force and effect with respect to such portion of the Obligations that are subject to such Rate Contract.

(b)All as determined by Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents and Lender’s loan systems and procedures periodically in effect, interest shall be paid in arrears (i) on each Interest Payment Date and (ii) on the date of each payment or prepayment of Advances on and after the Commitment Termination Date. Lender may estimate the amount of interest that Borrower will owe on Borrower’s periodic statements and Lender may adjust the amount of interest owed on each subsequent statement provided to Borrower to reflect any differential between the estimated amount of interest shown

2

O3721488.v4


 

on Borrower’s preceding statement and the actual amount of interest determined to have been due by Lender on the preceding Interest Payment Date.  Borrower agrees to pay the amount shown due on the Interest Payment Date on each of Borrower’s periodic statements on each Interest Payment Date.

(c)At the election of Lender while any Event of Default exists (or automatically while any Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (g) exists), interest (after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by Law) on the Advances and the Letter of Credit Fees shall increase, from and after the date of occurrence of such Event of Default, to a rate per annum which is determined by adding 3.0% per annum to the Applicable Margin or Letter of Credit Fee, as applicable, then in effect for such Advances (plus the Index Rate) or Letter of Credit Obligations, as applicable (the “Default Rate”).  All such interest shall be payable on demand of Lender.

(d)Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of Borrower hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required, for any period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by Lender would be contrary to the provisions of any Law applicable to Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by Lender, and in such event Borrower shall pay Lender interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable Law (“Maximum Lawful Rate”) for such period; provided, that if at any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received by Lender is equal to the total interest that would have been received had the interest payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest rate payable since the Closing Date as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

(e)Fees.

(i)Closing Fee.  Lender may charge, and Borrower agrees to pay on the above Closing Date, a closing fee of $5,000.00.

(ii)Unused Commitment Fee. agrees to pay to Lender an unused commitment fee (the “Unused Commitment Fee”) from and including the Closing Date until termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment, computed at the rate of 0.125% per annum, on the average daily difference between (A) the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans and (ii) the Revolving Loan Commitment. Commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2022, the Unused Commitment Fee shall be charged as of the last day of each calendar quarter and shall be payable in arrears on the first day of the second month following the end of each calendar quarter (i.e., the fee for the period ending each March 31st will be May 1st).  

(iii)NSF Fees. In addition to, and without limiting, any other provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender may impose a non-sufficient funds fee for any check that is presented for payment that is returned for any reason.

(iv)Late Payments. If any payment is not paid when due (whether  by  acceleration  or otherwise) or within 10 days thereafter, undersigned agrees to pay to Lender a late payment fee equal to 5% of the payment amount, with a minimum fee of $20.00.

 

2.4.

Index Rate Provisions

 

(a)The Index Rate shall be initially determined as of the Closing Date and shall be reset monthly on the first Business Day of the relevant month thereafter (each, a “Reset Date”) by Lender

3

O3721488.v4


 

based on the Index Rate then in effect. Any adjustment in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Index Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the date of each change. Lender shall not be required to notify Borrower of any adjustment in the Index Rate; however, Borrower may request a quote of the Index Rate on any Business Day.

 

(b)Temporary Replacement of the Index Rate. In the event that Lender shall determine either: (i) the Index Rate is unavailable, unrepresentative, or unreliable, (ii) the Index Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lender of making or maintaining advances under this Agreement, or (iii) the making or funding of Index Rate Loans has become illegal or impracticable; then, in any such case, Lender shall promptly provide notice of such determination to Borrower (which shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower absent manifest error), and, until Lender determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, in which event Lender shall so notify Borrower, then (A) Lender’s obligations in respect of the Index Rate shall be suspended forthwith, (B) Borrower’s right to utilize Index Rate pricing as set forth in this Agreement shall be suspended forthwith, and (C) amounts outstanding hereunder and any additional Advances shall, on and after such date, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus or minus a Spread Adjustment (the Prime Rate plus or minus such Spread Adjustment together referred to as the “Prime Index”), plus the Applicable Margin; provided that, if the Prime Index would be less than the Index Floor, the Prime Index will be deemed to be the Index Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  

 

(c)Permanent Replacement of the Index Rate.

 

(i)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any Rate Contract shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 2.4(c)), but without limiting Section 2.4(b) above, if Lender determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower absent manifest error) that any of the circumstances described in Section 2.4(b)(i)-(iii) has occurred and is unlikely to be temporary or the administrator of the Index Rate or a Governmental Authority having or purporting to have jurisdiction over Lender has made a public statement identifying a specific date (the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”) after which the Index Rate will no longer be representative or made available or used for determining the interest rate of loans or otherwise cease or no longer be in compliance or aligned with the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) Principles for Benchmarks, and there is no successor administrator satisfactory to Lender, then on a date and time determined by Lender, but no later than the Scheduled Unavailability Date, the Index Rate will be replaced hereunder and under any other Loan Document with Daily Simple SOFR.

 

(ii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if Lender determines that the Successor Rate designated in Section 2.4(c)(i) above is not available or administratively feasible, or if any of the circumstances described in Section 2.4(c)(i) with regard to the Index Rate has occurred with respect to a Successor Rate then in effect, Lender may replace the Index Rate or any then current Successor Rate in accordance with this Section 2.4(c) with another alternative benchmark rate and a Spread Adjustment, giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated credit facilities and any recommendations of a relevant Governmental Authority, and which Spread Adjustment or method for calculating such Spread Adjustment shall be published on an information service as selected by Lender from time to time in its reasonable discretion.  

(iii)If the Successor Rate is based on Daily Simple SOFR, interest shall be due and payable on a quarterly basis.

4

O3721488.v4


 

(iv)Any such alternative benchmark rate and Spread Adjustment shall constitute a Successor Rate hereunder.  Any such Successor Rate shall become effective on the date set forth in a written notice provided by Lender to Borrower, and, for the avoidance of doubt, from and after such date, (x) each Advance and all outstanding amounts hereunder shall bear interest at the Successor Rate plus the Applicable Margin, and (y) all references herein and in any other Loan Documents to “Index Rate” shall mean and refer to the Successor Rate.  

(v)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Successor Rate would be less than the Index Floor, the Successor Rate will be deemed to be the Index Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Further, if the interest rate to be replaced is rounded upwards to the next 1/8th of 1% under the terms of this Agreement or any Loan Document, the Successor Rate shall also be rounded up to the next 1/8th; provided further that this provision governing rounding shall not apply if Borrower has a Rate Contract in effect with respect to all or part of an Advance.

 

(vi)Lender does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission, or any other matter related to the Index Rate or any Successor Rate, including the selection of such rate, any related Spread Adjustment, or any Conforming Changes, or whether the composition or characteristics of any Successor Rate and Spread Adjustment or Conforming Changes will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the initial Index Rate.

 

(vii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if, after the Closing Date, Borrower enters into a Rate Contract with respect to all or part of an Advance and the floating interest rate under the Rate Contract is Daily Simple SOFR, Lender may replace the Index Rate hereunder with Daily Simple SOFR and a Spread Adjustment without consent of any other party hereto; provided further that, if subsequent thereto, Lender and Borrower amend such Rate Contract to include, or terminate such Rate Contract and enter into a new Rate Contract with, a floating interest rate thereunder of the original Index Rate, then Lender may further replace Daily Simple SOFR hereunder with the original Index Rate (and a Spread Adjustment, if applicable) hereunder without consent of any other party hereto; and, in either such event, (A) such rate shall be a Successor Rate hereunder, and (B) Lender shall provide written notice thereof to Borrower.

 

(d)Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if any Law shall make it unlawful for Lender to make, fund or maintain Index Rate Loans, Lender shall promptly give notice of such circumstances to Borrower.  In such an event, (i) the commitment of Lender to make or continue Index Rate Loans shall be immediately suspended and (ii) all amounts outstanding hereunder and any additional Advances shall bear interest at a rate equal to the Prime Index plus the Applicable Margin; provided, however, that if the Prime Index would be less than the Index Floor, the Prime Index will be deemed to be the Index Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

 

 

(e)

Increased Costs.  If, after the Closing Date, any Change in Law:  (i) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any reserve imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto, but excluding any reserve included in the determination of the Index Rate pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement), special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by Lender, or (ii) shall impose on Lender any other

5

O3721488.v4


 

 

condition affecting its Index Rate Loans, any of its notes issued pursuant hereto (if any) or its obligation to make Index Rate Loans; and the result of anything described in clauses (i) and (ii) above is to increase the cost to (or to impose a cost on) Lender of making or maintaining any Index Rate Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender under this Agreement or under any of its notes issued pursuant hereto (if any) with respect thereto, then upon demand by Lender, Borrower shall promptly pay directly to Lender such additional amount as will compensate Lender for such increased cost or such reduction.

 

(f)

Conforming Changes.  In connection with the use, implementation, or administration of the Index Rate, including any temporary or permanent replacement for the Index Rate, Lender will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  Lender will promptly notify Borrower of the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the implementation, use or administration of the Index Rate, or any temporary or permanent replacement of the Index Rate.  

2.5.Letters of Credit

.  Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and in the other Loan Documents, Borrower may utilize up to FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($50,000.00) of the Revolving Loan Commitment to issue Letters of Credit from time to time. For the avoidance of any doubt, all Letter of Credit Obligations, including any amounts advanced hereunder for the issuance of Letters of Credit, shall constitute part of the Revolving Exposure for purposes of reducing Borrowing Availability. Issuance of Letters of Credit will be subject to the terms of supplemental documents executed by Borrower in favor of Lender in connection with the issuance of each Letter of Credit.

2.6.General Provisions Regarding Payment

.  Borrower shall make each payment under this Agreement not later than 2:00 p.m. (Cincinnati, Ohio time) on the day when due in immediately available funds in Dollars to the deposit account at Lender specified by Lender in accordance with its policies and procedures from time to time (the “Payment Account”).  For purposes of computing interest and Fees and determining Borrowing Availability as of any date, all payments shall be deemed received on the Business Day on which immediately available funds therefor are received in the Payment Account prior to noon Cincinnati, Ohio time.  Payments received in the Payment Account after noon Cincinnati, Ohio time on any Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day so long as such funds are available funds.

2.7.Taxes

. All payments of principal and interest on the Advances and all other amounts payable hereunder or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law.  If any Indemnified Taxes are directly asserted against Lender (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to a payment received hereunder or any other Loan Document or with respect to, or arising from, the obligations of the Loan Parties under any Loan Document, the Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by Lender and any reasonable, out-of-

6

O3721488.v4


 

pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ or tax advisor fees and expenses), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

2.8.Capital Adequacy.  If Lender or any Person controlling Lender shall reasonably determine that any Change in Law has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of Lender’s obligations hereunder or under any Letter of Credit to a level below that which Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for such Change in Law, then from time to time, upon demand by Lender, Borrower shall promptly pay to Lender such additional amount as will compensate Lender or such controlling Person for such reduction.

2.9.Notes. Lender may request that Advances made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (a “Note”).  In such event, Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to Lender a Note payable to the order of Lender (or, if requested by Lender, to Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by Lender.

2.10.Optional Advances.  Lender will consider additional future loans to Borrower in an amount up to TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000.00) to support future strategic business acquisitions. Any such future loans will be evaluated by Lender as a new opportunity arises and a request is made by Borrower. Any such future loans would be made pursuant to documentation prepared after any such request is approved by Lender.    

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce Lender to make the Advances and to incur Letter of Credit Obligations, Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Lender as of the Closing Date, as of the date of the making of each Advance (or other extension of credit), and as of any other date such representations and warranties are deemed made pursuant to the terms of the other Loan Documents, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

3.1.Organization and Qualification.  Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of its formation, has the power and authority to carry on its business and to enter into and perform all documents relating to this loan transaction, and is qualified and licensed to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification or licensing is required. All information provided to Lender with respect to Borrower and its operations is true and correct.

3.2.Due Authorization.  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and shall not contravene any law or any governmental rule or order binding on Borrower, or the respective articles of incorporation and by-laws of Borrower, nor violate any agreement or instrument by which Borrower is bound nor result in the creation of a Lien on any assets of Borrower except the Lien granted to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents. Borrower has duly executed and delivered to Lender the Loan Documents and they are valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable according to their respective terms, except as limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. No notice to, or consent by, any governmental body is needed in connection with this transaction.

3.3.Litigation.  There are no suits or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower, and no proceedings before any governmental body are pending or threatened against Borrower

7

O3721488.v4


 

except as otherwise specifically set forth on the “Litigation Exhibit” is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.3 and made a part hereof.

3.4.Margin Stock.  No part of the proceeds of any Advance from Lender shall be used to purchase or carry, or to reduce or retire or refinance any credit incurred to purchase or carry, any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall furnish to Lender statements in conformity with the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U- 1.

3.5.Business.  Borrower is not a party to or subject to any agreement or restriction that may have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has all franchises, authorizations, patents, trademarks, copyrights and other rights necessary to advantageously conduct its business. They are all in full force and effect and are not in known conflict with the rights of others.

3.6.Licenses, etc.   Borrower has obtained any and all licenses, permits, franchises, governmental authorizations, patents, trademarks, copyrights or other rights necessary for the ownership of its properties and the advantageous conduct of its business. Borrower possesses adequate licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trademark applications, and trade names to continue to conduct its business as heretofore conducted by it, without any conflict with the rights of any other person or entity. All of the foregoing are in full force and effect and none of the foregoing are in known conflict with the rights of others.

3.7.Laws. Borrower is in material compliance with all laws, regulations, rulings, orders, injunctions, decrees, conditions or other requirements applicable to or imposed upon Borrower by any law or by any governmental authority, court or agency.

3.8.Title.  Borrower has good and marketable title to the assets reflected on the most recent balance sheet submitted to Lender, free and clear from all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

3.9.Defaults.  Borrower is in compliance with all material agreements applicable to it and there does not now exist any default or violation by Borrower of or under any of the terms, conditions or obligations of (i) its respective articles of incorporation and by-laws, or (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, franchise, permit, contract, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein by this Agreement shall not result in such default or violation.

3.10.Environmental Laws.

(a) Borrower has obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations or approvals which are required under Environmental Laws and Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions of the required permits, licenses, authorizations and approvals, and is also in compliance in all material respects with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Environmental Laws.

(b) Borrower is not aware of, and has not received notice of, any past, present or future events, conditions, circumstances, activities, practices, incidents, actions or plans which may interfere with or prevent compliance or continued compliance, in any material respect, with Environmental Laws, or may give rise to any material common law or legal liability, or otherwise form the basis of any material claim, action, demand, suit, proceeding, hearing, study or investigation, based on or related to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or

8

O3721488.v4


 

handling or the emission, discharge, release or threatened release into the environment, of any pollutant, contaminant, chemical, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substance or waste.

(c) There is no civil, criminal or administrative action suit, demand, claim, hearing, notice or demand letter, notice of violation, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened against Borrower, relating in any way to Environmental Laws.

(d) Environmental Laws” means all federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment (including without limitation ambient air, surface water, ground water or land), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, and any and all regulations, codes, plans, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or demand letters issued, entered promulgated or approved thereunder.

3.11.Subsidiaries and Partnerships.  Borrower has no subsidiaries and is not a party to any partnership agreement or joint venture agreement except that M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, has the following subsidiaries:  (a) PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation, (b) M-TRON ASIA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (c) M-TRON INDUSTRIES, LTD., a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong, and (d) PIEZO TECHNOLOGY INDIA PRIVATE LTD., a company organized under the laws of India.

3.12.ERISA.  Borrower and all individuals or entities that, along with Borrower, would be treated as a single employer under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (an “ERISA Affiliate”), are in compliance with all of their obligations to contribute to any “employee benefit plan” as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA. Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates are in full compliance with ERISA, and there exists no event described in Section 4043(b) thereof (“Reportable Event”). “ERISA” means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and any regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, as amended or as may be replaced by a successor statute.

3.13.Financial Condition.  All financial statements and information relating to Borrower which have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Lender are true and correct and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Borrower has no material obligations or liabilities of any kind not disclosed in that financial information, and there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower nor has Borrower suffered any damage, destruction or loss which has adversely affected its business or assets since the submission of the most recent financial information to Lender.

3.14.Solvency.  Borrower is Solvent and upon consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will be Solvent.  “Solvent” means that: (i) the total amount of Borrower’s assets is in excess of the total amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities), at a fair valuation; (ii) Borrower does not have unreasonably small capital for the business and transactions in which Borrower is engaged or is about to engage; and (iii) Borrower does not intend to or believe it will incur obligations beyond its ability to pay as they become due.

4.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower hereby agrees, from and after the date hereof and until the Termination Date, as follows:

9

O3721488.v4


 

4.1.Access to Business Information.  Borrower shall maintain proper books of accounts and records and enter therein complete and accurate entries and records of all of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in accordance with past practices and give representatives of Lender access thereto at all reasonable times, including permission to: (i) examine, copy and make abstracts from any such books and records and such other information which might be helpful to Lender in evaluating the status of the Obligations as it may reasonably request from time to time, and (ii) communicate directly with any of Borrower’s officers, employees, agents, accountants or other financial advisors with respect to the business, financial conditions and other affairs of Borrower.

4.2.Inspection of Collateral.  Borrower shall give Lender reasonable access to the Collateral and the other property securing the Obligations for the purpose of performing examinations thereof and to verify its condition or existence.

4.3.Financial Statements. Borrower shall maintain a standard and modern system for accounting and shall furnish to Lender all financial statements and other documents required in Section 7 of this Agreement.

4.4.Tax Returns.  Upon request of Lender, Borrower shall provide copies of all federal, state and local income tax returns and such other information as Lender may reasonably request.

4.5.Condition and Repair.  Borrower shall maintain its equipment and all Collateral used in the operation of its business in good repair and working order and shall make all appropriate repairs, improvements and replacements thereof so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times.

4.6.Insurance.  At its own cost, Borrower shall obtain and maintain insurance against (i) loss, destruction or damage to its properties and business of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by corporations with established reputations engaged in the same or similar business as Borrower and, in any event, sufficient to fully protect Lender’s interest in the Collateral, and (ii) insurance against public liability and third party property damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by corporations with established reputations engaged in the same or similar business as Borrower. All such policies shall (A) be issued by financially sound and reputable insurers, (B) name Lender as an additional insured and, where applicable, as loss payee under a Lender loss payable endorsement satisfactory to Lender, and (C) shall provide for thirty (30) days written notice to Lender before such policy is altered or canceled. All of the insurance policies required hereby shall be evidenced by one or more Certificates of Insurance delivered to Lender by Borrower on the Closing Date and at such other times as Lender may request from time to time.

4.7.Taxes.  Borrower shall pay when due all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it or its assets, franchises, business, income or profits before any penalty or interest accrues thereon (provided, however, that extensions for filing and payment of such taxes shall be permitted hereunder if disclosed to and consented to by Lender), and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums which by law might be a Lien upon any of its assets, provided that (unless any material item or property would be lost, forfeited or materially damaged as a result thereof) no such charge or claim need be paid if it is being diligently contested in good faith, if Lender is notified in advance of such contest and if Borrower establishes an adequate reserve or other appropriate provision required by generally accepted accounting principles and deposits with Lender cash or bond in an amount acceptable to Lender.

4.8.Existence; Business.  Each Borrower shall (i) maintain its existence as a corporation in each respective state of incorporation and maintain its existence as a corporation authorized to transact

10

O3721488.v4


 

business in each state in which it transacts business, (ii) continue to engage primarily in business of the same general character as that now conducted, and (iii) refrain from entering into any lines of business substantially different from the business or activities in which Borrower is presently engaged.

4.9.Compliance with Laws.  Borrower shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, regulations and orders applicable to Borrower or its assets including but not limited to all Environmental Laws, in all respects material to Borrower’s business, assets or prospects and shall immediately notify Lender of any violation of any rule, regulation, statute, ordinance, order or law relating to the public health or the environment and of any complaint or notifications received by Borrower regarding to any environmental or safety and health rule, regulation, statute, ordinance or law. Borrower shall obtain and maintain any and all licenses, permits, franchises, governmental authorizations, patents, trademarks, copyrights or other rights necessary for the ownership of its properties and the advantageous conduct of its business and as may be required from time to time by applicable law.

4.10.Notice of Default.  Borrower shall, within ten (10) days of its knowledge thereof, give written notice to Lender of: (i) the occurrence of any event or the existence of any condition which would be, after notice or lapse of applicable grace periods, an Event of Default, and (ii) the occurrence of any event or the existence of any condition which would prohibit or limit the ability of Borrower to reaffirm any of the representations or warranties, or to perform any of the covenants, set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

4.11.Costs.  Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any and all fees, costs and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and paralegal fees incurred in connection with litigation, mediation, arbitration, other alternate dispute processes, administrative proceedings and appeals of all of the same, other professionals’ fees, appraisal fees, environmental assessment fees (including Phase I and Phase II assessments), field exam audits, expert fees, court costs, litigation, documentary stamp taxes, if any, intangible taxes, if any,  and other expenses (collectively, the “Costs”) incurred or paid by Lender or any of its officers, employees or agents in connection with: (i) the preparation, negotiation, procurement, review, administration or enforcement of the Loan Documents or any instrument, agreement, document, policy, consent, waiver, subordination, release of lien, termination statement, satisfaction of mortgage, financing statement or other lien search, recording or filing related thereto (or any amendment, modification or extension to, or any replacement or substitution for, any of the foregoing), whether or not any particular portion of the transactions contemplated during such negotiations is ultimately consummated, and (ii) the defense, preservation and protection of Lender’s rights and remedies thereunder, including without limitation, its security interest in the Collateral or any other property pledged to secure the Loans, whether incurred in bankruptcy, insolvency, foreclosure or other litigation or proceedings or otherwise. The Costs shall be due and payable upon demand by Lender. If Borrower fails to pay the Costs when upon such demand, Lender is entitled to disburse such sums as Obligations. Thereafter, the Costs shall bear interest from the date incurred or disbursed at the highest rate set forth in this Agreement. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and/or the repayment of any amounts due or the performance of any Obligation.

4.12.Depository/Banking Services.  Lender shall be the principal depository in which substantially all of Borrower’s funds are deposited, and the principal bank of account of Borrower, as long as any Obligations are outstanding, and Borrower shall grant Lender the first and last opportunity to provide any corporate banking services required by Borrower and its Affiliates. In connection therewith and notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to take any one or more of the following  actions, from time to time, without further notice, request, demand or confirmation to, of or by Borrower, in accordance with the Master Treasury Management Agreement, the Treasury Management Services Terms and Conditions Book, or other document between Lender and Borrower establishing the terms of  Lender’s sweep services (“Sweep Program”): (a) on a daily basis,

11

O3721488.v4


 

Lender may apply the funds in such principal depository account to the payment of the Revolving Loans; and (b) Lender shall have the right to change the provisions and mechanics of the Sweep Program upon delivery of written notice of same to Borrower, and such change or changes shall be immediately effective without requiring an amendment to this Agreement.

4.13.Other Amounts Deemed Loans.  If Borrower fails to pay any tax, assessment, governmental charge or levy or to maintain insurance within the time permitted or required by this Agreement, or to discharge any Lien prohibited hereby, or to comply with any other Obligation, Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, pay, satisfy, discharge or bond the same for the account of Borrower. To the extent permitted by law and at the option of Lender, all monies so paid by Lender on behalf of Borrower shall be deemed Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and Borrower’s payments under this Agreement may be increased to provide for payment of such Obligations plus interest thereon.

4.14.Further Assurances.  Borrower shall execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged or delivered, any and all such further assurances and other agreements or instruments, and take or cause to be taken all such other action, as shall be reasonably necessary from time to time to give full effect to the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby.

5.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower agrees that from and after the date hereof until the Termination Date:

5.1.Asset Dispositions, Etc

.  No Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer, undergo a statutory division, sell and leaseback, or otherwise dispose of or grant any person an option to acquire (whether in one or a series of transactions) any property (including the Stock of any Subsidiary, whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise, and accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse), or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except for bona fide sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property which is obsolete and not used or useful in its business.

5.2.Indebtedness. Borrower shall not incur, create, assume or permit to exist any additional Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Obligations) or Indebtedness on account of deposits, advances or progress payments under contracts, notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations or other indebtedness evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, capitalized leases or similar obligations except for (a) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and (b) other such unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000.00 in any fiscal year.

5.3.Prepayments. Borrower shall not voluntarily prepay any Indebtedness owing by Borrower prior to the stated maturity date thereof other than (i) the Obligations and (ii) Indebtedness to trade creditors where the prepayment shall result in a discount on the amount due.

5.4.Leases. Borrower shall not enter into any lease of real or personal property as the lessee, or become or remain liable in any way whether by assignment, as guaranty or other surety, if the aggregate amount of all payments due under such lease and all other leases of Borrower then in effect would exceed $250,000.00 in any fiscal year.

5.5.Pledge or Encumbrance of Assets. Other than the Permitted Liens, Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist, arise or attach any Lien in any present or future asset. Borrower shall not create or permit, directly or indirectly, any prohibition or restriction on the creation or existence of a Lien in favor of Lender upon the assets of Borrower nor create any contractual obligation which may

12

O3721488.v4


 

restrict or inhibit Lender’s rights or abilities to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of any Collateral after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

5.6.Guarantees and Loans. Borrower shall not enter into any direct or indirect guarantees other than by endorsement of checks for deposit or other than in the ordinary course of business, nor make any advance or loan, including, without limitation, loans and advances to employees of Borrower, other than such advances or loans extended in the ordinary course of business as presently conducted.

5.7.Merger and Other Corporate Structures. Borrower shall not (a) change its capital structure, (b) merge or consolidate with any entity, or undergo any statutory division, or (c) amend or change its articles of incorporation and by-laws, provided that Lender consents to the spin-off of M-tron Industries, Inc. by its parent, LGL Group, Inc., such that M-tron Industries, Inc. survives as a public company separate from LGL Group, Inc. (the “Spin-Off”) provided said Spin‑Off is completed pursuant to the proposed transaction structure disclosed to Lender prior to the date hereof and provided the Spin‑Off is completed prior to March 31, 2023.

5.8.Transactions with Affiliates. Borrower shall not (i) directly or indirectly issue any guarantee for the benefit of any of its Affiliates, (ii) directly or indirectly make any loans or advances to, or investments in, any of its Affiliates, (iii) enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates, other than transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business upon fair and commercially reasonable terms determined by Lender to be no less favorable to Borrower than could be obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with an unaffiliated person, or (iv) divert (or permit anyone to divert) any of its business opportunities to any Affiliate or any other corporate or business entity in which Borrower or its shareholders holds a direct or indirect interest.

6.

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

6.1.Financial Covenants

. Borrower shall not breach or fail to comply with any of the following financial covenants:

(a)Minimum Tangible Net Worth. Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth, on a consolidated basis, shall not be less than $11,000,000.00 at the end of each calendar quarter commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2022.

 

(b)Current Ratio. Borrower’s Current Ratio, on a consolidated basis, shall not be less than 1.50 to 1.00 at the end of each calendar quarter commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2022.

 

(c)Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Borrower’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, on a consolidated basis, shall not be less than 1.2 to 1.0 at the end of each calendar quarter, as measured on a rolling twelve month basis, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2022.

 

7.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

7.1.Reports and Notices

.

(a)Borrower hereby agrees that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, Borrower shall maintain a standard and modern system for accounting and shall deliver (or, as applicable, cause to be delivered) to Lender the financial statements, notices, projections

13

O3721488.v4


 

and other information at the times and in the manner set forth below, and all in form and substance acceptable to Lender:

(i)Within 120 days after the end of each calendar year, a copy of M-tron Industries, Inc.’s consolidated and consolidating financial statements for that year, which financial statements shall be audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants acceptable to Lender (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) and accompanied by an audit opinion of such accountants  without qualification and certified as complete and correct, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, by the principal financial officer of M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

(ii)Within 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter, a copy of M-tron Industries, Inc.’s consolidated and consolidating financial statements for that quarter and for that year to date, which financial statements shall be internally-prepared, and certified as complete and correct, by the principal financial officer of M-tron Industries, Inc.

 

(iii)With the statements submitted above, a Compliance Certificate signed by Borrower, (A) stating that no Event of Default, nor any event which upon notice or lapse of time, or both would constitute such an Event of Default,  has occurred, or if any such condition or event existed or exists, specifying it and describing what action Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, and (B) setting forth, in summary form, figures showing the financial status of M-tron Industries, Inc. in respect of the financial covenants set forth herein.

 

(iv)Immediately upon any officer of Borrower obtaining knowledge of any condition or event which constitutes or, after notice or lapse of  time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, a certificate of such person specifying the nature and period of the existence thereof, and what action Borrower has taken or is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

(v)Upon request of Lender, copies of all federal, state and local income tax returns and such other information as Lender may reasonably request.

 

(b)Borrower hereby agrees that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver (or, as applicable, cause to be delivered) to Lender the various Collateral Reports at the times and in the manner set forth below, and all in form and substance acceptable to Lender:

(A)Within 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter for which there is any outstanding Revolving Exposure, an accounts receivable aging report, an accounts payable aging report, and an inventory report, all for M-tron Industries, Inc.

7.2.Communication with Accountants

.  Borrower authorizes Lender to communicate directly with its independent certified public accountants, including RSM US LLP, and authorizes and shall instruct those accountants and advisors to communicate to Lender information relating to any Loan Party with respect to the business, results of operations and financial condition of any Loan Party.

8.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

14

O3721488.v4


 

8.1.Conditions to the Initial Advances

.  Lender shall not be obligated to make any Advance or incur any Letter of Credit Obligations on the Closing Date, or to take, fulfill, or perform any other action hereunder, until the following conditions have been satisfied or provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lender, or waived in writing by Lender:

(a)Credit Agreement; Loan Documents.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents or counterparts hereof and thereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, Borrower, each other Loan Party, and Lender; and Lender shall have received such documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as Lender shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(b)Approvals.  Lender shall have received (i) satisfactory evidence that the Loan Parties have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender affirming that no such consents or approvals are required.

(c)Payment of Fees.  Borrower shall have paid the Fees required to be paid on the Closing Date, and shall have reimbursed Lender for all Fees, costs and expenses of closing presented as of the Closing Date.

(d)Capital Structure: Other Indebtedness.  The capital structure of each Loan Party and Subsidiary and the terms and conditions of all Indebtedness of each Loan Party and Subsidiary shall be acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion.

(e)KYC Information; Beneficial Ownership.  Lender shall have received (i) documentation and other information reasonably requested by Lender in order to comply with applicable law, including the USA PATRIOT Act, and (ii) to the extent Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a Beneficial Ownership Certification.

8.2.Further Conditions to Each Advance

.  Lender shall not be obligated to fund any Advance or incur any Letter of Credit Obligation, if, as of the date thereof:

(a)(i) any representation or warranty by any Loan Party contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any certificate or other document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, is untrue or incorrect in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect in the text thereof), except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date in which case such representation or warranty is untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of such earlier date (except that such material qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) and, in each case, except for changes therein expressly permitted or expressly contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) Lender shall have determined not to make such Advance or incur such Letter of Credit Obligation as a result thereof;

(b)(i) any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result after giving effect to any Advance (or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligation), and (ii) Lender shall have determined not to make such Advance or incur such Letter of Credit Obligation as a result thereof;

15

O3721488.v4


 

(c)after giving effect to any Advance (or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations), the outstanding aggregate amount of the Revolving Exposure would exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount; or

(d)an event shall have occurred, or a condition shall exist, which has or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

The request and acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of any Advance (including the incurrence of any Letter of Credit Obligations) shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date thereof, (i) a representation and warranty by each Loan Party that the conditions in this Section 8.2 have been satisfied and (ii) a reaffirmation by each Loan Party of the granting and continuance of Lender’s Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

9.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1.Events of Default

. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a)Borrower (i) fails to make any payment of principal of, or interest on, or Fees owing in respect of, the Advances or any of the other Obligations when due and payable, including any failure to cure any Overadvance in accordance with this Agreement, or (ii) fails to pay or reimburse Lender for any expense reimbursable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within five (5) days following Lender’s demand for such reimbursement or payment of expenses.

(b)Any representation or warranty of Borrower or any Loan Party set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any agreement, instrument, document, certificate or financial statement evidencing, guarantying, securing or otherwise related to any Obligation shall be materially inaccurate or misleading.

(c)Borrower or any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other term or condition set forth in any agreement, instrument, document, certificate, or financial statement evidencing, guarantying, or otherwise related to any Obligation, or Borrower or any Loan Party shall otherwise default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement set forth in any of the foregoing (in each case exclusive of those defaults covered by the other clauses of this Section 9.1) and fails to cure such default by the date that is 30 days after the earlier of the date: (i) Lender notifies Borrower of such default or (ii) on which any Borrower or Loan Party has knowledge of such default; provided that such 30-day grace period shall not apply to: (A) a breach of any covenant that, in Lender’s good faith judgment, cannot be cured; (B) any failure to maintain insurance, any failure to permit inspection by Lender or its agents of any of the Collateral or books and records of Borrower or any Loan Party, in each case in accordance with this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (C) any failure of Borrower or any Loan Party to notify Lender of the occurrence of any event or occurrence in accordance with this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (D) any breach of any negative covenant set forth in Section 5 or any financial covenant set forth in Section 6.1; (E) a breach or default of any other Loan Document if a period of cure is expressly provided for in such other Loan Document with respect to a breach or default under such other Loan Document; (F) any breach if, within the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the occurrence of such current breach, a Loan Party has twice previously breached the same provision of this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document; or (G) a breach or default under the financial report provisions of Section 7.1, in which case a 5 Business Day grace period shall apply.

16

O3721488.v4


 

(d)The dissolution or liquidation of a Borrower or of any Loan Party of the Obligations, or the merger or consolidation of any of the foregoing with a third party, or statutory division of the foregoing, or the lease, sale or other conveyance of a material part of the assets or business of any of the foregoing to a third party outside the ordinary course of its business, or the lease, purchase or other acquisition of a material part of the assets or business of a third party by any of the foregoing.

(e)The creation of any Lien (except a Lien to Lender) on, the institution of any garnishment proceedings by attachment, levy or otherwise against, the entry of a judgment against, the subjection to a statutory division, or the seizure of, any of the property of Borrower or any Loan Party hereof including, without limitation, any property deposited with Lender.

(f)In the reasonable judgment of Lender in good faith, any Material Adverse Effect occurs, or Lender deems itself insecure.

(g)A commencement by Borrower or any Loan Party of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; or the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower in a case under any such law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Borrower or any Loan Party, or for any substantial part of the property of Borrower or any Loan Party, or ordering the wind-up or liquidation of the affairs of Borrower or any Loan Party; or the filing and pendency for 30 days without dismissal of a petition initiating an involuntary case under any such bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law; or the making by Borrower of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the failure of Borrower or any Loan Party generally to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the taking of action by Borrower or any Loan Party in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

(h)Nonpayment by Borrower of any Rate Contract Obligation when due or the breach by Borrower of any term, provision or condition contained in any Rate Contract.

(i)A Loan Party defaults under the terms of any other Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease that, individually or in the aggregate (when added to all other Indebtedness, if any, of any one or more Loan Party then in default), involves Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease payments in excess of $50,000.00 and such default gives any creditor or lessor the right to accelerate the maturity of any such Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease payments and such default is not cured within any applicable cure period.

(j)The revocation or attempted revocation of any Guaranty by a Guarantor before the termination of such Guaranty in accordance with its terms, or the assignment or attempted assignment of any Guaranty by a Guarantor.

 

9.2.

Remedies

.

Upon the occurrence, and at any time during the continuance, of an Event of Default, Lender may cease advancing money hereunder, and Lender may elect to exercise any one or more of the following remedies, all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, as the same are hereby expressly waived by all Loan Parties, unless otherwise required by applicable law:

(a)cease advancing any Advances and declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, whereupon such Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, and terminate this Agreement and all obligations of Lender under this Agreement; provided that this Agreement and the Obligations shall be accelerated automatically and immediately if an Event of Default occurs under Section 9.1(g);

17

O3721488.v4


 

 

(b) proceed to enforce payment of the Obligations and to realize upon the Collateral, including causing all or any part of the Collateral to be transferred or registered in its name or in the name of any other Person, with or without designation of the capacity of such nominee, and Loan Parties shall be liable for any deficiency remaining after disposition of any Collateral;

 

(c)offset and apply to all or any part of the Obligations, all moneys, credits and other property of any nature whatsoever of each Loan Party now or at any time hereafter in the possession of, in transit to or from, under the control or custody of, or on deposit with (whether held by a Loan Party individually or jointly with another Person), Lender or its Affiliates, including certificates of deposit; and/or

 

(d) exercise any and all rights and remedies provided by applicable law and the Loan Documents.

 

No remedy set forth herein is exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each is cumulative and in addition to every other remedy available under this Agreement, the Loan Documents or as may be now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, and each may be exercised together, separately and in any order.  The Loan Parties hereby expressly waive any requirement of marshaling of assets that may be secured by any of the Loan Documents.

 

 

9.3.

Application of Proceeds

.

(a)After Event of Default.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Loan Party irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Lender from or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations and any and all proceeds of Collateral received by Lender, and, as between the Loan Parties on the one hand and Lender on the other, Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations and any and all proceeds of Collateral received by Lender in such manner as Lender may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Lender.

(b)Residuary.  Any balance remaining after giving effect to the applications set forth in this Section 9.3 shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.  

9.4.Waivers by Loan Parties

.  Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or by applicable Law, each Loan Party waives: (a) presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment, dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Lender on which any Loan Party may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Lender may do in this regard, (b) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to Lender’s taking possession or control of, or to Lender’s replevy, attachment or levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security that might be required by any court prior to allowing Lender to exercise any of its remedies, and (c) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal, marshaling and exemption Laws.

10.

EXPENSES AND INDEMNITY

18

O3721488.v4


 

10.1.Expenses

.  Each Loan Party hereby jointly and severally agrees to promptly pay (i) all reasonable actual costs and out of pocket expenses of Lender (including the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of counsel to, and independent appraisers and consultants retained by, Lender) in connection with the examination, review, due diligence investigation, documentation, negotiation, closing and syndication of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, in connection with the performance by Lender of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and in connection with the continued administration of the Loan Documents including (A) any amendments, modifications, consents and waivers to and/or under any and all Loan Documents, (B) any periodic public record searches conducted by or at the request of Lender (including title investigations, Uniform Commercial Code searches, fixture filing searches, judgment, pending litigation and tax lien searches and searches of applicable corporate, limited liability company, partnership and related records concerning the continued existence, organization and good standing of certain Persons), and (C) subject to Section 4.13, any appraisals and any internal audit reviews, field examinations and Collateral examinations (which shall be reimbursed, in addition to the out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such examiners, at the per diem rate per individual charged by Lender for its examiners or charged to Lender by third-party examiners)), (ii) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all reasonable actual costs and out of pocket expenses of Lender in connection with (A) the creation, perfection and maintenance of Liens pursuant to the Loan Documents and (B) protecting, storing, insuring, handling, maintaining or selling any Collateral, (iii) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all actual costs and out of pocket expenses of Lender in connection with (A) any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to any Loan Document and (B) any workout, collection, bankruptcy, insolvency, post-judgment or other enforcement proceedings under any and all of the Loan Documents, and (iv) all actual costs and out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to any Loan Document and in connection with any workout, collection, bankruptcy, insolvency, post-judgment or other enforcement proceedings under any and all Loan Documents, provided, that to the extent that the actual costs and expenses referred to in this clause (iv) consist of reasonable fees, costs and expenses of counsel, Borrower shall be obligated to pay such reasonable fees, costs and expenses for counsel to Lender and local counsel to Lender in each relevant jurisdiction.

10.2.Indemnity

.  Each Loan Party hereby agrees to indemnify, pay and hold harmless Lender and the Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, trustees, agents, investment advisors, collateral managers, servicers, and counsel of Lender (collectively called the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitee) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of a Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Lender) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby, which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents (including (i) (A) as a direct or indirect result of the presence on or under, or escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release from, any property now or previously owned, leased or operated by a Loan Party or any other Person of any Hazardous Materials or any Hazardous Materials Contamination, (B) arising out of or relating to the offsite disposal of any materials generated or present on any such property, or (C) arising out of or resulting from the environmental condition of any such property or the applicability of any governmental requirements relating to Hazardous Materials, whether or not occasioned wholly or in part by any condition, accident or event caused by any act or omission of any Loan Party, and (ii) proposed and actual extensions of credit under this Agreement) and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Advances and Letters of Credit, except that the Loan Parties shall not have any obligation under this

19

O3721488.v4


 

Section to an Indemnitee with respect to any liability resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that the undertaking set forth in the immediately preceding sentence may be unenforceable, the Loan Parties shall contribute the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all such indemnified liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.2 THAT APPLY TO, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO, ANY LOSSES, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES THAT HAVE RESULTED FROM OR ARE ALLEGED TO HAVE RESULTED FROM THE ACTIVE OR PASSIVE OR THE SOLE, JOINT OR CONCURRENT ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF LENDER OR ANY OTHER INDEMNITEE UNDER THIS SECTION 10.2.

11.

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1.Survival

.  All agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in every other Loan Document shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The provisions of Sections 2.4(e), 2.7, 2.8, 10, and 11 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and any termination of this Agreement.

11.2.No Waivers

.  No failure or delay by Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein and therein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.  Any reference in any Loan Document to the “continuing” nature of any Event of Default shall not be construed as establishing or otherwise indicating that Borrower or any other Loan Party has the independent right to cure any such Event of Default, but is rather presented merely for convenience should such Event of Default be waived in accordance with the terms of the applicable Loan Documents.

11.3.Notices

.

(a)All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including prepaid overnight courier, e‑mail, electronic submissions or similar writing, but not facsimile transmission) and shall be given to such party at its address or e‑mail address set forth on the signature pages hereof or at such other address or e‑mail address as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to Lender and Borrower; provided, that notices, requests or other communications shall be permitted by e‑mail or other electronic submissions only in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.3(b).  Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by e‑mail or other electronic submissions, as set forth in Section 11.3(c) or (ii) if given by mail, prepaid overnight courier or any other means, when received at the applicable address specified by this Section.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, and for the avoidance of any doubt, notices, requests and other communications delivered by facsimile transmission do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 11.3.

(b)Notices and other communications to the parties hereto may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e‑mail and Internet or intranet websites); provided, that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to notices sent directly to any party hereto if such party has notified Lender that it has elected not to receive notices by electronic communication (which election may be limited to particular notices) and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or any other notices regarding request for advances hereunder shall be delivered or furnished by Borrower by electronic communication in

20

O3721488.v4


 

accordance with all procedures established by or otherwise acceptable to Lender from time to time in its sole discretion.

(c)Unless Lender otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e‑mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e‑mail or other written acknowledgment), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e‑mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided, that if any such notice or other communication is not sent or posted during normal business hours, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day.

11.4.Severability

.  In case any provision of or obligation under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

11.5.Amendments and Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended, waived or otherwise modified unless such amendment, waiver or other modification is in writing and is signed or otherwise approved by Borrower and Lender.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties hereby authorize Lender to (i) correct any patent (or scrivener’s) errors or other erroneous content in the Loan Documents, (ii) date any dates and fill in any blanks or other missing content in any of the Loan Documents, and (iii) replace or substitute pages, as applicable, in each Loan Document that were changed to correct such errors or fill in such dates, missing content or blanks (each a “Corrected Document”), in each case, without the need for a written amendment signed by the parties; provided that Lender shall send a copy of any such Corrected Document to Borrower (which copy may be given by electronic mail).  Without limiting the generality of any of the foregoing, Borrower further covenants that it shall, and shall cause each of the other Loan Parties to, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged or delivered (or, as applicable, re-execute, re-acknowledge and re-deliver), (A) each agreement, instrument or other document that was incorrectly drafted and signed at the Closing Date and (B) all such further assurances and other agreements, instruments or documents, and take or cause to be taken all such other actions, as Lender shall request from time to time to permit Lender to evidence or give effect to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any of the transactions contemplated hereby, including to perfect (or continue the perfection of) and protect Lender’s Liens upon the Collateral, and shall take such other action as may be requested by Lender to give effect to or carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

11.6.Assignments.  Borrower agrees not to assign any of Borrower’s rights, remedies or obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Borrower agrees that Lender may assign some or all of its rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document without notice to, or prior consent from, Borrower.

11.7.Headings

.  Headings and captions used in the Loan Documents (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and thereto) are included for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect.

11.8.Confidentiality

.  Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding the Loan Parties and their respective businesses identified as such by Borrower and obtained by Lender by a Loan Party pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with Lender’s customary procedures for handling

21

O3721488.v4


 

information of such nature, except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to Lender’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, auditors, professional consultants, advisors and representatives of Lender and of Lender’s Affiliates (collectively, the “Related Parties” of Lender) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (ii) to rating agencies, insurance industry associations and portfolio management services, (iii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of or participants in any interest in the Advances and, as applicable, the Loan Documents, to prospective contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) in Rate Contracts permitted hereby and to prospective providers of Bank Products, provided, that any such Persons shall have agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.8, (iv) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties, including any self-regulatory authority, (v) to any other Party hereto, (vi) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vii) as required by Law, subpoena, judicial order or similar order and in connection with any litigation, (viii) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of such Person, (ix) with the consent of Borrower, (x) to the extent such information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (B) becomes available to Lender or any of its Related Parties on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties, and (xi) to a Person that is a trustee, investment advisor, collateral manager, servicer, noteholder or secured party in a Securitization (as hereinafter defined) in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for such Securitization.  For the purposes of this Section, “Securitization” shall mean a public or private offering by Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns, of Stock or debt securities which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Advances.  Confidential information shall include only such information identified as such at the time provided to Lender and shall not include information that either (A) is in the public domain, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such Person through no fault of such Person, or (B) is disclosed to such Person by a Person other than a Loan Party, provided, Lender does not have actual knowledge that such Person is prohibited from disclosing such information.  The obligations of Lender under this Section 11.8 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Lender under any confidentiality agreement in respect of this financing executed and delivered by Lender prior to the date hereof.

11.9.Waiver of Consequential and Other Damages

.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Advance or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

11.10.Marshaling; Payments Set Aside

.  Lender shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes any payment or Lender enforces its Liens or Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such enforcement or set-off is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, or required to be repaid by anyone, then to the extent of such recovery, the Obligations or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefore,

22

O3721488.v4


 

shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or set-off had not occurred.

11.11.GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

.  THIS AGREEMENT, EACH NOTE AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO OR ARISING THEREFROM (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF FLORIDA AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO LENDER’S ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  EACH LOAN PARTY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS.  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON EACH SUCH LOAN PARTY BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, ADDRESSED TO SUCH LOAN PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE 10 DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED.

11.12.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH LOAN PARTY AND LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.  EACH LOAN PARTY AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  EACH LOAN PARTY AND LENDER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY OF REVIEWING THIS JURY WAIVER WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS.

11.13.Counterparts; Integration

.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  Signatures by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including “pdf” or “tif” format) shall bind the parties hereto.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

11.14.No Strict Construction

.  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

11.15.USA PATRIOT Act Notification

.  Lender hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record certain

23

O3721488.v4


 

information and documentation that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and such other information that will allow Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.  The Loan Parties agree to, promptly following a request by Lender, provide all such other documentation and information that Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

11.16.Post Closing Obligations

.

(a)Stock Certificates.  One of the requirements to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is the delivery to Lender of original stock certificates for M-TRON INDUSTRIES, LTD., a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong, held by M-TRON ASIA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a Pledgor hereunder, and all of the original stock certificates for PIEZO TECHNOLOGY INDIA PRIVATE LTD., a company organized under the laws of India, held by PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation, as a Pledgor hereunder.  Lender has agreed to close the transaction contemplated hereby without delivery of said original stock certificates provided that Borrower delivers all of the original stock certificates of M-TRON INDUSTRIES, LTD., a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong, and PIEZO TECHNOLOGY INDIA PRIVATE LTD., a company organized under the laws of India, to Lender on or before the date 60 days from the date of this Agreement.  Failure to provide same within the 60-day period shall be an Event of Default hereunder.

(b)UCC Termination.  Borrower shall cause Synovus Bank to terminate of record in the Florida Secured Transaction Registry that certain Uniform Commercial Code – Form UCC-1 – Financing Statement bearing Initial Filing #202001663984 filed on May 19, 2020 naming M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC. and PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., as debtors, and SYNOVUS BANK, as secured party.  Said UCC-3 termination must be filed on or before 30 days of the date of this Agreement.  Failure to provide same within the 30-day period shall be an Event of Default hereunder.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

24

O3721488.v4


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

 

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

By:/s/ William Drafts      

       William Drafts, President and CEO

 

By:/s/ Linda Biles      

        Linda Biles, Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.,
a Florida corporation

 

By:/s/ William Drafts      

       William Drafts, President and CEO

 

By:/s/ Linda Biles      

        Linda Biles, Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

Borrower’s Physical Address
and Email for Notices
:

 

2525 Shader Road

Orlando, Florida 32804

E-Mail:  _______________________

 

 

LENDER:

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By:/s/ Frank Cover      

       Frank Cover Jr., Senior Vice President

 

Lender’s Physical Address
and Email for Notices
:

 

200 East Robinson Street, Suite 1000

Orlando, Florida 32801

E-Mail:  Frank.Cover@53.com

 

 

 

(SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT AGREEMENT)

O3721488.v4


 

 

APPENDIX A
to
CREDIT AGREEMENT

DEFINITIONS

Account Debtor” means any Person who may become obligated to a Loan Party under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, any Chattel Paper or any General Intangibles (including a payment intangible).

Accounts” means all rights, titles and interests of each Loan Party in all of such Loan Party’s “accounts,” as such term is defined in the Code, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising.

Advance” means any Revolving Credit Advance.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, 10% or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors (or managers) of such Person, (b) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (c) each of such Person’s officers, directors, members, managers, joint venturers and partners, and (d) in the case of a Loan Party, the immediate family members, spouses and lineal descendants of individuals who are Affiliates of such Loan Party.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, however, that, with respect to the Loan Parties, the term “Affiliate” shall specifically exclude Lender.

Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between Borrower and Lender.

Applicable Margin” means with respect to Revolving Credit Advances, 2.25% per annum.  

Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the Maximum Revolver Amount.

Bank Product” means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to any Loan Party from time to time by Lender or any of Affiliate of Lender or any Person who was Lender or an Affiliate of Lender at the time it provided such products, services or facilities:  (a) any services in connection with operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox services, stop payment services, and other treasury management services; (b) commercial credit card and merchant card services; and (c) other banking products or services as may be requested by any Loan Party, other than Letters of Credit and Rate Contracts.

Bankruptcy Code” means the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 1

O3721488.v4


 

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

BillPayer Service” means Lender’s (or, as applicable, its Affiliate’s) then current automated bill paying service, as established and implemented by Lender (or such Affiliate) in accordance with its methods and procedures periodically in effect.

Borrower” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to the Agreement.

Borrowing Availability” means, as of any date of determination, Availability at such time, minus the aggregate Revolving Exposure at such time.

Business Day” means (a) with respect to all notices and determinations, including Interest Payment Dates, in connection with the Index Rate, any day that commercial banks in New York, New York are required by law to be open for business and that is a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, which means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities and (b) in all other cases, any day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Cincinnati, Ohio are required by Law to be open for business; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition of “Business Day”, at any time during which a Rate Contract with Lender is then in effect with respect to all or a portion of the Obligations, then the definitions of “Business Day” and “Banking Day”, as applicable, pursuant to such Rate Contract shall govern with respect to all applicable notices and determinations in connection with such portion of the Obligations arising under such Rate Contract. Periods of days referred to in the Loan Documents will be counted in calendar days unless Business Days are expressly prescribed.

Cash Flow means net income after tax plus depreciation expense determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of the Agreement, of any of the following:  (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Chattel Paper” means all rights, titles and interests of each Loan Party in all of such Loan Party’s “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in the Code, including electronic chattel paper, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, wherever located.

Closing Date” means June 15, 2022.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 2

O3721488.v4


 

Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of Florida; provided, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided, further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Florida, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Collateral” means the property covered by each Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents and any other property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, that may at any time be or become subject to a security interest or Lien in favor of Lender to secure the Obligations.  

Collateral Documents” means each Guaranty, each Security Agreement, each Pledge Agreement, and all other agreements heretofore, now or hereafter entered into in favor of Lender guarantying payment of, or granting a Lien upon property as security for payment of, the Obligations.

Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest of (a) June 15, 2025, (b) the date of termination of Lender’s obligations to make Advances and to incur Letter of Credit Obligations or permit existing Advances to remain outstanding pursuant to Section 9.2(a), and (c) the date of indefeasible prepayment in full by Borrower of the Advances and the cancellation and return (or stand-by guaranty) of all Letters of Credit or the cash collateralization of all Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to the applicable Loan Documents (and on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender), and the termination and permanent reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment to $0.

Commitments” means the Revolving Loan Commitment.  

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate to be executed and delivered from time to time by Borrower in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

Conforming Changes” means, with respect to the use, administration of, or any conventions associated with the Index Rate, the Prime Index, or any proposed Successor Rate, as applicable, any changes to the terms of this Agreement related to the timing, frequency, and methodology of determining rates and making payments of interest, including changes to the definition of Business Day, lookback periods or observation shift, prepayments, and borrowing notices, and other technical, administrative, or operational matters, as may be appropriate, in the discretion of Lender, to reflect the adoption and implementation of such applicable rate and to permit the administration thereof by Lender in an operationally feasible manner and, to the extent feasible, consistent with market practice.

Current Assets” means all assets which may properly be classified as current assets in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, provided that for the purpose of determining the Current Assets of Borrower: (i) notes and accounts receivable shall be included only if good and collectible and payable on demand or within twelve (12) months from the date as of which Current Assets are to be determined (and if not directly or indirectly renewable or extendible, at the option of Borrower,

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 3

O3721488.v4


 

by their terms or by the terms of any instrument or agreement relating thereto, beyond such twelve (12) months) and shall be taken at their face value less reserves determined to be sufficient in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) the cash surrender value of life insurance policies shall be excluded.

Current Liabilities means all Indebtedness maturing on demand or within twelve (12) months from the date as of which Current Liabilities are to be determined (including, without limitation, liabilities, including taxes accrued as estimated, as may properly be classified as current liabilities in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), and excluding intercompany loans.

Current Ratio means the ratio of Current Assets to Current Liabilities.

Daily Simple SOFR” means a rate based on SOFR with interest accruing on a simple daily basis in arrears with a methodology and conventions selected by Lender.

Default” means any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Default Rate” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement.

Disbursement Account” means a disbursement account specified by Lender to Borrower as the “Disbursement Account” from time to time.

Dollars” or “$” means lawful currency of the United States of America.

EBITDA” means on a consolidated basis, the amount of Borrower’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense for the measurement period.

Eligible Swap Counterparty” means Lender and any Affiliate of Lender that at any time it occupies such role or capacity (whether or not it remains in such capacity) enters into a Rate Contract permitted hereunder with Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower.

Equipment” means all rights, titles and interests of each Loan Party in such Loan Party’s “equipment,” as such term is defined in the Code, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, wherever located.

Event of Default” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.1 of the Agreement.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Person that has guaranteed a Swap Obligation, including the grant of a Lien to secure the guaranty of such Swap Obligation, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guaranty or grant of such Lien becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Swap Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 4

O3721488.v4


 

Excluded Taxes” mean any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to Lender or any other recipient of a payment under any Loan Document or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes in each case, (i) by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office or, in the case of Lender in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) any United States federal withholding Taxes that would not have been imposed but for Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.7 of the Agreement; and (c) any United States federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the IRC, as of the date of the Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any intergovernmental agreements entered into by the United States with respect thereto, current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, in each case implementing such IRC Sections, and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the IRC.

Fees” means any and all fees payable to Lender pursuant to the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

Fifth Third” means Fifth Third Bank, National Association.

Fifth Third Lease Documents” means, collectively, any lease, lease contract, lease agreement, master lease, sublease, schedule or other document or agreement executed by any Person evidencing, governing, guarantying or securing any of the Fifth Third Lease Obligations, and “Fifth Third Lease Document” means any one of the Fifth Third Lease Documents; in each case as now in effect or as at any time after the date of the Agreement amended, modified, supplemented, restated, or otherwise changed and any substitute or replacement agreements, instruments, or documents accepted by Fifth Third or an Affiliate of Fifth Third.

Fifth Third Lease Obligations” means any and all liabilities, obligations and other Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to Fifth Third, Fifth Third Equipment Finance Company, or any other Affiliate of Fifth Third Bancorp of every kind and description, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including those owed by any Loan Party to others and acquired by Fifth Third or any Affiliate of Fifth Third Bancorp, by purchase, assignment or otherwise, whether direct or indirect, primary or as guarantor or surety, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, related or unrelated, and howsoever and whensoever (whether now or hereafter) created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), in each case arising out of, pursuant to, in connection with or under any lease or other transfer of the right to possession and use of goods for a term in return for consideration.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) Borrower’s EBITDA plus rent and operating lease payments, less cash taxes paid, distributions, dividends and capital expenditures (other than capital expenditures financed with the  proceeds  of  purchase  money  Indebtedness or capital leases to the extent permitted hereunder) and other extraordinary items for the twelve month period then ending to (b) the consolidated sum of (i) Borrower’s interest expense, and (ii) all principal payments with respect to Indebtedness that were paid or were due and payable by all consolidated entities during the period plus rent and operating lease expense incurred and all cash taxes paid in   the same such period.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 5

O3721488.v4


 

General Intangibles” means all rights, titles and interests of each Loan Party in such Loan Party’s “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the Code, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Guarantors” means M-TRON ASIA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and each other Person, if any, that guaranties any of the Obligations on or after the Closing Date.

Guaranty” means each of, and collectively, the Continuing Guaranty Agreements entered into by and between one or more Guarantor and Lender with respect to the Obligations.

Hazardous Material” means (a) any “hazardous substance” as defined in CERCLA, (b) any “hazardous waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (c) asbestos, (d) polychlorinated biphenyls, (e) petroleum, its derivatives, by products and other hydrocarbons, (f) mold, and (g) any other pollutant, toxic, radioactive, caustic or otherwise hazardous substance regulated under Environmental Laws.

Hazardous Materials Contamination” means contamination (whether now existing or hereafter occurring) of the improvements, buildings, facilities, personalty, soil, groundwater, air or other elements on or of the relevant property by Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, or on or of any other property as a result of Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, generated on, emanating from or disposed of in connection with the relevant property.

Indebtedness” means (i) all items (except items of capital stock, of capital surplus, of general contingency reserves or of retained earnings, deferred income taxes, and amount attributable to minority interest if any) which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles would be included in determining total liabilities on a consolidated basis (if Borrower should have any Subsidiaries) as shown on the liability side of a balance sheet as at the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined, (ii) all indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien or conditional sale or other title retention agreement to which any property or asset owned or held is subject, whether or not the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed (excluding non-capitalized leases which may amount to title retention agreements but including capitalized leases), and (iii) all indebtedness of others which Borrower or any Subsidiary has directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorse (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), discounted or sold with recourse or agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase or repurchase or otherwise acquire, or in respect of which Borrower or any Subsidiary has agreed to apply or advance funds (whether by way of loan, stock purchase, capital contribution or otherwise) or otherwise to become directly or indirectly liable.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by, or on account of any obligation of, any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.2 of the Agreement.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 6

O3721488.v4


 

Index Floor” means 0%.

Index Rate” means the greater of (i) the Index Floor and (ii)  Term SOFR relating to quotations for one month or as otherwise set pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Index Rate Loans” means any Advances that accrue interest by reference to the Index Rate and the other terms of the Agreement.

Instruments” means all rights, titles and interests of each Loan Party in such Loan Party’s “instruments,” as such term is defined in the Code, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, wherever located.

Interest Payment Date” means, all as determined by Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents and Lender’s loan systems and procedures periodically in effect (and subject to the terms of any BillPayer Service, as applicable), the first day of each month, commencing on July 1, 2022; provided that, in addition to the foregoing, each of (x) the date upon which the Revolving Loan Commitment has been terminated and the Advances have been paid in full and (y) the Commitment Termination Date shall be deemed to be an “Interest Payment Date” with respect to any interest and any applicable Unused Line Fee that has then accrued under the Agreement.

Inventory means all rights, titles and interest of each Loan Party in such Loan Party’s “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, wherever located.

 

ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions or the 2021 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto (ISDA), as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by ISDA.

 

Law” and “Laws” means any and all federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, guidances, guidelines, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, codes, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, governmental agreements and governmental restrictions, whether now or hereafter in effect.

Lender” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to the Agreement and shall additionally include, for the avoidance of any doubt, (i) upon any assignment by Fifth Third pursuant to Section 11.6 of the Agreement, such assignee of Fifth Third and (ii) the respective successors of each of the foregoing. In addition to the foregoing, solely for the purpose of identifying the Persons entitled to share in payments and collections from the Collateral as more fully set forth in the Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the term “Lender” shall include Eligible Swap Counterparties and any provider of Bank Products.

Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning ascribed to it in the documentation executed by Borrower in favor of Lender in connection with the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Obligations” means all outstanding obligations incurred by Lender at the request of Borrower, whether direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, due or not due, in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit by Lender.  The amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations at any time shall equal the maximum amount that may be payable by Lender thereupon or pursuant thereto.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 7

O3721488.v4


 

Letters of Credit” means commercial or standby letters of credit issued for the account of Borrower by Lender.

Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the Code or comparable Law of any jurisdiction).

Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Agreement, the Collateral Documents, the Notes, the Fifth Third Lease Documents, each agreement entered into in respect of Bank Products, each Rate Contract with an Eligible Swap Counterparty, and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates executed and delivered to, or in favor of, Lender and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, letter of credit agreements and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, and delivered to Lender in connection with the Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.  Any reference in the Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to the Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

Loan Parties” means, collectively, each Borrower and Guarantor and Pledgors and “Loan Party” means any of any Borrower or any Guarantor or any Pledgor.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial or other condition of any Loan Party, (b) Borrower’s ability to pay any of the Advances or any of the other Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, (c) the Collateral or Lender’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens, or (d) Lender’s rights and remedies under the Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  

Maximum Lawful Rate” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.3(d) of the Agreement.

Maximum Revolver Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the Revolving Loan Commitment as of that date minus Reserves established by Lender at such time in its sole discretion.

Note” has the meaning given to it in Section 2.9 of the Agreement.

Notice of Borrowing” shall mean a notice of borrowing with respect to any Advance hereunder, which notice shall be in form and substance, and delivered by Borrower to Lender in a manner, acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion, and which shall state the amount and date of the requested Advance.

Obligations” means all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations for the performance of covenants, tasks or duties or for payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by any Loan Party to Lender, or any Affiliate of Lender, and all covenants and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether direct or indirect (including acquired by assignment), related or unrelated, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and however

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 8

O3721488.v4


 

acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement, letter of credit agreement or other instrument.  The term “Obligations” includes all principal, interest, Fees, expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any other sum chargeable to any Loan Party under, or arising out of, the Agreement, the Note, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement entered into in respect of Bank Products, all Fifth Third Lease Obligations, and all Rate Contract Obligations (including all amounts that accrue after the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against any Loan Party in bankruptcy, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Obligations” of a Guarantor shall not include Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor.  

Other Connection Taxes” means with respect to any recipient of a payment under the Agreement or any Loan Document, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced the Agreement or other Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Obligation, the Agreement or other Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, transfer, excise, value added, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, other than Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on an assignment by Lender after the date hereof, other than any assignment made at the request of any Loan Party or following an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) of the Agreement.

Overadvance” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(b) of the Agreement.

Permitted Liens” means: (i) current taxes and assessments not yet due and payable, (ii) Liens, if any, reflected or noted on Borrower’s balance sheet or notes thereto as delivered by Borrower in writing to Lender prior to the Closing Date, (iii) assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any security interests, pledges, assignments or mortgages granted to Lender to secure the repayment or performance of the Obligations, and (v) any purchase money security interests granted by, or capitalized lease obligations incurred by, Borrower in connection with any Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness.

Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness” means purchase money Indebtedness or capitalized lease obligations incurred by Borrower to acquire any equipment if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the total outstanding amount of purchase money Indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations incurred by Borrower does not, as of any date, exceed an aggregate amount equal to $100,000.00, (b) such purchase money Indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations will not be secured by any of the Collateral other than the specific equipment financed thereby and the identifiable cash proceeds thereof, and (c) the principal amount of such purchase money Indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations will not, at the time of the incurrence thereof, exceed the value of the property so acquired.

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign, or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

Pledge Agreements” means each of and collectively, the respective Stock Pledge Agreements entered into by the respective Pledgor in favor of Lender to pledge the stock of: (a) M-TRON

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 9

O3721488.v4


 

INDUSTRIES, LTD., a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong, and/or (b) PIEZO TECHNOLOGY INDIA PRIVATE LTD., a company organized under the laws of India, as security for the Obligations.  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, LTD., a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong, and PIEZO TECHNOLOGY INDIA PRIVATE LTD., a company organized under the laws of India, are not required to consent to the pledge.

Pledgors” means each of and collectively (a) M-TRON ASIA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and (b) PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation, with respect to their respective Pledge Agreement.

Prime Index” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Prime Rate” means, as of any date, the rate that Fifth Third publicly announces, publishes or designates from time to time as its index rate or prime rate, or any successor rate thereto, in effect at its principal office.  Such rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer.  Fifth Third may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below its index rate or prime rate. Each determination by Lender of the Prime Rate shall be binding and conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement on the date of such change without notice to Borrower.  

Proceeds” means all “proceeds”, as such term is defined in the Code.

Rate Contract” means any agreement, device or arrangement providing for payments which are related to fluctuations of commodities, currencies, or interest rates, exchange rates, forward rates, or equity prices, including Dollar denominated or cross currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange agreements, interest rate cap or collar protection agreements, forward rate currency or interest rate options, puts and warrants, and any agreement pertaining to equity derivative transactions (e.g., equity or equity index swaps, options, caps, floors, collars and forwards), including any ISDA Master Agreement (including the Existing ISDA), and any schedules, confirmations and documents and other confirming evidence between the parties confirming transactions thereunder, all whether now existing or hereafter arising, and in each case as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Rate Contract Obligations” means any and all obligations of a Loan Party to an Eligible Swap Counterparty, whether absolute, contingent or otherwise and howsoever and whensoever (whether now or hereafter) created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under or in connection with (a) any and all Rate Contracts between a Loan Party and an Eligible Swap Counterparty, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy-backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any such Rate Contract.

Reserves” means any and all reserves that Lender deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to establish and/or maintain (including reserves for accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations, Bank Product reserves, volatility reserves, reserves for rent at locations leased by any Loan Party and for consignee’s, warehousemen’s, bailee’s and processor’s charges, reserves for dilution of Accounts, reserves for Inventory shrinkage, reserves for customs charges and shipping charges related to any Inventory in transit, reserves for Rate Contract Obligations, reserves for contingent liabilities of any Loan Party, reserves for uninsured losses of any Loan Party, reserves for uninsured, underinsured, un-indemnified or under-indemnified liabilities or potential liabilities with respect to any litigation and reserves for taxes, fees, assessments, and other governmental charges) with respect to the Collateral or any Loan Party.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 10

O3721488.v4


 

Reset Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.4(a) of the Agreement.

Revolving Credit Advance” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a) of the Agreement and may, as the context may require, include any Overadvance.

Revolving Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances at such time plus (ii) the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at such time.

Revolving Loan Commitment” means the aggregate commitment of Lender to make Revolving Credit Advances or incur Letter of Credit Obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00).

Scheduled Unavailability Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement.

Security Agreement” means each of, and collectively, the security agreements entered into by and between one or more Loan Party and Lender.

SOFR” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator) on the administrator’s website (or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the administrator) at approximately 2:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Spread Adjustment” means a mathematical or other adjustment to an alternate benchmark rate selected pursuant to Section 2.4 (b) or 2.4(c) of the Agreement and such adjustment may be positive, negative, or zero, subject to the specific Spread Adjustments set forth in Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement.

Stock” means all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, membership interests, units or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of which an aggregate of more than 50% of the outstanding Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned legally or beneficially by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or with respect to which any such Person has the right to vote or designate the vote of more than 50% of such Stock whether by proxy, agreement, operation of law or otherwise, and (b) any partnership or limited liability company in which such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person shall have an interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50% or of which any such Person is a general partner or may exercise the powers of a general partner.  Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of a Loan Party.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 11

O3721488.v4


 

Successor Rate” means any successor index rate determined pursuant to Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement from time to time, including any applicable Spread Adjustment.

Swap Contract” means any “swap agreement”, as defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Swap Obligation” means any obligation in respect of a Swap Contract that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

Tangible Net Worth (Excluding Related Party)” shall mean the total of the capital stock (less treasury stock), paid-in capital surplus,    general contingency reserves and retained earnings (deficit) of Borrower/Guarantor and any Subsidiary as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles after eliminating all inter-company items and all amounts properly attributable to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of any Subsidiary, minus the following items (without duplication of deductions), if any, appearing on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower/Guarantor: (i) all deferred charges (less amortization, unamortized debt discount and expense and corporate  organization expenses); (ii) the book amount of all assets which would be treated as intangibles under generally accepted accounting principles, including, without limitation, such items as goodwill, trademark applications, trade names, service marks, brand names, copyrights, patents, patent applications and licenses, and rights with respect to the foregoing; (iii) the amount by which aggregate inventories or aggregate securities appearing on the asset side of such consolidated balance sheet exceed the lower of cost or market value (at the date of such balance sheet) thereof; (iv) any write-up in the book amount of any asset resulting from a revaluation thereof from the book amount entered upon acquisition of such asset; and (v) any related party notes or accounts receivable. Related parties shall generally include entities with common ownership or management with Borrower/Guarantor and employees of Borrower/Guarantor.

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking SOFR rate administered by CME Group, Inc. (or other administrator selected by Lender) and published on the applicable Bloomberg LP screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be selected by Lender), fixed by the administrator thereof two Business Days prior to the applicable Reset Date (provided, however, that if Term SOFR is not published for such Business Day, then Term SOFR shall be determined by reference to the immediately preceding Business Day on which such rate is published), rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/8th of 1% and adjusted for reserves if Lender is required to maintain reserves with respect to the relevant Advances, all as determined by Lender in accordance with the Agreement and Lender’s loan systems and procedures periodically in effect.

Termination Date” means the date on which (a) the Advances have been indefeasibly repaid in full, (b) all other Obligations under the Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been completely discharged, (c) all Letter of Credit Obligations have been cash collateralized, cancelled or backed by standby letters of credit in accordance with the Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and otherwise on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender), and (d) the Revolving Loan Commitment under the Agreement has been terminated and Borrower shall not have any further right to borrow any monies or request any further extensions of credit under the Agreement.

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 12

O3721488.v4


 

USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 signed into law October 26, 2001).

 

 

Appendix A to Credit Agreement – Page 13

O3721488.v4


 

 

Exhibit 3.3

Litigation Exhibit

 

 

 

NONE.

Exhibit 3.3

O3721488.v4

REVOLVING CREDIT PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$5,000,000.00 June 15, 2022

(the “Effective Date”)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, and PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation (collectively, the "Borrower"), with an address of 2525 Shader Road, Orlando, Florida 32804, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the "Lender"), for its account pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below, at the principal office of Lender at 200 E. Robinson Street, Suite 1000, Orlando, Florida 32801, or such other address as Lender may provide from time to time, the principal sum of FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by Lender to Borrower under the Credit Agreement, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on the dates and in the principal amounts provided in the Credit Agreement, together with any Fees and interest, on the dates and in the amounts as provided in the Credit Agreement, from the Effective Date until this Revolving Credit Promissory Note (this "Note") is fully paid, on the principal amount hereunder remaining unpaid from time to time, at such office, in like money and funds, computed in the manner, and at the rates from time to time in effect, and payable on the dates provided, under the Credit Agreement.  The entire unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with all Fees and accrued but unpaid interest, shall, if not sooner paid or required to be paid pursuant to the Credit Agreement, be due and payable in full on the Commitment Termination Date.

 

This Note is: (a) made by Borrower to the order of Lender pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, between Borrower and Lender (as amended, renewed, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), and (b) entitled to the benefits and security, and is subject to the terms and conditions, of the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, acceleration upon the terms provided therein, and of the other Loan Documents.  This Note, and any request by Borrower from time to time for a Revolving Credit Advance of a specified principal amount hereunder, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.  Capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined in this Note shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.  

 

This Note is subject to voluntary and mandatory prepayment, in full or in part, in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, the Credit Agreement.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, subject to any applicable cure period, the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest, and all other Obligations, may become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement, provided that if there occurs an Event of Default of the type described in Sections 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement, the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest, and all other Obligations shall become automatically and immediately due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees, if this Note is not paid when due, whether or not legal proceedings are commenced as further set forth in, and in accordance with, the terms of the Credit Agreement.  

 

==========================================================================

DOCUMENTARY STAMP TAXES IN THE AMOUNT OF $2,450.00 ARE BEING PAID IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE.

 

O3713417.v1


 

 

 

Presentment or other demand for payment, notice of dishonor and protest are hereby expressly waived.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of any such rights.

 

THE VALIDITY OF THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

 

AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER TO ENTER INTO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND EXTEND CREDIT TO BORROWER, BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, THEIR VALIDITY OR PERFORMANCE, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION ON THE ABILITY OF LENDER, AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, TO EXERCISE ALL RIGHTS AS TO THE COLLATERAL AND TO INITIATE AND PROSECUTE IN ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION ACTIONS RELATED TO REPAYMENT AND COLLECTION OF THE OBLIGATIONS, SHALL BE INITIATED AND PROSECUTED AS TO ALL PARTIES AND THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS WITHIN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF FLORIDA.  BORROWER CONSENTS TO AND SUBMITS TO THE EXERCISE OF JURISDICTION OVER ITS PERSON BY ANY COURT SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF FLORIDA, HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER, AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY CERTIFIED MAIL DIRECTED TO BORROWER AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH ON BORROWER'S SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA.  BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER, AND CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE COURT.

 

AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER TO ENTER INTO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND EXTEND CREDIT TO BORROWER, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND LENDER WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION, CLAIM, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE CONDUCT OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN OR AMONG LENDER AND ANY ONE OR MORE LOAN PARTIES.  BORROWER REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

2

O3713417.v1


 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Borrower has executed this Note by its duly authorized officer as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

By:/s/ William Drafts      

       William Drafts, President and CEO

 

By:/s/ Linda Biles      

        Linda Biles, Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.,
a Florida corporation

 

By:/s/ William Drafts      

       William Drafts, President and CEO

 

By:/s/ Linda Biles      

        Linda Biles, Vice President

(CORPORATE SEAL)

STATE OF

COUNTY OF

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me by means of  physical presence or  online notarization, this June ___, 2022, by WILLIAM DRAFTS, in his capacity as President and CEO of M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, and in his capacity President and CEO of PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation, on behalf of both corporations, who is  personally known to me or  has produced ____________ as identification.

 

Print Name:

                                           [Notary Seal]                           Notary Public – State of

Commission No.:

My Commission Expires:

STATE OF

COUNTY OF

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me by means of  physical presence or  online notarization, this June ___, 2022, by LINDA BILES, in her capacity as Vice President of M‑TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, and in her capacity as Vice President of PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation, on behalf of both corporations, who is  personally known to me or  has produced ________________ as identification.

 

Print Name:

                                           [Notary Seal]                           Notary Public – State of

Commission No.:

My Commission Expires:

Signature Page To Revolving Credit Promissory Note

O3713417.v1

 

Security Agreement

This Security Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of June 15, 2022 by M‑TRON  INDUSTRIES,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Debtor"), in favor of FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Secured Party"). Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Debtor (together with PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation, collectively, the “Borrower”) is indebted to Secured Party pursuant to the Credit Agreement executed in connection herewith by and between Borrower and Secured Party (as amended, restated, modified, supplemented or otherwise replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) and the other Loan Documents.

WHEREAS, Secured Party requires that Debtor execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce Secured Party to enter into the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

1.OBLIGATIONS. This assignment of collateral and grant of security interest shall secure all of the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.  As used in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, attorneys’ fees shall include paralegals’ fees, and shall include, without limitation, any and all such attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with litigation, mediation, arbitration, other alternative dispute processes, administrative proceedings and bankruptcy proceedings, and any and all appeals from any of the foregoing.

2.COLLATERAL. Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in all right, title and interest of Debtor in the following property and interests in property, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired by Debtor, regardless of where it is located (collectively, the "Collateral"):

(a) All Accounts, all Inventory, all Equipment, all General Intangibles and all Investment Property.

(b)  All instruments, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, documents, securities, moneys, cash, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, promissory notes, warrants, dividends, distributions, contracts, agreements, contract rights or other property, owned by Debtor or in which Debtor has an interest, including but not limited to, those which now or hereafter are in the possession or control of Secured Party or in transit by mail or carrier to or in the possession of any third party acting on behalf of Secured Party, without regard to whether Secured Party received the same in pledge, for safekeeping, as agent for collection or transmission or otherwise or whether Secured Party had conditionally released the same, and the proceeds thereof, all rights to payment from, and all claims against Secured Party, and any deposit accounts of Debtor with Secured Party, including all demand, time, savings, passbook or other accounts and all deposits therein.

(c) All now owned and hereafter acquired inventory, equipment, fixtures, goods, accounts, chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, supporting obligations, software,

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

commercial tort claims, minerals, standing timber and growing crops and all rents, issues, profits, products and proceeds thereof, wherever any of the foregoing is located.

(d) All proceeds and products of any of the foregoing and all additions and accessions thereto, replacements thereof, supporting obligations therefor, software related thereto, guaranties thereof, insurance or condemnation proceeds thereof, documents related thereto, all sales of accounts constituting a right to payment therefrom, all tort or other claims against third parties arising out of damage thereto or destruction thereof, all property received wholly or partly in trade or exchange therefor, all fixtures attached or appurtenant thereto, all leases thereof, and all rents, revenues, issues, profits and proceeds arising from the sale, lease, license, encumbrance, collection, or any other temporary or permanent disposition thereof, or any other interest therein.

3.DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement or, if not defined in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, as applicable.  Uncapitalized terms shall have the meanings attributed thereto in the applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code adopted under the laws of the State of Flolrida or, where appropriate, the jurisdiction in which the Collateral is located, as such definitions may be enlarged or expanded from time to time by legislative amendment thereto or judicial decision (the "Uniform Commercial Code"). As used herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)"Accounts" means all accounts, accounts receivable, health-care insurance receivables, credit card receivables, contract rights, instruments, documents, chattel paper, tax refunds from federal, state or local governments and all obligations in any form including without limitation those arising out of the sale or lease of goods or the rendition of services by Debtor; all guaranties, letters of credit and other security and support obligations for any of the above; all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Debtor; all books and records (including computer programs, tapes and data processing software) evidencing an interest in or relating to the above; all winnings in a lottery or other game of chance operated by a governmental unit or person licensed to operate such game by a governmental unit and all rights to payment therefrom; and all "Accounts" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(b)"Equipment" means all goods (excluding Inventory or consumer goods), machinery, machine tools, equipment, fixtures, office equipment, furniture, furnishings, motors, motor vehicles, tools, dies, parts and jigs (including, without limitation, each of the items of equipment set forth on any schedule which is either now or in the future attached to Secured Party's copy of this Agreement), and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements thereto, all supplies used or useful in connection therewith, and all "Equipment" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(c)"General Intangibles" means all general intangibles, chooses in action, causes of action, obligations or indebtedness owed to Debtor from any source whatsoever, payment intangibles, software and all other intangible personal property of every kind and nature (other than Accounts) including without limitation patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights and applications for any of the above, and goodwill, trade secrets, licenses, franchises, rights under agreements, tax refund claims, and all books and records including all computer programs, disks, tapes, printouts, customer lists, credit files and other business and financial records, the equipment containing any such information, and all "General Intangibles" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(d)"Inventory" means goods, supplies, wares, merchandises and other tangible personal property, including raw materials, work in process, supplies and components, and finished

2

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

goods, whether held for sale or lease, or furnished or to be furnished under any contract for service, or used or consumed in business, and also including products of and accessions to inventory, packing and shipping materials, all documents of title, whether negotiable or non-negotiable, representing any of the foregoing, and all "Inventory" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(e)"Investment Property" means a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlement, securities account, commodity contract or commodity account and all "Investment Property" as same is now or hereafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

4.WARRANTIES AS TO DEBTOR. Debtor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Party as follows:

(a) Debtor is a corporation and is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Debtor further warrants that Debtor’s exact legal name is set forth in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

5.WARRANTIES AS TO THE COLLATERAL. Debtor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Party that:

(a) Except for Permitted Liens, Debtor is, and as to any property which at any time forms a part of the Collateral, shall be, the sole owner of, with good and marketable title in, each and every item of the Collateral, or otherwise shall have the full right and power to grant a security interest in the Collateral, free from any Lien whatsoever (other than Permitted Liens);

(b) Each item of Collateral is, and shall be, valid, and all information furnished to Secured Party with regard thereto is, and shall be, accurate and correct in all respects when furnished;

(c) The provisions of this Agreement are sufficient to create in favor of Secured Party a valid and continuing Lien on, and security interest in, the types of Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of UCC Financing Statements, and when such UCC Financing Statements are filed in the appropriate filing offices, and the requisite filing fees are paid, such filings shall be sufficient to perfect such security interests;

(d) If any of the Collateral is or will be attached to real estate in such a manner as to become a fixture under applicable state law, that said real estate is not encumbered in any way, or if said real estate is encumbered, Debtor will secure from the lien holder or the party in whose favor it is or will become so encumbered a written acknowledgment and subordination to the security interest hereby granted in such form as is acceptable to Secured Party; and

(e) The financial statements of Debtor for the most recent ended fiscal period heretofore submitted to the Secured Party are true and correct and there are no material adverse changes in the conditions, financial or otherwise, of Debtor since the date of said financial statements.

6.DEBTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Debtor covenants with, and warrants to, Secured Party that Debtor shall:

(a)Upon Secured Party’s request, furnish to Secured Party in writing a current list of all Collateral for the purpose of identifying the Collateral and, further, execute and deliver such supplemental instruments, documents, agreements and chattel paper, in the form of assignments or

3

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

otherwise, as Secured Party shall require for the purpose of confirming and perfecting, and continuing the perfection of, Secured Party's security interest in any or all of such Collateral, or as is necessary to provide Secured Party with control over the Collateral or any portion thereof;

(b) At Debtor’s expense and upon request of Secured Party, furnish copies of invoices issued by Debtor in connection with the Collateral, furnish certificates of insurance evidencing insurance on the Collateral, furnish proof of payment of taxes and assessments on the Collateral, and make available to Secured Party any and all of Debtor's books, records, written memoranda, correspondence, purchase orders, invoices and other instruments or writings that in any way evidence or relate to the Collateral;

(c) Keep the Collateral insured at all times against risks of loss or damage by fire (including so-called extended coverage), theft and such other casualties including collision in the case of any motor vehicle, all in such amounts, under such forms of policies, upon such terms, for such periods and written by such companies or underwriters as is satisfactory to Secured Party. In all cases losses shall be payable to Secured Party and any surplusage shall be paid to Debtor. All policies of insurance shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to Secured Party. Should Debtor at any time fail to purchase or maintain insurance, pay taxes, or pay for any expense, incident or such insurance, Secured Party may pay such taxes or order and pay for such necessary items of preservation, maintenance or protection, and Debtor agrees to reimburse Secured Party for all expenses incurred under this paragraph;

(d) Pay all taxes or assessments imposed on or with respect to the Collateral;

(e) Keep all of the Collateral in good condition and repair, protecting it from weather and other contingencies which might adversely affect it as secured hereunder;

(f) Notify Secured Party promptly in writing of any information which Debtor has or may receive which might in any way adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the rights of Secured Party with respect thereto;

(g) Notify Secured Party promptly in writing of any change in the Debtor's exact legal name or any change in the location of the Collateral or of any place of business or mailing addresses or the establishment of any new place of business or mailing address;

(h) Pay all costs of filing any financing, continuation or termination statements with respect to the security interest created hereby;

(i) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, pay all expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees of Secured Party; and Debtor agrees that said expenses and fees shall be secured under this Agreement;

(j) Maintain possession of all Collateral at the location(s) disclosed to Secured Party and not remove the Collateral from that location; and

(k) Take any other and further action necessary or desirable as requested by Secured Party to grant Secured Party control over the Collateral, as "control" is defined in the applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation (i) executing and/or authenticating any assignments or third party agreements; (ii) delivering, or causing the delivery of, any of the Collateral to the possession of Secured Party; or (iii) obtaining written acknowledgements of the lien of Secured Party and agreements of subordination to such lien from third parties in possession of the Collateral in a form

4

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

acceptable to Secured Party. Debtor consents to and hereby authorizes any third party in an authenticated record or agreement between Debtor, Secured Party, and the third party, including but not limited to depository institutions, securities intermediaries, and issuers of letters of credit or other support obligations, to accept direction from Secured Party regarding the maintenance and disposition of the Collateral and the products and proceeds thereof, and to enter into agreements with Secured Party regarding same, without further consent of Debtor.

7.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. Debtor hereby agrees that Secured Party shall have the absolute right to take any one or all of the following actions from time to time until all of the Obligations are paid in full and the Credit Agreement is terminated:

(a) After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may serve written notice on Debtor instructing Debtor to deliver to Secured Party all subsequent payments on accounts receivable which Debtor shall do until notified otherwise;

(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may notify the account debtor(s) of its security interest and instruct such account debtor(s) to make further payments on such accounts to Secured Party instead of to Debtor;

(c) After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may serve written notice upon Debtor that all subsequent billings or statements of account rendered to any account debtor shall bear a notation directing the account debtor(s) to make payment directly to Secured Party. Any payment received by Secured Party pursuant to this paragraph shall be retained in a separate non-interest bearing account as security for the payment and performance of all Obligations of Debtor; and

(d)Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Secured Party may also, at any time and from time to time in good faith, verify, in its own name or in the name of others, the existence, amount and terms of any sums owed by such account debtors, customers or other obligors to Debtor and the nature of any such account debtor’s, customer’s or other obligor’s relationship with Debtor.

8.POWER OF ATTORNEY. Debtor hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Secured Party its true and lawful attorney in fact to act, with full power of substitution (which shall be deemed a power coupled with an interest), with respect to the Collateral in any transaction, legal proceeding, or other matter in which Secured Party is acting pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to executing, authenticating and/or filing on its behalf: (i) UCC Financing Statements and amendments thereto reflecting the lien of Secured Party upon the Collateral and any other documents necessary or desirable to perfect or otherwise continue the security interest granted herein; and (ii) any third party agreements or assignments to grant Secured Party control over the Collateral, including but not limited to third party agreements between Debtor, Secured Party, and depository institutions, securities intermediaries, and issuers of letters of credit or other support obligations, which third party agreements direct the third party to accept direction from Secured Party regarding the maintenance and disposition of the Collateral and the products and proceeds thereof.

9.EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any “Event of Default” as defined in the Credit Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default for all purposes of this Agreement.  

10.REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at Secured Party's option, Secured Party may elect to exercise any one or more of the following remedies, all

5

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, as the same are hereby expressly waived by Debtor, unless otherwise required by applicable law:

(a)declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, whereupon such Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, and terminate the Credit Agreement and all obligations of Secured Party under the Credit Agreement; provided that the Obligations shall be accelerated automatically and immediately if an Event of Default occurs under Section 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement;

(b)resort to the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, including, but not limited to, the right of a secured party to (i) enter any premises of Debtor, with or without legal process and take possession of the Collateral and remove it and any records pertaining thereto and/or remain on such premises and use it for the purpose of collecting, preparing and disposing of the Collateral; (ii) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain and repair the Collateral; and (iii) sell the Collateral at public or private sale. Debtor will be credited with the net proceeds of any such sale only when they are actually received by Secured Party, and any requirement of reasonable notice of any disposition of the Collateral will be satisfied without notice to Debtor if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market or otherwise if such notice is sent to Debtor 10 days prior to such disposition. Debtor will, upon request, assemble the Collateral and any records pertaining thereto and make them available at a place designated by Secured Party. Secured Party may use, in connection with any assembly or disposition of the Collateral, any trademark, tradename, tradestyle, copyright, patent right, trade secret or technical process used or utilized by Debtor; and

(c)exercise any and all rights and remedies provided by applicable law and the Loan Documents.

Furthermore, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Debtor authorizes Secured Party at any time, without notice to Debtor, to transfer or cause to be transferred into Secured Party's name, or the name of its nominee or nominees, any or all of the Collateral. Secured Party is hereby given full power at any time, without notice to Debtor, to collect, sell, assign, transfer and deliver all of the Collateral or any part thereof, or any substitutes therefore, or any additions thereto, through any stock exchange or broker's board or broker, or at private or public sale, without either demand on or notice to the Debtor, or any advertisement, the same being hereby expressly waived, at which sale Secured Party is authorized to purchase the Collateral, or any part thereof, free from any right of redemption on the part of Debtor which is hereby expressly waived and released. In case of sale for any cause, after deducting all costs and expenses of every kind, Secured Party may apply the residue of the proceeds of such sale as it shall deem proper toward the payment of any one or more or all of the Obligations to Secured Party, whether due or not due, returning the remainder, if any, to Debtor, so long as the Collateral is not pledged to secure the indebtedness of Debtor or any other party. Secured Party is hereby irrevocably appointed and constituted attorney in fact for Debtor, with full power of substitution, to collect all dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and to exercise all voting rights connected with or arising out of the Collateral.

No remedy set forth herein is exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each is cumulative and in addition to every other remedy available under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or as may be now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, and each may be exercised together, separately and in any order.  Debtor hereby expressly waives any requirement of marshaling of assets that may be secured by any of the Loan Documents. No failure on the part of Secured Party to enforce any of the rights hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such rights or of any Event of Default and no waiver of any Event of Default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent Event of Default.  

6

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

11.ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

(a) No delay on Secured Party's part in exercising any power of sale, lien, option or other right with respect to the Collateral, and no notice or demand which may be given to or made upon Debtor by Secured Party with respect to any power of sale, lien, option or other right with respect to the Collateral, shall constitute a waiver thereof, or limit or impair Secured Party's right to take any action or to exercise any power of sale, lien option, or any other right with respect to the Collateral without notice or demand, or prejudice Secured Party's rights as against Debtor in any respect.

(b)No action taken by Secured Party with respect to the Collateral shall in any way impair or limit Secured Party's right to exercise any or all rights or remedies Secured Party may otherwise have against Debtor or any other Loan Party with respect to any Obligations. This Agreement shall not, in any manner, be construed as a compromise of any Obligations. The pledge of, and security interest in, the Collateral by the Debtor to Secured Party are absolute, unconditional and continuing and will remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been fully paid and satisfied.

(c)Debtor acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to the security interests granted herein, Secured Party has a banker's lien and common law right of set-off in and to Debtor's deposits, accounts and credits held by Secured Party and Secured Party may apply or set-off such deposits or other sums against the Obligations upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as set forth in this Agreement.

(d)Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file a copy of this Agreement as a Financing Statement with appropriate county and state government authorities necessary to perfect Secured Party's security interest in the Collateral as set forth herein. Debtor hereby further authorizes Secured Party to file UCC Financing Statements on behalf of Debtor and Secured Party with respect to the Collateral.

12.MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents (as applicable), is the complete agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes all previous understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification is sought. As the context herein requires, the singular shall include the plural and one gender shall include one or both other genders. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

(b)This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party’s successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of Debtor. This Agreement is not assignable by Debtor. This Agreement is assignable by Secured Party, and any assignment hereof or any transfer or assignment of the Loan Documents or portions thereof by Secured Party shall operate to vest in any such assignee all rights and powers herein conferred upon and granted to Secured Party.

(c)If from any cause or circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provisions of this Agreement at the time performance of such provision shall be due involves transcending the limit of validity presently prescribed by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, with regard to

7

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

obligations of like character and amount, then ipso facto the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this Agreement.

(d)Secured Party shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes any payment or Secured Party enforces its Liens or Secured Party exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such enforcement or set-off is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, or required to be repaid by anyone, then to the extent of such recovery, the Obligations or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefore, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or set-off had not occurred.

(e) THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO OR ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.  DEBTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF FLORIDA, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO SECURED PARTY’S ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  DEBTOR EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS.  DEBTOR HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON DEBTOR BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, ADDRESSED TO DEBTOR AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THE APPLICABLE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE 10 DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED.

(f)TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.  DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY OF REVIEWING THIS JURY WAIVER WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS.

 

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

8

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

DEBTOR:

 

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:/s/ William Drafts      

       William Drafts, President and CEO

 

By:/s/ Linda Biles      

        Linda Biles, Vice President

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

 

 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By:/s/ Frank Cover      

       Frank Cover Jr., Senior Vice President

 

 

9

DEBTOR:  M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC.

O3713776.v1

 

Security Agreement

This Security Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of June 15, 2022 by PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Florida corporation (the "Debtor"), in favor of FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the "Secured Party"). Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Debtor (together with M‑TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, collectively, the “Borrower”) is indebted to Secured Party pursuant to the Credit Agreement executed in connection herewith by and between Borrower and Secured Party (as amended, restated, modified, supplemented or otherwise replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) and the other Loan Documents.

WHEREAS, Secured Party requires that Debtor execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce Secured Party to enter into the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

1.OBLIGATIONS. This assignment of collateral and grant of security interest shall secure all of the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.  As used in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, attorneys’ fees shall include paralegals’ fees, and shall include, without limitation, any and all such attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with litigation, mediation, arbitration, other alternative dispute processes, administrative proceedings and bankruptcy proceedings, and any and all appeals from any of the foregoing.

2.COLLATERAL. Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in all right, title and interest of Debtor in the following property and interests in property, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired by Debtor, regardless of where it is located (collectively, the "Collateral"):

(a) All Accounts, all Inventory, all Equipment, all General Intangibles and all Investment Property.

(b)  All instruments, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, documents, securities, moneys, cash, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, promissory notes, warrants, dividends, distributions, contracts, agreements, contract rights or other property, owned by Debtor or in which Debtor has an interest, including but not limited to, those which now or hereafter are in the possession or control of Secured Party or in transit by mail or carrier to or in the possession of any third party acting on behalf of Secured Party, without regard to whether Secured Party received the same in pledge, for safekeeping, as agent for collection or transmission or otherwise or whether Secured Party had conditionally released the same, and the proceeds thereof, all rights to payment from, and all claims against Secured Party, and any deposit accounts of Debtor with Secured Party, including all demand, time, savings, passbook or other accounts and all deposits therein.

(c) All now owned and hereafter acquired inventory, equipment, fixtures, goods, accounts, chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, supporting obligations, software,

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

commercial tort claims, minerals, standing timber and growing crops and all rents, issues, profits, products and proceeds thereof, wherever any of the foregoing is located.

(d) All proceeds and products of any of the foregoing and all additions and accessions thereto, replacements thereof, supporting obligations therefor, software related thereto, guaranties thereof, insurance or condemnation proceeds thereof, documents related thereto, all sales of accounts constituting a right to payment therefrom, all tort or other claims against third parties arising out of damage thereto or destruction thereof, all property received wholly or partly in trade or exchange therefor, all fixtures attached or appurtenant thereto, all leases thereof, and all rents, revenues, issues, profits and proceeds arising from the sale, lease, license, encumbrance, collection, or any other temporary or permanent disposition thereof, or any other interest therein.

3.DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement or, if not defined in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, as applicable.  Uncapitalized terms shall have the meanings attributed thereto in the applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code adopted under the laws of the State of Florida or, where appropriate, the jurisdiction in which the Collateral is located, as such definitions may be enlarged or expanded from time to time by legislative amendment thereto or judicial decision (the "Uniform Commercial Code"). As used herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)"Accounts" means all accounts, accounts receivable, health-care insurance receivables, credit card receivables, contract rights, instruments, documents, chattel paper, tax refunds from federal, state or local governments and all obligations in any form including without limitation those arising out of the sale or lease of goods or the rendition of services by Debtor; all guaranties, letters of credit and other security and support obligations for any of the above; all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Debtor; all books and records (including computer programs, tapes and data processing software) evidencing an interest in or relating to the above; all winnings in a lottery or other game of chance operated by a governmental unit or person licensed to operate such game by a governmental unit and all rights to payment therefrom; and all "Accounts" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(b)"Equipment" means all goods (excluding Inventory or consumer goods), machinery, machine tools, equipment, fixtures, office equipment, furniture, furnishings, motors, motor vehicles, tools, dies, parts and jigs (including, without limitation, each of the items of equipment set forth on any schedule which is either now or in the future attached to Secured Party's copy of this Agreement), and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements thereto, all supplies used or useful in connection therewith, and all "Equipment" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(c)"General Intangibles" means all general intangibles, chooses in action, causes of action, obligations or indebtedness owed to Debtor from any source whatsoever, payment intangibles, software and all other intangible personal property of every kind and nature (other than Accounts) including without limitation patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights and applications for any of the above, and goodwill, trade secrets, licenses, franchises, rights under agreements, tax refund claims, and all books and records including all computer programs, disks, tapes, printouts, customer lists, credit files and other business and financial records, the equipment containing any such information, and all "General Intangibles" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(d)"Inventory" means goods, supplies, wares, merchandises and other tangible personal property, including raw materials, work in process, supplies and components, and finished

2

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

goods, whether held for sale or lease, or furnished or to be furnished under any contract for service, or used or consumed in business, and also including products of and accessions to inventory, packing and shipping materials, all documents of title, whether negotiable or non-negotiable, representing any of the foregoing, and all "Inventory" as same is now or hereinafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

(e)"Investment Property" means a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlement, securities account, commodity contract or commodity account and all "Investment Property" as same is now or hereafter defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

4.WARRANTIES AS TO DEBTOR. Debtor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Party as follows:

(a) Debtor is a corporation and is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida.

(b) Debtor further warrants that Debtor’s exact legal name is set forth in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

5.WARRANTIES AS TO THE COLLATERAL. Debtor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Party that:

(a) Except for Permitted Liens, Debtor is, and as to any property which at any time forms a part of the Collateral, shall be, the sole owner of, with good and marketable title in, each and every item of the Collateral, or otherwise shall have the full right and power to grant a security interest in the Collateral, free from any Lien whatsoever (other than Permitted Liens);

(b) Each item of Collateral is, and shall be, valid, and all information furnished to Secured Party with regard thereto is, and shall be, accurate and correct in all respects when furnished;

(c) The provisions of this Agreement are sufficient to create in favor of Secured Party a valid and continuing Lien on, and security interest in, the types of Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of UCC Financing Statements, and when such UCC Financing Statements are filed in the appropriate filing offices, and the requisite filing fees are paid, such filings shall be sufficient to perfect such security interests;

(d) If any of the Collateral is or will be attached to real estate in such a manner as to become a fixture under applicable state law, that said real estate is not encumbered in any way, or if said real estate is encumbered, Debtor will secure from the lien holder or the party in whose favor it is or will become so encumbered a written acknowledgment and subordination to the security interest hereby granted in such form as is acceptable to Secured Party; and

(e) The financial statements of Debtor for the most recent ended fiscal period heretofore submitted to the Secured Party are true and correct and there are no material adverse changes in the conditions, financial or otherwise, of Debtor since the date of said financial statements.

6.DEBTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Debtor covenants with, and warrants to, Secured Party that Debtor shall:

(a)Upon Secured Party’s request, furnish to Secured Party in writing a current list of all Collateral for the purpose of identifying the Collateral and, further, execute and deliver such supplemental instruments, documents, agreements and chattel paper, in the form of assignments or

3

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

otherwise, as Secured Party shall require for the purpose of confirming and perfecting, and continuing the perfection of, Secured Party's security interest in any or all of such Collateral, or as is necessary to provide Secured Party with control over the Collateral or any portion thereof;

(b) At Debtor’s expense and upon request of Secured Party, furnish copies of invoices issued by Debtor in connection with the Collateral, furnish certificates of insurance evidencing insurance on the Collateral, furnish proof of payment of taxes and assessments on the Collateral, and make available to Secured Party any and all of Debtor's books, records, written memoranda, correspondence, purchase orders, invoices and other instruments or writings that in any way evidence or relate to the Collateral;

(c) Keep the Collateral insured at all times against risks of loss or damage by fire (including so-called extended coverage), theft and such other casualties including collision in the case of any motor vehicle, all in such amounts, under such forms of policies, upon such terms, for such periods and written by such companies or underwriters as is satisfactory to Secured Party. In all cases losses shall be payable to Secured Party and any surplusage shall be paid to Debtor. All policies of insurance shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to Secured Party. Should Debtor at any time fail to purchase or maintain insurance, pay taxes, or pay for any expense, incident or such insurance, Secured Party may pay such taxes or order and pay for such necessary items of preservation, maintenance or protection, and Debtor agrees to reimburse Secured Party for all expenses incurred under this paragraph;

(d) Pay all taxes or assessments imposed on or with respect to the Collateral;

(e) Keep all of the Collateral in good condition and repair, protecting it from weather and other contingencies which might adversely affect it as secured hereunder;

(f) Notify Secured Party promptly in writing of any information which Debtor has or may receive which might in any way adversely affect the value of the Collateral or the rights of Secured Party with respect thereto;

(g) Notify Secured Party promptly in writing of any change in the Debtor's exact legal name or any change in the location of the Collateral or of any place of business or mailing addresses or the establishment of any new place of business or mailing address;

(h) Pay all costs of filing any financing, continuation or termination statements with respect to the security interest created hereby;

(i) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, pay all expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees of Secured Party; and Debtor agrees that said expenses and fees shall be secured under this Agreement;

(j) Maintain possession of all Collateral at the location(s) disclosed to Secured Party and not remove the Collateral from that location; and

(k) Take any other and further action necessary or desirable as requested by Secured Party to grant Secured Party control over the Collateral, as "control" is defined in the applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation (i) executing and/or authenticating any assignments or third party agreements; (ii) delivering, or causing the delivery of, any of the Collateral to the possession of Secured Party; or (iii) obtaining written acknowledgements of the lien of Secured Party and agreements of subordination to such lien from third parties in possession of the Collateral in a form

4

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

acceptable to Secured Party. Debtor consents to and hereby authorizes any third party in an authenticated record or agreement between Debtor, Secured Party, and the third party, including but not limited to depository institutions, securities intermediaries, and issuers of letters of credit or other support obligations, to accept direction from Secured Party regarding the maintenance and disposition of the Collateral and the products and proceeds thereof, and to enter into agreements with Secured Party regarding same, without further consent of Debtor.

7.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. Debtor hereby agrees that Secured Party shall have the absolute right to take any one or all of the following actions from time to time until all of the Obligations are paid in full and the Credit Agreement is terminated:

(a) After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may serve written notice on Debtor instructing Debtor to deliver to Secured Party all subsequent payments on accounts receivable which Debtor shall do until notified otherwise;

(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may notify the account debtor(s) of its security interest and instruct such account debtor(s) to make further payments on such accounts to Secured Party instead of to Debtor;

(c) After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may serve written notice upon Debtor that all subsequent billings or statements of account rendered to any account debtor shall bear a notation directing the account debtor(s) to make payment directly to Secured Party. Any payment received by Secured Party pursuant to this paragraph shall be retained in a separate non-interest bearing account as security for the payment and performance of all Obligations of Debtor; and

(d)Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Secured Party may also, at any time and from time to time in good faith, verify, in its own name or in the name of others, the existence, amount and terms of any sums owed by such account debtors, customers or other obligors to Debtor and the nature of any such account debtor’s, customer’s or other obligor’s relationship with Debtor.

8.POWER OF ATTORNEY. Debtor hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Secured Party its true and lawful attorney in fact to act, with full power of substitution (which shall be deemed a power coupled with an interest), with respect to the Collateral in any transaction, legal proceeding, or other matter in which Secured Party is acting pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to executing, authenticating and/or filing on its behalf: (i) UCC Financing Statements and amendments thereto reflecting the lien of Secured Party upon the Collateral and any other documents necessary or desirable to perfect or otherwise continue the security interest granted herein; and (ii) any third party agreements or assignments to grant Secured Party control over the Collateral, including but not limited to third party agreements between Debtor, Secured Party, and depository institutions, securities intermediaries, and issuers of letters of credit or other support obligations, which third party agreements direct the third party to accept direction from Secured Party regarding the maintenance and disposition of the Collateral and the products and proceeds thereof.

9.EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any “Event of Default” as defined in the Credit Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default for all purposes of this Agreement.  

10.REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at Secured Party's option, Secured Party may elect to exercise any one or more of the following remedies, all

5

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, as the same are hereby expressly waived by Debtor, unless otherwise required by applicable law:

(a)declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, whereupon such Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, and terminate the Credit Agreement and all obligations of Secured Party under the Credit Agreement; provided that the Obligations shall be accelerated automatically and immediately if an Event of Default occurs under Section 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement;

(b)resort to the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, including, but not limited to, the right of a secured party to (i) enter any premises of Debtor, with or without legal process and take possession of the Collateral and remove it and any records pertaining thereto and/or remain on such premises and use it for the purpose of collecting, preparing and disposing of the Collateral; (ii) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain and repair the Collateral; and (iii) sell the Collateral at public or private sale. Debtor will be credited with the net proceeds of any such sale only when they are actually received by Secured Party, and any requirement of reasonable notice of any disposition of the Collateral will be satisfied without notice to Debtor if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market or otherwise if such notice is sent to Debtor 10 days prior to such disposition. Debtor will, upon request, assemble the Collateral and any records pertaining thereto and make them available at a place designated by Secured Party. Secured Party may use, in connection with any assembly or disposition of the Collateral, any trademark, tradename, tradestyle, copyright, patent right, trade secret or technical process used or utilized by Debtor; and

(c)exercise any and all rights and remedies provided by applicable law and the Loan Documents.

Furthermore, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Debtor authorizes Secured Party at any time, without notice to Debtor, to transfer or cause to be transferred into Secured Party's name, or the name of its nominee or nominees, any or all of the Collateral. Secured Party is hereby given full power at any time, without notice to Debtor, to collect, sell, assign, transfer and deliver all of the Collateral or any part thereof, or any substitutes therefore, or any additions thereto, through any stock exchange or broker's board or broker, or at private or public sale, without either demand on or notice to the Debtor, or any advertisement, the same being hereby expressly waived, at which sale Secured Party is authorized to purchase the Collateral, or any part thereof, free from any right of redemption on the part of Debtor which is hereby expressly waived and released. In case of sale for any cause, after deducting all costs and expenses of every kind, Secured Party may apply the residue of the proceeds of such sale as it shall deem proper toward the payment of any one or more or all of the Obligations to Secured Party, whether due or not due, returning the remainder, if any, to Debtor, so long as the Collateral is not pledged to secure the indebtedness of Debtor or any other party. Secured Party is hereby irrevocably appointed and constituted attorney in fact for Debtor, with full power of substitution, to collect all dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and to exercise all voting rights connected with or arising out of the Collateral.

No remedy set forth herein is exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each is cumulative and in addition to every other remedy available under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or as may be now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute, and each may be exercised together, separately and in any order.  Debtor hereby expressly waives any requirement of marshaling of assets that may be secured by any of the Loan Documents. No failure on the part of Secured Party to enforce any of the rights hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such rights or of any Event of Default and no waiver of any Event of Default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent Event of Default.  

6

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

11.ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

(a) No delay on Secured Party's part in exercising any power of sale, lien, option or other right with respect to the Collateral, and no notice or demand which may be given to or made upon Debtor by Secured Party with respect to any power of sale, lien, option or other right with respect to the Collateral, shall constitute a waiver thereof, or limit or impair Secured Party's right to take any action or to exercise any power of sale, lien option, or any other right with respect to the Collateral without notice or demand, or prejudice Secured Party's rights as against Debtor in any respect.

(b)No action taken by Secured Party with respect to the Collateral shall in any way impair or limit Secured Party's right to exercise any or all rights or remedies Secured Party may otherwise have against Debtor or any other Loan Party with respect to any Obligations. This Agreement shall not, in any manner, be construed as a compromise of any Obligations. The pledge of, and security interest in, the Collateral by the Debtor to Secured Party are absolute, unconditional and continuing and will remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been fully paid and satisfied.

(c)Debtor acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to the security interests granted herein, Secured Party has a banker's lien and common law right of set-off in and to Debtor's deposits, accounts and credits held by Secured Party and Secured Party may apply or set-off such deposits or other sums against the Obligations upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as set forth in this Agreement.

(d)Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file a copy of this Agreement as a Financing Statement with appropriate county and state government authorities necessary to perfect Secured Party's security interest in the Collateral as set forth herein. Debtor hereby further authorizes Secured Party to file UCC Financing Statements on behalf of Debtor and Secured Party with respect to the Collateral.

12.MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents (as applicable), is the complete agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes all previous understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification is sought. As the context herein requires, the singular shall include the plural and one gender shall include one or both other genders. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

(b)This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party’s successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of Debtor. This Agreement is not assignable by Debtor. This Agreement is assignable by Secured Party, and any assignment hereof or any transfer or assignment of the Loan Documents or portions thereof by Secured Party shall operate to vest in any such assignee all rights and powers herein conferred upon and granted to Secured Party.

(c)If from any cause or circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provisions of this Agreement at the time performance of such provision shall be due involves transcending the limit of validity presently prescribed by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, with regard to

7

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

obligations of like character and amount, then ipso facto the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this Agreement.

(d)Secured Party shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes any payment or Secured Party enforces its Liens or Secured Party exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such enforcement or set-off is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, or required to be repaid by anyone, then to the extent of such recovery, the Obligations or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefore, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or set-off had not occurred.

(e) THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO OR ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.  DEBTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF FLORIDA, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO SECURED PARTY’S ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  DEBTOR EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS.  DEBTOR HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON DEBTOR BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, ADDRESSED TO DEBTOR AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THE APPLICABLE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE 10 DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED.

(f)TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.  DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY OF REVIEWING THIS JURY WAIVER WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS.

 

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

8

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

DEBTOR:

 

PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.,

a Florida corporation

 

By:/s/ William Drafts      

       William Drafts, President and CEO

 

By:/s/ Linda Biles      

        Linda Biles, Vice President

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

 

 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

By:/s/ Frank Cover      

       Frank Cover Jr., Senior Vice President

 

 

9

DEBTOR:  PIEZO TECHNOLOGY, INC.

O3713815.v1

Exhibit 21.1

 

M-tron Industries, Inc. Subsidiaries

Subsidiary Name

 

State or Country of Organization

 

M-tron Industries, Inc. Investment

 

Piezo Technology, Inc.

 

Florida

 

 

100.0

%

Piezo Technology India Private Ltd.

 

India

 

 

99.9

%

M-tron Asia, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

100.0

%

M-tron Industries, Ltd.

 

Hong Kong

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

APPENDIX A

PRELIMINARY INFORMATION STATEMENT FILED BY M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC. WITH THE
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 18, 2022; TO BE AMENDED

PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

INFORMATION STATEMENT

M-tron Industries, Inc.

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

This information statement is being furnished by The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with its spin-off (the “spin-off”) of M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Mtron,” “we,” “us” and “our”).  Mtron is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company but, as described below, will become a separate, publicly-traded company as a result of the spin-off.  Mtron is an operating subsidiary engaged in the manufacture of electronic components and its business includes the operations of Piezo Technology, Inc., M-tron Asia, LLC and other related subsidiaries.  It has design and manufacturing facilities in Orlando, Florida and Yankton, South Dakota.

The Company will continue as a separate, publicly-traded company following the spin-off, with its business consisting of the operation of its subsidiary, Precise Time and Frequency, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and manufacturer of time and frequency instruments.  It has a design and manufacturing facility in Wakefield, Massachusetts.

To effect the spin-off, the Company will distribute shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Mtron (“Mtron Common Stock”) held by it on a pro rata basis to the Company’s stockholders (the “distribution”).  As a stockholder of the Company, you will receive one share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, held of record by you as of 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on [•][•], 2022, the record date for the distribution (such date and time, the “record date”).  As a result, the stockholders of the Company prior to the spin-off will become the stockholders of Mtron after the spin-off.

We expect that the distribution will occur on [•] [•], 2022 (the “distribution date”).  Immediately after the distribution, Mtron will be a separate, publicly-traded company.  The spin-off will not impact your holdings of the Company’s common stock, and, accordingly, your proportionate interest in the Company will not change as a result of the spin-off.  The distribution is intended to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  See “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

The Company held a special meeting of its stockholders on June 21, 2022 and received approval of the proposed spin-off by the required vote of the stockholders.  You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing shares of the Company’s common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Mtron Common Stock.

Prior to the spin-off, the Company will own all of the outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Accordingly, there is no current trading market for Mtron Common Stock.  We intend to list Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American, under the symbol “MPTI”.  We expect that the Mtron Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE American on or promptly after the distribution date. However, there is no assurance that an active public market for Mtron Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the spin-off.  If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for Mtron’s stockholders to sell their shares of Mtron Common Stock at a price that is attractive to them, or at all.  It is expected that a limited trading in the over-the-counter market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, for shares of Mtron Common Stock will begin one trading day before the record date and that “regular way” trading of the Mtron Common Stock will begin the first day of trading after the distribution date.

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE American.  It is anticipated that, beginning on the record date and continuing until the time of the distribution, there will be two markets in shares of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE American: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market.  Shares of the Company’s common Stock that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to the shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off in respect thereof.  Shares of the Company’s common stock that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Therefore, if a stockholder sells shares of the Company’s common stock in the “regular-way” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will also be selling the right to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock that such stockholder would have otherwise received in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.  If a stockholder owns shares of the Company’s common stock on the record date and sells those shares on the “ex-distribution” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will continue to be entitled to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock which are distributed in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.

You are encouraged to consult with your broker, financial and/or tax advisors regarding the specific implications of selling your shares of the Company’s common stock prior to or on the distribution date.

Mtron is an “emerging growth company” as defined under applicable U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, has provided more limited disclosures in this information statement than an issuer that would not so qualify and also intends to elect to comply with the reduced public company reporting requirements for emerging growth companies in its future filings for so long as it is permitted to do so.  See “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

In reviewing this information statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this information statement is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This information statement does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities.

The date of this information statement is [•] [•], 2022.

This information statement was first mailed to the Company’s stockholders on or about [•] [•], 2022.

 

 


 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Summary

1

Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off

4

Summary of the Spin-Off

10

Risk Factors

13

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

25

The Spin-Off

27

Dividend Policy

34

Capitalization

35

Selected Historical Combined Financial Data

36

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

37

Business

43

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

47

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

52

Management

53

Executive Compensation

59

Director Compensation

64

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

65

Description of Capital Stock

66

Where You Can Find More Information

70

Index to Combined Financial Statements

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

 

 

 

 


 

 

Summary

The following is a summary of material information discussed in this information statement.  This summary may not contain all the details concerning the spin-off or other information that may be important to you.  To better understand the spin-off and Mtron’s business and financial position, you should carefully review this entire information statement.  Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this information statement, including the condensed combined financial statements and combined financial statements of Mtron, assumes the completion of all the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the spin-off.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to “Mtron”, “we”, “us” and “our” and “our company” refer to M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  References in this information statement to “the Company” refer to The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than, after the spin-off, Mtron and its consolidated subsidiaries), unless the context otherwise requires.

References in this information statement to the historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of Mtron are generally intended to refer to the historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of the businesses of Mtron as they have been conducted as part of the Company’s organization.

You should not assume that the information contained in this information statement is accurate as of any date other than the date set forth on the cover.  Changes to the information contained in this information statement may occur after that date, and we undertake no obligation to update the information, except as required by law.

This information statement describes our business, our relationship with the Company, and how this transaction affects the Company’s stockholders, and provides other information to assist you in evaluating the benefits and risks of the spin-off and holding or disposing of the shares of Mtron Common Stock received in connection with the spin-off.

The Company

The Company is The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  The Company was incorporated in 1928 under the laws of the State of Indiana and reincorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2007, and is a diversified holding company with subsidiaries engaged in the design, manufacturing and marketing of highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products used to control the frequency or timing of signals in electronic circuits and in the design of high performance frequency and time reference standards that form the basis for timing and synchronization in various applications.  The Company operates through its two principal subsidiaries, (1) M-tron Industries, Inc., which includes the operations of Piezo Technology, Inc., M-tron Asia, LLC and other subsidiaries (collectively, referred to herein as “Mtron”), which represents its electronic components segment, and (2) Precise Time and Frequency, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which represents its electronics instruments segment.

The Company is a publicly-traded company.  Its common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the ticker symbol “LGL.” The Company will own all of the shares of Mtron Common Stock issued and outstanding prior to the distribution.  Immediately following the distribution, the Company will not own any shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Instead, the stockholders of the Company prior to the spin-off will become the stockholders of Mtron after the spin-off.

1

 

 


 

Mtron

Originally founded in 1965, Mtron designs, manufactures and markets highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products.

These component-level devices are used extensively in electronic systems for applications in defense, aerospace, earth-orbiting satellites, down-hole drilling, medical devices, instrumentation, industrial devices and global positioning systems as well as in infrastructure equipment for the telecommunications and network equipment industries.  As an engineering-centric company, Mtron provides close support to the customer throughout its products’ entire life cycle, including product design, prototyping, production and subsequent product upgrades.  This collaborative approach has resulted in the development of long-standing business relationships with its blue-chip customer base.

All of Mtron’s production facilities are ISO 9001:2008 certified, ITAR registered and Restriction of Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”) compliant.  In addition, its U.S. production facilities in Orlando, Florida and Yankton, South Dakota are AS9100 Rev D and MIL-STD-790 certified.

Mtron also has design and manufacturing facilities in Orlando, Florida and Yankton, South Dakota.

The Spin-Off

On August 12, 2021, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized its management to explore a potential spin-off of Mtron’s business into a newly created and separately traded public Company.  In connection with the contemplated spin-off, Mtron will enter into a number of agreements with the Company, including a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement, and a Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement. These agreements will provide the terms and conditions of the separation of the Company’s businesses between the Company and Mtron and will govern various ongoing arrangements between the Company and Mtron upon completion of the spin-off.

As described in further detail below, completion of the spin-off is subject to a number of conditions, including approval of the distribution and all related transactions by the Company’s Board of Directors (and such approval not having been withdrawn) and approval by the Company’s stockholders of the proposed spin-off, to permit the distribution in the manner contemplated herein.  Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to completion of the spin-off, we expect that the distribution will occur on [•] [•], 2022.  Immediately after the distribution, Mtron will be a separate, publicly-traded company and the Company will not own any shares of Mtron Common Stock.

We intend to list Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “MPTI”.  We expect that the Mtron Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE American on or promptly after the distribution date.

The distribution is intended to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  See “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

Risk Factors

You should carefully read the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors” for an explanation of the risks and uncertainties associated with the business and investments of Mtron, as well as the risks and uncertainties related to the spin-off and to ownership of Mtron Common Stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

Mtron qualifies as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”).  As such, it may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies, including reduced financial disclosure and reduced disclosure about its executive compensation arrangements.  In addition, as an emerging growth company, Mtron is exempt from the requirements to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments, and from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of its internal control over financial reporting.  Mtron is permitted to, and intends to, take advantage of these exemptions until it no longer qualifies for such exemptions.  It will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of:

     the last day of the fiscal year in which it has $1.07 billion or more in annual revenues;

     the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

     the date on which it has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three-year period; and

     the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” (which is the last day of the fiscal year during which the total market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more, calculated as of the end of the second quarter (June 30) of such fiscal year).

Mtron may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the exemptions available to it.  Mtron has taken advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations in this information statement.  Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards.  This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.  Mtron has decided at this time to take advantage of the extended transition periods  available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

2

 

 


 

Corporate Information

M-tron Industries, Inc. is a Delaware corporation.  Its principal executive offices are located at 2525 Shader Road, Orlando, Florida 32804.  Its telephone number is (407) 298-2000.  Its corporate website is www.mtronpti.com.  Information contained on, or connected to, Mtron’s website or the Company’s website does not and will not constitute part of this information statement or the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part.

 


3

 

 


 

 

 

Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off

The following provides a summary of certain of the terms of the spin-off.  For a more detailed description of the matters described below, see “The Spin-Off.”

Q: What is the spin-off?

 

A: The spin-off is the method by which Mtron will separate from the Company.  To complete the spin-off, the Company will distribute to its stockholders all of the shares of Mtron Common Stock.  We refer to this as the “distribution.” Following the spin-off, Mtron will be a separate company from the Company, and the Company will not retain any ownership interest in Mtron.  The separation of Mtron from the Company and the distribution of Mtron Common Stock are intended to provide you with equity investments in two separate companies, each able to focus on its own respective business and distinct business strategy and capital allocation policy.  The two separate companies will be (i) Mtron, which, as described in further detail below, is engaged in the manufacture of electronic components and its business includes the operations of Piezo Technology, Inc., M-tron Asia, LLC, and other subsidiaries of Mtron and (ii) the Company, which continues to own and operate its subsidiary, Precise Time and Frequency, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and manufacturer of time and frequency instruments.

Q: What is Mtron?

 

A: Mtron is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  Originally founded in 1965, Mtron designs, manufactures and markets highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products.  These component-level devices are used extensively in electronic systems for applications in defense, aerospace, earth-orbiting satellites, down-hole drilling, medical devices, instrumentation, industrial devices and global positioning systems as well as in infrastructure equipment for the telecommunications and network equipment industries.

Q: What will I receive in the spin-off?

A: As a stockholder of the Company, in connection with the spin-off, you will receive one share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock that you own as of the record date.  See “Description of Capital Stock”.

The spin-off will not impact your holdings of the Company’s common stock and, accordingly, your proportionate interest in the Company will not change as a result of the spin-off.

In addition, holders of unvested restricted stock awards of the Company’s common stock that are outstanding on the distribution date will retain such restricted stock awards and receive one restricted share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock subject to such restricted stock awards held on the record date.  The restricted shares of Mtron Common Stock will be subject to the same terms and conditions, including, without limitation, vesting conditions, as contained in the Company’s restricted stock award agreement relating to the shares of the Company’s common stock in respect of which the restricted shares of Mtron were received.  As of May 6, 2022, a total of 26,283 shares of the Company’s common stock are subject to outstanding restricted stock awards, all of which are held by the Company’s executive officers or by the Company on behalf of the executive officers until vesting.

4

 

 


 

Q: What will be the voting rights of the Mtron stock I receive in the spin-off?

 

A: The shares of Mtron Common Stock that you will receive in the spin-off will have the same voting rights as the respective shares of the Company’s common stock that you currently hold.  As a general matter, holders of Mtron Common Stock will vote as one class on the election of directors and most other matters submitted to a vote of Mtron’s stockholders.  In addition, the holders of Mtron Common Stock will each be entitled to a separate class vote under limited circumstances provided by Delaware law.  See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Q: What is the record date for the distribution?

A: The record date for the distribution will be 5:00 p.m.  Eastern Time on [•] [•], 2022, which date and time we refer to as the “record date.”

Q: When will the distribution occur?

A: We expect that shares of Mtron Common Stock will be distributed on or about [•] [•], 2022, which we refer to as the “distribution date.” It is expected that the distribution agent, acting on behalf of the Company, may require up to one week after the distribution date to fully distribute the shares of Mtron Common Stock to the Company’s stockholders.

Q: Is stockholder approval required for the spin-off?

A: Yes. Stockholder approval of the spin-off itself is required by Delaware law. It will involve a transfer of substantially all assets of the Company.

Q: What do stockholders need to do to participate in the distribution?

A: You do not need to take any action to receive your shares of Mtron Common Stock in the spin-off, but you are encouraged to read this entire information statement carefully.  You will not be required make any payment to the Company for the new shares or to surrender any shares of the Company’s common stock that you currently own in order to participate in the spin-off.  However, your receipt of shares of Mtron Common Stock in connection with the spin-off is intended to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Q: Will fractional shares be distributed in the spin-off?

A: Because the distribution ratio is one share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock, no fractional shares will result from, or be distributed in, the spin-off.

Q: What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution to the Companys stockholders?

A: The distribution is intended to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  We believe that the Company’s stockholders should not recognize gain or loss as a result of the distribution and no amount should be included in their income as a result of the distribution. The Company’s stockholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state and local or foreign tax consequences, as applicable, of the distribution.  See “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

Q: Why has the Company decided to spin-off Mtron?

A: The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that the separation of Mtron from its other business is in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders.  The Board believes that separating Mtron from the Company will, among other things:

     allow each company to pursue its own distinct business strategy and optimal capital allocation policy, independent of the other, which would better position each company to maximize value over the long-term;

     permit each company to tailor its strategic plans and pursue growth opportunities consistent with the key commercial markets served by each company, respectively;

     enable each company to more efficiently raise and allocate capital, including through debt or equity offerings, based on the fundamentals of their separate businesses;

 

5

 

 


 

 

     provide each company with greater flexibility to use stock as a currency for mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures;

     provide the Company’s current stockholders with equity investments in two separate, publicly traded companies, including that reflect risks and prospects of their underlying respective businesses; and

     enable investors to make investment decisions based on each company’s individual performance and potential, and enhance the likelihood that the market will value each company appropriately.

Q: Are there risks associated with the spin-off and ownership of Mtron Common Stock?

A: Yes.  There are a number of risks associated with the spin-off of Mtron and ownership of Mtron Common Stock.  We discuss these risks under “Risk Factors.”

Q: Are there conditions to completion of the spin-off?

A: Yes.  Completion of the spin-off is subject to the following conditions:

     The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have authorized and approved the spin-off (and such authorization and approval shall not have been withdrawn, as described below);

     The approval of the Company’s stockholders of the spin-off in the contemplated manner;

     Mtron’s registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, shall have been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceedings seeking a stop order, and this information statement shall have been sent to the Company’s stockholders as of the close of business on the record date, all necessary permits and authorizations under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act relating to the issuance and trading of shares of Mtron Common Stock shall have been obtained and be in effect, and such shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE American, subject to official notice of issuance; and

     No court or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Company or Mtron shall have issued or entered any order, and no applicable law shall have been enacted or promulgated, in each case, that is then in effect and has the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the spin-off.

We are not aware of any material regulatory requirements that must be complied with or any material regulatory or third party approvals that must be obtained, other than compliance with SEC rules and regulations, including the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of Mtron’s registration statement on Form 10, and the approval for listing of Mtron Common Stock the NYSE American, subject to official notice of issuance.

Q: Can the Companys Board of Directors decide to terminate the spin-off even if all of the conditions have been satisfied?

A: Yes.  Until the distribution has occurred, the Company’s Board of Directors has the right to terminate the spin-off, even if all of the other conditions have been satisfied, if the Company’s Board of Directors determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the spin-off is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders or that market conditions or other circumstances are such that the separation of Mtron and the Company is otherwise no longer advisable at that time.

6

 

 


 

Q: When will I be able to trade my shares of Mtron Common Stock? What will the market price be?

A: Prior to the spin-off, the Company will own all of the outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Accordingly, there is no current trading market for Mtron Common Stock.  We intend to list Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “MPTI”.  We expect that the Mtron Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE American on or promptly after the distribution date. However, there is no assurance that an active public market for Mtron Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the spin-off.  If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for Mtron’s stockholders to sell their shares of Mtron Common Stock at a price that is attractive to them, or at all.  It is expected that limited trading in the over-the-counter market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, for shares of Mtron Common Stock will begin one trading day before the record date and that “regular way” trading of the Mtron Common Stock will begin the first day of trading after the distribution date.

We cannot predict what the market price will be for Mtron Common Stock prior to, on or after the distribution date.  It is possible that some of the Company’s stockholders may sell the shares received in connection with the spin-off because, among other things, Mtron’s business or strategies do not fit their investment objectives or because Mtron Common Stock may not be included in certain indices.  The market price of Mtron Common Stock may fluctuate significantly, including during the period before the market has analyzed fully the business and financial characteristics of Mtron separate from the Company.

Q: Does Mtron expect to pay dividends after the spin-off?

A: No.  It is not anticipated that Mtron will pay cash dividends on its common stock following the spin-off.  Mtron currently intends to retain any earnings for use in the operation of its business.

Q: Will my shares of the Companys common stock continue to trade after the spin-off?

A: Subject to continued compliance with applicable listing standards and requirements, it is expected that, following the spin-off, the Company’s common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE American.

Q: If I sell my shares of the Companys common stock prior to the distribution, will I still be entitled to receive shares of Mtron in the distribution?

A: It is anticipated that, beginning on the record date and continuing until the time of the distribution, there will be two markets in shares of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE American: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market.  Shares of the Company’s common stock that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to the shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off in respect thereof.  Shares of the Company’s common stock that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Therefore, if a stockholder sells shares of the Company’s common stock in the “regular-way” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will also be selling the right to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock that such stockholder would have otherwise received in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.  If a stockholder owns shares of the Company’s common stock on the record date and sells those shares on the “ex-distribution” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will continue to be entitled to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock which are distributed in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.

You are encouraged to consult with your broker or financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your shares of the Company’s common stock prior to or on the distribution date.

7

 

 


 

Q: Will the spin-off affect the market price of the Companys common stock?

 

A: It is possible that the market price of the Company’s common stock will be affected by the spin-off because such stock will no longer reflect the benefits, risks or rewards associated with Mtron and its subsidiaries.  There is no assurance as to how the market will respond to the spin-off, including the agreements entered into in connection with the spin-off and the relationship between the Company and Mtron following the spin-off.  We cannot provide you with any assurance as to the price at which shares of the Company’s common stock or shares of Mtron Common Stock will trade following the spin-off.

Q: What will be the relationship between the Company and Mtron after the spin-off?

A: Immediately following the spin-off, Mtron will be a separate, publicly-traded company, and the Company will have no continuing stock ownership interest in Mtron.  In connection with the spin-off, Mtron will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with the Company which will provide the terms and conditions of the separation of the businesses and will govern various ongoing arrangements between the Company and Mtron after completion of the spin-off.

Following the spin-off, there will be limited overlap between executive management of the Company and Mtron. It is expected that following the Spin-off, the following executive officers of the Company will resign and be appointed to serve as executive officers of Mtron. Michael J. Ferrantino will serve as chief executive officer, James W. Tivy will serve as chief financial officer and Linda M. Biles will serve as vice-president, controller of Mtron. To replace these positions, Marc J. Gabelli will be appointed and serve as the Company’s chief executive officer, Ivan Arteaga will be its chief financial officer, and James W. Tivy will be its chief accounting officer.

It is currently anticipated that in connection with the Spin-off, two members of the Board of Directors of the Company, Bel Lazar and John S. Mega, will resign as directors and will be appointed to serve as directors of Mtron.  It is also anticipated that the Company’s chairman of the board, Marc J. Gabelli, will be appointed to serve as a director and as non-executive chairman of the board of Mtron, and that Michael J. Ferrantino will also be appointed to serve as a director of Mtron. As a result of the anticipated resignations, the Company’s Board of Directors will consist of Marc J. Gabelli, as chairman of the board, Timothy J. Foufas, Donald H. Hunter, Manjit Kalha, Ivan Arteaga, and Michael J. Ferrantino. See “Management” for additional information.

Q: How will the Companys indebtedness and cash be allocated, paid or transferred in connection with the spin-off?

A: Mtron will assume the indebtedness of or related to it and its subsidiaries in connection with the spin-off, which had no outstanding indebtedness of as of March 31, 2022.

As of March 31, 2022, the Company had approximately $21.7 million of cash and cash equivalents.  In connection with the spin-off, the Company will contribute to Mtron $1.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, other than $20.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities with a current value of approximately $22.8 million which will be retained by the Company for use in the operation of its business.

8

 

 


 

Q: What will Mario J. Gabellis and Marc J. Gabellis ownership and voting percentage of Mtron be immediately following the distribution?

Mario J. Gabelli and Marc J. Gabelli will have the same beneficial ownership and voting interest in Mtron immediately following the spin-off as they have with respect to the Company immediately prior to the spin-off, or 1,042,612 and 844,883 shares, respectively.  In the aggregate, these shares currently represent approximately 35.0% of the Company’s total outstanding common stock.  As a result, they will have the same voting power with respect to Mtron and will have a significant influence in the election of directors and the vote on any other matter presented for approval by Mtron’s stockholders.

Q: Do the Companys executive officers and directors have interests in the spin-off that may be different from or in addition to the interests of the Companys other stockholders?

Yes.  You should be aware that the executive officers and directors of the Company have interests in the spin-off that may differ from, or may be in addition to, the interests of the Company’s stockholders generally.  As previously described, following the spin-off, there will be an overlap between directors of the Company and Mtron. Marc J. Gabelli will serve as a chief executive officer and as a director and chairman of the Company and as a director and non-executive chairman of Mtron.  Michael J. Ferrantino will also serve as a director of the Company and as a director and chief executive officer of Mtron. James W. Tivy will serve as chief accounting officer of the Company and chief financial officer of Mtron. The Company’s directors currently receive annual cash fees and stock awards for their service on the Company’s Board, and it is anticipated that those who will also serve on the Mtron’s board of directors and receive fees for doing so as determined by the compensation committee of Mtron’s board.

Q: Will I have appraisal rights in connection with the spin-off?

A: No.  Stockholders of the Company will not have any appraisal rights in connection with the spin-off.

Q: Who will be the transfer agent for Mtrons Common stock after the spin-off?

A: It is expected that Computershare Inc. will be the transfer agent for Mtron’s Common stock after the spin-off.

Q: Who is the distribution agent for the spin-off?

A: Computershare Inc. will be the distribution agent for the spin-off.

Q: Where can I get more information?

A: If you have any questions relating to the spin-off, you should contact the distribution agent at:

Computershare

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210

College Station, TX 77845

Toll free number: (877) 868-8027

TDD Hearing Impaired: (800) 952-9245

Foreign Stockholders: (201) 680-6578

TDD Foreign Stockholders: (781) 575-4592

 


9

 

 


 

 

Summary of the Spin-Off

Distributing Company

The LGL Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  Immediately after the distribution, the Company will not own any shares of Mtron Common Stock.

Distributed/Spin-Off Company

M-tron Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  Such corporation will become a separate, publicly-traded company as a result of the spin-off.

Separation of Businesses

In connection with the spin-off, the Company will continue to own and operate its subsidiary, Precise Time and Frequency, LLC, and will hold cash and other investments.

If the spin-off is completed, Mtron will be a separate, publicly-traded company engaged in the manufacture and marketing of frequency and spectrum control products directly and through its Piezo Technology, Inc., M-tron Asia, LLC and related subsidiaries.

Distributed Securities

The shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off will constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock immediately following the distribution.

Based on the number of shares of the Company’s common stock expected outstanding as of the record date, Mtron expects that 5,390,470 shares of Mtron Common Stock will be distributed in the spin-off.  However, the actual number of shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off will be determined based on the actual number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of the record date.

Record Date

5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on [•] [•], 2022.

Distribution Date

[•], [•], 2022.

Distribution Ratio

Each stockholder of the Company will receive one share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock held by such stockholder as of the record date.

The Distribution

On or before the distribution date, the Company will release the shares of Mtron Common Stock to the distribution agent to distribute to the Company’s stockholders.  The shares will be distributed in book-entry form, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued.  We expect that it may take the distribution agent up to one week following the distribution date to electronically issue shares of Mtron Common Stock to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form.

You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange of your shares of the Company’s common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Mtron Common Stock.

However, the Company is seeking the approval of its stockholders in order to effect the spin-off in the contemplated manner.  The Company intends to hold a special meeting of its stockholders to approve these actions and has distributed a separate proxy statement which contains information regarding the proposed spin-off and name change and the special meeting.  Completion of the spin-off is conditioned upon stockholder approval of the spin-off and certain other conditions described below.

10

 

 


 

No Fractional Shares

Because the distribution ratio is one share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock, no fractional shares will result from, or be distributed in, the spin-off.

Conditions to the Spin-Off

Completion of the spin-off is subject to the following conditions:

     the Company’s Board of Directors of, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have authorized and approved the spin-off (and such authorization and approval shall not have been withdrawn, as described below);

     the approval of the Company’s stockholders of the spin-off in the manner contemplated;

     Mtron’s registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, shall have been declared effective by the SEC and shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceedings seeking a stop order, and this information statement shall have been sent to the Company’s stockholders as of the close of business on the record date, all necessary permits and authorizations under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act relating to the issuance and trading of shares of Mtron Common Stock shall have been obtained and be in effect, and such shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE American, subject to official notice of issuance; and

     No court or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Company or Mtron shall have issued or entered any order, and no applicable law shall have been enacted or promulgated, in each case, that is then in effect and has the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the spin-off.

We are not aware of any material regulatory requirements that must be complied with or any material regulatory or third party approvals that must be obtained, other than compliance with SEC rules and regulations, including the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of Mtron’s registration statement on Form 10, and the approval for listing of Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American.

Trading of Shares

We intend to list Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “MPTI”.  We expect that the Mtron Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE American on or promptly after the distribution date.

It is expected that a limited trading in the over-the-counter market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, for shares of Mtron Common Stock will begin one trading day before the record date and that “regular way” trading of the Mtron Common Stock will begin the first day of trading after the distribution date.

It is anticipated that, beginning on the record date and continuing until the time of the distribution, there will be two markets in shares of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE American: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market.  Shares of the Company’s common Stock that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to the shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off in respect thereof.  Shares of the Company’s common stock that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Therefore, if a stockholder sells shares of the Company’s common stock in the “regular-way” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will also be selling the right to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock that such stockholder would have otherwise received in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.  If a stockholder owns shares of the Company’s common stock on the record date and sells those shares on the “ex-distribution” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will continue to be entitled to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock which are distributed in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.

11

 

 


 

 

You are encouraged to consult with your broker or financial advisor regarding the specific implications of selling your shares of the Company’s Common Stock prior to or on the distribution date.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The distribution is intended to be tax-free under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  We believe that the Company’s stockholders should not recognize gain or loss as a result of the distribution and no amount should be included in their income as a result of the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  The Company has not obtained a tax opinion with respect to the tax consequences of the spin-off.  Neither the Company nor Mtron has applied for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to the tax consequences of the distribution.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS or another taxing authority will not assert that the distribution is taxable to the Company, Mtron or the Company’s stockholders.  The Company’s stockholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state and local or foreign tax consequences, as applicable, of the distribution.

For a more detailed discussion of the federal income tax consequences of the spin-off, see “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Spin-Off—The distribution of our common stock may not qualify for tax-free treatment.”

Separation and Distribution Agreement and other Spin-Off Documents

In connection with the spin-off, Mtron will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with the Company, which will provide the terms and conditions of the separation of the businesses of the Company between the Company and Mtron and will govern various ongoing arrangements between the Company and Mtron upon completion of the spin-off.  The Separation and Distribution Agreement and other agreements expected to be entered into with the Company in connection with the spin-off are described in further detail under “The Spin-Off—Relationship Between Mtron and the Company.”

Dividend Policy

It is not anticipated that Mtron will pay cash dividends on its common stock following the spin-off.  Mtron currently intends to retain any earnings for use in the operation of its business.

Distribution Agent

Computershare, Inc. will be the distribution agent for the spin-off.

Risk Factors

There are a number of risks and uncertainties related to the spin-off of Mtron (including its business and investments and it being a separate, publicly-traded company following the spin-off) and ownership of Mtron Common Stock.  You should carefully read the factors set forth in the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

 


12

 

 


 

 

 

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider each of the following risks and uncertainties, which we believe are the principal risks that Mtron faces and of which we are currently aware, and all of the other information in this information statement.  Some of the risks and uncertainties described below relate to Mtron’s business.  Other risks relate principally to the spin-off, the securities markets and the ownership of Mtron Common Stock.  If any of the following events actually occur, Mtron’s business, financial condition or results of operations, and the liquidity and trading price of Mtron Common Stock, could be materially adversely affected.  Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not presently know about or currently believe are not material may also adversely affect Mtron’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We are dependent on a single line of business.

We are engaged only in the design, manufacture and marketing of standard and custom-engineered electronic components that are used primarily for the control of frequency and spectrum of signals in electronic circuits.  Until we diversify our product offerings, we will remain dependent on our single electronic components line of business.

Given our reliance on this single line of business, any decline in demand for this product line or failure to achieve continued market acceptance of existing and new versions of this product line may harm our business and financial condition.  Additionally, unfavorable market conditions affecting this line of business would likely have a disproportionate impact on us in comparison with certain competitors, who have more diversified operations and multiple lines of business.  Should this line of business fail to generate sufficient sales to support ongoing operations, there can be no assurance that we will be able to develop or acquire alternate business lines.

Our operating results vary significantly from period to period.

We experience fluctuations in our operating results.  Some of the principal factors that contribute to these fluctuations include changes in demand for our products; our effectiveness in managing manufacturing processes, costs and inventory; our effectiveness in engineering and qualifying new product designs with our OEM customers and in managing the risks associated with offering those new products into production; changes in the cost and availability of raw materials, which often occur in the electronics manufacturing industry and which affect our margins and our ability to meet delivery schedules; macroeconomic and served industry conditions; and events that may affect our production capabilities, such as labor conditions and political instability.  In addition, due to the prevailing economic climate and competitive differences between the various market segments which we serve, the mix of sales between our communications, networking, aerospace, defense, industrial and instrumentation market segments may affect our operating results from period to period.

Our acquisitions may reduce earnings, require it to obtain additional financing and expose it to additional risks.

Our business strategy includes future acquisitions of operating companies.  Some of these acquisitions may be material.  While we seek to make acquisitions in companies that provide opportunities for growth, our investments or acquisitions may not prove to be successful or, even if successful, may not initially generate income, or may generate income on an irregular basis or over a long time period.  Accordingly, our results of operations may vary significantly on a quarterly basis and from year to year as a result of acquisitions.  Acquisitions will also expose us to the risks of the businesses acquired.  Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including those involving:

 

Difficulties in integrating business operations and assimilating the acquired businesses’ management;

 

Unforeseen expenses or liabilities, which may lead losses;

 

Challenges associated with entering new markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;

 

Delays in achieving anticipated synergies and profitability;

 

The potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;

 

The incurrence of significant due diligence expenses relating to acquisitions, including with respect to those that are not completed.

13

 

 


 

In addition, to the extent that operating businesses are acquired outside the United States or the State of Florida, there will be additional risks related to compliance with foreign regulations and laws including tax laws, labor laws, currency fluctuations and geographic economic conditions.

In addition, there may be significant competition for investments and acquisitions, which could increase the costs associated with the investments or acquisitions.  Substantial costs are incurred in connection with the evaluation of potential acquisition and investment opportunities whether or not the acquisitions or investments are ultimately consummated.  Further, funding of such investments or acquisitions may require additional debt or equity financing, which will subject us to the risks and uncertainties described in these risk factors with respect to those activities in the immediately following risk factors.  If we require additional financing in the future, the financing may not be available when needed or on favorable terms, if at all.

We have a large customer that accounts for a significant portion of our revenues, and the loss of this customer, or decrease in the customers demand for our products, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In 2021, our largest customer, a commercial aerospace and defense company, accounted for $7,838,000, or 29.4%, of our total revenues, compared to $7,802,000, or 26.0%, of the Company’s total revenues in 2021.  Our second largest customer in 2021, a defense contractor, accounted for $3,138,000, or 11.8%, of the Company's total revenues, compared to $5,550,000, or 18.5%, of the Company’s total revenues in 2020. The loss of either of these customers, or a decrease in their demand for our products, could have a material adverse effect on our results.

A relatively small number of customers account for a significant portion of our accounts receivable, and the insolvency of any of these customers could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity.

As of December 31, 2021, four of our largest customers accounted for approximately $2,568,000, or 62.3% of accounts receivable. The insolvency of any of these customers could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity.

Our order backlog may not be indicative of future revenues.

Our order backlog is comprised of orders that are subject to specific production release, orders under written contracts, oral and written orders from customers with which we have had long-standing relationships and written purchase orders from sales representatives.  Our customers may order products from multiple sources to ensure timely delivery when backlog is particularly long and may cancel or defer orders without significant penalty.  They also may cancel orders when business is weak and inventories are excessive.  As a result, we cannot provide assurances as to the portion of backlog orders to be filled in a given year, and our order backlog as of any particular date may not be representative of actual revenues for any subsequent period.

Our future rate of growth and profitability are highly dependent on the development and growth of the communications, networking, aerospace, defense, instrumentation and industrial markets, which are cyclical.

In 2021, the majority of our revenues were derived from sales to manufacturers of equipment for the defense, aerospace, instrumentation and industrial markets for frequency and spectrum control devices, including indirect sales through distributors and contract manufacturers.  During 2022 and 2023, we expect a significant portion of our revenues to continue to be derived from sales to these manufacturers.  Often OEMs and other service providers within these markets have experienced periods of capacity shortage and periods of excess capacity, as well as periods of either high or low demand for their products.  In periods of excess capacity or low demand, purchases of capital equipment may be curtailed, including equipment that incorporates our products.  A reduction in demand for the manufacture and purchase of equipment for these markets, whether due to cyclical, macroeconomic or other factors, or due to our reduced ability to compete based on cost or technical factors, could substantially reduce our net sales and operating results and adversely affect our financial condition.  Moreover, if these markets fail to grow as expected, we may be unable to maintain or grow our revenues.  The multiple variables which affect the communications, networking, aerospace, defense, instrumentation and industrial markets for our products, as well as the number of parties involved in the supply chain and manufacturing process, can impact inventory levels and lead to supply chain inefficiencies.  As a result of these complexities, we have limited visibility to forecast revenue projections accurately for the near and medium-term timeframes.

14

 

 


 

The market share of our customers in the communications, networking, aerospace, defense, instrumentation and industrial markets may change over time, reducing the potential value of our relationships with our existing customer base.

We have developed long-term relationships with our existing customers, including pricing contracts, custom designs and approved vendor status.  If these customers lose market share to other equipment manufacturers in the communications, networking, aerospace, defense, instrumentation and industrial markets with whom we do not have similar relationships, our ability to maintain revenue, margin or operating performance may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to introduce innovative products, demand for our products may decrease.

Our future operating results are dependent on our ability to develop, introduce and market innovative products continually, to modify existing products, to respond to technological change and to customize some of our products to meet customer requirements.  There are numerous risks inherent in this process, including the risks that we will be unable to anticipate the direction of technological change or that it will be unable to develop and market new products and applications in a timely or cost-effective manner to satisfy customer demand.

Our markets are highly competitive, and we may lose business to larger and better-financed competitors.

Our markets are highly competitive worldwide, with low transportation costs and few import barriers.  We compete principally on the basis of product quality and reliability, availability, customer service, technological innovation, timely delivery and price.  Within the industries in which we compete, competition has become increasingly concentrated and global in recent years.

Many of our major competitors, some of which are larger than us, and potential competitors have substantially greater financial resources and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, marketing and customer support capabilities.  If we are unable to successfully compete against current and future competitors, our operating results will be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our ability to retain key management and technical personnel and attracting, retaining, and training new technical personnel.

Our future growth and success will depend in large part upon our ability to recruit highly-skilled technical personnel, including engineers, and to retain our existing management and technical personnel.  The labor markets in which we operate are highly competitive and some of our operations are not located in highly populated areas.  As a result, we may not be able to recruit and retain key personnel.  Our failure to hire, retain or adequately train key personnel could have a negative impact on our performance.

We purchase certain key components and raw materials from single or limited sources and could lose sales if these sources fail to fulfill our needs for any reason, including the inability to obtain these key components or raw materials due to the COVID-19 outbreak.

If single-source components or key raw materials were to become unavailable on satisfactory terms, and we could not obtain comparable replacement components or raw materials from other sources in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.  On occasion, one or more of the components used in our products have become unavailable, resulting in unanticipated redesign and related delays in shipments.  The COVID-19 outbreak has caused a global pandemic that has disrupted supply chains and the ability to obtain components and raw materials around the world for all companies, including Mtron.  We cannot give assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary components and raw materials necessary to conduct our business during the COVID-19 pandemic, and we also cannot give assurance that similar delays will not occur in the future.  In addition, our suppliers may be impacted by compliance with environmental regulations including RoHS and Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”), which could disrupt the supply of components or raw materials or cause additional costs for us to implement new components or raw materials into our manufacturing processes.

As a supplier to U.S. Government defense contractors, we are subject to a number of procurement regulations and other requirements and could be adversely affected by changes in regulations or any negative findings from a U.S. Government audit or investigation.

A number of our customers are U.S. Government contractors.  As one of their suppliers, we must comply with significant procurement regulations and other requirements.  Under applicable federal regulations for defense contractors, we are required to

15

 

 


 

comply with the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (“CMMC”) program in the next several years and other similar cybersecurity requirements.  We also maintain registration under the International Traffic in Arms Regulations for all of our production facilities.  One of those production facilities must comply with additional requirements and regulations for our production processes and for selected personnel in order to maintain the security of classified information.  These requirements, although customary within these markets, increase our performance and compliance costs.  If any of these various requirements change, our costs of complying with them could increase and reduce our operating margins.  To the extent that we are unable to comply with the CMMC or other requirements, our business with the Department of Defense or our prime customers could be at risk.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are routinely audited and reviewed by the U.S. Government and its agencies such as the Defense Contract Audit Agency and Defense Contract Management Agency.  These agencies review our performance under our contracts, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards, as well as the adequacy of, and our compliance with, our internal control systems and policies.  Systems that are subject to review include our purchasing systems, billing systems, property management and control systems, cost estimating systems, compensation systems and management information systems.

Any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed or must be refunded if already reimbursed.  If an audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or prohibition from doing business as a supplier to contractors who sell products and services to the U.S. Government.  In addition, our reputation could be adversely affected if allegations of impropriety were made against us.

From time to time, we may also be subject to U.S. Government investigations relating to our or our customers’ operations and products, and we and our customers are expected to perform in compliance with a vast array of federal laws, including the Truth in Negotiations Act, the False Claims Act, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations promulgated under the Arms Export Control Act, and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.  We or our customers may be subject to reductions of the value of contracts, contract modifications or termination, and the assessment of penalties and fines, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition, or result in a diminution in revenue from our customers, if we or our customers are found to have violated the law or are indicted or convicted for violations of federal laws related to government security regulations, employment practices or protection of the environment, or are found not to have acted responsibly as defined by the law.  Such convictions could also result in suspension or debarment from serving as a supplier to government contractors for some period of time.  Such convictions or actions could have a material adverse effect on us and our operating results.  The costs of cooperating or complying with such audits or investigations may also adversely impact our financial results.

Our products are complex and may contain errors or design flaws, which could be costly to correct.

When we release new products, or new versions of existing products, they may contain undetected or unresolved errors or defects.  The vast majority of our products are custom designed for requirements of specific OEM systems.  The expected business life of these products ranges from less than one year to more than 10 years depending on the application.  Some of the customizations are modest changes to existing product designs while others are major product redesigns or new product platforms.

Despite testing, errors or defects may be found in new products or upgrades after the commencement of commercial shipments.  Undetected errors and design flaws have occurred in the past and could occur in the future.  These errors could result in delays, loss of market acceptance and sales, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, product liability claims and legal action by our customers and third parties, failure to attract new customers and increased service costs.

Communications and network infrastructure equipment manufacturers increasingly rely upon contract manufacturers, thereby diminishing our ability to sell our products directly to those equipment manufacturers.

There is a continuing trend among communications and network infrastructure equipment manufacturers to outsource the manufacturing of their equipment or components.  As a result, our ability to persuade these OEMs to utilize our products in customer designs could be reduced and, in the absence of a manufacturer’s specification of our products, the prices that we can charge for them may be subject to greater competition.

16

 

 


 

Future changes in our environmental liability and compliance obligations may increase costs and decrease profitability.

Our present and past manufacturing operations, products, and/or product packaging are subject to environmental laws and regulations governing air emissions, wastewater discharges, and the handling, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances, wastes and other chemicals.  In addition, more stringent environmental regulations may be enacted in the future, and we cannot presently determine the modifications, if any, in our operations that any future regulations might require, or the cost of compliance that would be associated with such regulations.

Environmental laws and regulations may cause us to change our manufacturing processes, redesign some of our products, and change components to eliminate some substances in our products in order to be able to continue to offer them for sale.

We have significant international operations and sales to customers outside of the United States that subject us to certain business, economic and political risks.

We have office and manufacturing space in Noida, India, and a sales office in Hong Kong.  Additionally, foreign revenues (primarily relating to Malaysia) accounted for 27.7% of our combined revenues for the first quarter of 2022 and 21.5% of our combined revenues for the 2021 year.  We anticipate that sales to customers located outside of the United States will continue to be a significant part of our revenues for the foreseeable future.  Our international operations and sales to customers outside of the United States subject our operating results and financial condition to certain business, economic, political, health, regulatory and other risks, including but not limited to:

 

Political and economic instability in countries in which our products are manufactured and sold;

 

Expropriation or the imposition of government controls;

 

Responsibility to comply with anti-bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions;

 

Sanctions or restrictions on trade imposed by the United States Government;

 

Export license requirements;

 

Trade restrictions;

 

Currency controls or fluctuations in exchange rates;

 

High levels of inflation or deflation;

 

Difficulty in staffing and managing non-U.S. operations;

 

Greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

Changes in labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;

 

The impact of the current COVID-19 outbreak; and

 

Limitations on insurance coverage against geopolitical risks, natural disasters and business operations.

Additionally, to date, very few of our international revenue and cost obligations have been denominated in foreign currencies.  As a result, changes in the value of the United States dollar relative to foreign currencies may affect our competitiveness in foreign markets.  We do not currently engage in foreign currency hedging activities, but may do so in the future to the extent that we incur a significant amount of foreign-currency denominated assets or liabilities.

We rely on information technology systems to conduct our business, and disruption, failure or security breaches of these systems could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We rely on information technology (“IT”) systems in order to achieve our business objectives.  We also rely upon industry accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential information maintained on our IT systems.  However, our portfolio of hardware and software products, solutions and services and our enterprise IT systems may be vulnerable to damage or disruption caused by circumstances beyond our control such as catastrophic events, power outages, natural disasters, computer system or network failures, computer viruses, cyber-attacks or other malicious software programs.  The failure or disruption of our IT systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt our business and result in decreased performance, significant remediation costs, transaction errors, loss of data, processing inefficiencies, downtime, litigation and the loss of suppliers or customers.  A significant disruption or failure could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial performance and financial condition.

17

 

 


 

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information, and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our financial results.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources.  These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption.  The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to customer relationships.  As our reliance on technology increases, so will the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those we outsource.  There is no guarantee that any processes, procedures and internal controls we have implemented or will implement will prevent cyber intrusions, which could have a negative impact on our financial results, operations, business relationships or confidential information.

If we fail to correct any material weakness that our independent registered public accounting firm identifies in our internal control over financial reporting or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely, in which case our business may be harmed, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the price of our common stock may decline.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on our system of internal control.  Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  We are required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies.

If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future, if we cannot comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or attest that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely.  As a result, investors, counterparties and consumers may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports.  Accordingly, access to capital markets and perceptions of our creditworthiness could be adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline.  In addition, we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.  These events could have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

The ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated global economic disruption and uncertainty have affected, and may further affect, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our results of operations are affected by certain economic factors, including the downturn in the avionics market and closure of our facilities located in Noida, India on March 23, 2020.  This facility resumed limited operations on May 7, 2020 and was in full operation at the end of June 2020.  The broader implications of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations and overall financial performance remain uncertain as well as the extent to which it will affect our revenues and earnings.  Although we believe that after the spin-off we will have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to effectively continue operations for the foreseeable future, continued deterioration of worldwide credit and financial markets may limit our ability to raise capital and financing may not be available to us in sufficient amounts, on acceptable terms, or at all.  If we are unable to access sufficient capital on acceptable terms, our business could be adversely impacted.

In an effort to protect the health and safety of our employees, we implemented various measures to reduce the impact of COVID-19 across our organization, while also working to maintain business continuity.  Consistent with government guidelines and mandates, these initiatives included the adoption of social distancing policies, work-at-home arrangements, and suspending employee travel.  Currently, while a few of our administrative employees are working remotely from home in an effort to reduce the spread of the virus, most of our employees are unable to work from home as we are primarily a manufacturer of products for the defense and aerospace industries and our employees’ work must be performed within a controlled environment.  A decline in the health and safety of our employees, including key employees, or material disruptions to their ability to work either remotely or at one of our manufacturing facilities, could negatively affect our ability to operate our business normally and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

18

 

 


 

To the extent that COVID-19 continues to spread and affect the employee base or operations of our materials providers, disruptions in the provision of, or the inability to provide, materials to us could negatively impact our business operations.

We may issue additional securities and incur additional indebtedness at our company or our subsidiaries.

We may in the future seek to raise funds through the issuance of debt or equity securities.  There is generally no restriction on our ability to issue debt or equity securities, which are pari passu or have a preference over its common stock.  After the spin-off, authorized but unissued shares of our capital stock will be available for issuance from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, and any such issuance may be dilutive to our stockholders.

Substantial sales of Mtron Common Stock could adversely affect the market prices of such securities.

Substantial sales of Mtron Common Stock, including sales of shares by significant stockholders and management, could adversely affect the market prices of such shares.  Management has in the past and may in the future enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans pursuant to which a significant number of shares are sold into the open market.

Risks Relating to the Spin-Off

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the spin-off, and the spin-off may adversely affect our business.

As a new, publicly-traded company, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events attendant to our separation from the Company.  Our performance may not meet expectations for a variety of reasons.  As a subsidiary of the Company, we enjoyed certain benefits, including economies of scope and scale in costs, employees and business relationships.  These benefits may not be as readily achievable as a stand-alone company.  There can be no assurance that the spin-off will not adversely affect our business.

The distribution of Mtron Common Stock may not qualify for tax-free treatment.

There is a risk that the distribution may not qualify for tax-free treatment and, accordingly, will be a taxable transaction to the Company’s stockholders.  While the distribution is intended to be tax-free under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and while we believe that the Company’s stockholders should not recognize gain or loss as a result of the distribution and that no amount should be included in their income as a result of the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company has not obtained, and does not expect to obtain, a tax opinion with respect to the tax consequences of the spin-off.  Furthermore, neither the Company nor Mtron has applied or will apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to the tax consequences of the distribution.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS or another taxing authority will not assert that the distribution is taxable to the Company, Mtron or the Company’s stockholders.  If the distribution is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the receipt of Mtron Common Stock in the spin-off is expected to be treated as a distribution of property in an amount equal to the fair market value of the stock received.  We believe that a reasonable approach to determine the fair market value of the shares of Mtron Common Stock received would be to use the volume-weighted average price of Mtron Common Stock on the first full trading day following the distribution.  In such circumstances, the distribution of Mtron Common Stock in the spin-off would be treated as ordinary dividend income to the extent considered paid out of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles).  Distributions in excess of the Company’s current year and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital, which reduces basis, to the extent of the holder’s basis in its shares of the Company’s common stock, as applicable, and thereafter as capital gain.  The amount of those earnings and profits is not determinable at this time because it will depend on the Company’s income for the entire tax year in which the distribution occurs.  For more information regarding the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the distribution, see the section entitled “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

Our ability to meet our capital needs may be harmed by the loss of financial support from the Company, and we may not be able to obtain funds necessary to operate our business.

Our ability to meet our capital needs, which turn on our financial condition and future prospects, may be harmed after the completion of the spin-off, and we will not be able to access financial support from the Company following the spin-off.  To the extent

19

 

 


 

we seek funds through accessing equity or debt capital markets, as a standalone company, the cost of financing will depend on many factors, among other things, such as our performance and financial market conditions generally.  Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain financing or otherwise raise funds necessary to operate our business on favorable terms, or at all.  If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to significantly delay or scale back our acquisition activity and planned capital expenditures, which could adversely impact our business and prospects.  In addition, to the extent debt financing, if available, is obtained, we may be subject to operating and financial covenants that may restrict our operations and if we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet future debt payment obligations, we may be required to attempt to restructure or refinance such debt, raise additional capital or take other actions such as selling assets, or reducing or delaying capital expenditures.  There is no assurance that we will be able to effect any such actions or do so on satisfactory terms, if at all, or that such actions would be permitted by the terms of our indebtedness.  Further, to the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders would experience dilution, which may be significant and could cause the market price of Mtron Common Stock to decline.

Mtron may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as a separate, publicly traded company, and we may experience increased costs after the spin-off.

Following the spin-off, the Company will have no obligation to provide us with assistance other than the obligations and services contained in the agreements between the Company and Mtron relating to the spin-off, including the Separation and Distribution Agreement and other agreements described under “The Spin-Off – Relationship Between Mtron and the Company.” These services do not include every service that we have received from the Company in the past, and the Company is only obligated to provide the services for limited periods following completion of the spin-off.  The agreements relating to such services and to the spin-off were agreed to prior to the spin-off, at a time when our business was still operated as part of the Company’s organization, and we did not have an independent board of directors or management team representing our interests with respect to such agreements.

Following the spin-off and the expiration of the aforementioned agreements, we will need to provide internally or obtain from unaffiliated third parties the services we will no longer receive from the Company.  These services may include, without limitation, legal, accounting, information technology, human resources and other infrastructure support, the effective and appropriate performance of which may be critical to our operations. We may be unable to replace these services in a timely manner or on terms and conditions as favorable as those received from the Company.  We may be unable to successfully establish the infrastructure or implement the changes necessary to operate independently, or may incur additional costs that could adversely affect us.  If we fail to obtain the quality of services necessary to operate effectively or incur greater costs in obtaining these services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”).  These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources.  The Exchange Act requires that we file reports and statements with the SEC, including annual, quarterly and current reports.  Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we must maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, which requires significant resources and management oversight.  We intend to implement additional procedures and processes to address the standards and requirements applicable to public companies, but these procedures may not be successful and the costs associated with compliance may be greater than anticipated.

We do not have an operating history as a standalone company apart from the Companys organization, and our historical and pro forma financial information may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

The historical financial information Mtron has included in this information statement has been derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records and does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had Mtron been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.  The Company did not account for Mtron, and Mtron was not operated, as a separate, stand-alone company for the periods presented.  Actual costs that may have been incurred if Mtron had been a stand-alone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees, and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure, and materiality thresholds would have been significantly lower.  In addition, the historical information may not be indicative of what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future.  For example, following the spin-off, changes may occur in our cost structure, debt financing and interest expense, funding and operations, including changes in our tax structure, and we will incur increased costs associated with being a stand-alone public company.

20

 

 


 

Additionally, in preparing the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements contained in this information statement, Mtron based the pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that Mtron believes are reasonable and factually supportable; however, the assumptions may prove not to be accurate.  Also, our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not give effect to various ongoing additional costs Mtron may incur in connection with being a stand-alone public company.  Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not reflect what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would have been as a stand-alone public company and is not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.

The spin-off could give rise to disputes or other unfavorable effects, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

Disputes with third parties could arise out of the distribution, and we could experience unfavorable reactions to the distribution from employees, investors, or other interested parties.  These disputes and reactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, and results of operations.  In addition, following the spin-off, disputes between Mtron and the Company could arise in connection with the Separation and Distribution Agreement and other agreements to be entered into between Mtron and the Company in connection with the spin-off as described under “The Spin-Off – Relationship Between Mtron and the Company.”

We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms provided in our agreements with the Company.

The agreements related to our separation from the Company were negotiated in the context of our separation from the Company while we were still a wholly-owned subsidiary.  Accordingly, they may not reflect terms that would have been reached between unaffiliated parties.  The terms of the agreements we negotiated in the context of the separation related to, among other things, indemnities and other obligations between the Company and Mtron.  Had these agreements been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties, they might have been more favorable to Mtron.

Our potential indemnification obligations pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement could have material adverse effects.

Under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, we have an obligation to indemnify the Company for liabilities associated with our business and any breach of our obligations under the Separation and Distribution Agreement and other agreements to be entered into between Mtron and the Company in connection with the spin-off as described under “The Spin-Off – Relationship between Mtron and the Company.” The costs associated with any such indemnification could be significant and have a material adverse effect on our results and financial condition.

Our current or prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may need assurances that our financial condition on a stand-alone basis is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them.

Our customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may need assurances that our financial condition on a stand-alone basis is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them.  If any of them are not satisfied with our financial stability and cease doing business with Mtron, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

After the separation, certain of Mtron’s directors and officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their positions or relationships with the Company.

After the separation, Marc J. Gabelli will serve as Mtron’s non-executive chairman of the board and will also serve as chairman of the board and chief executive officer of the Company, Michael J. Ferrantino will serve as Mtron’s chief executive officer and as a director on our board and also as a director of the Company, and James W. Tivy will serve as Mtron’s chief financial officer and also as chief accounting officer of the Company.  Such dual roles could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when the Company and our officers and directors face decisions that could have different implications for the two companies.

In addition, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between the Company and Mtron regarding the terms of the agreements governing the separation and the relationship thereafter between the

21

 

 


 

companies.  The Company’s executive officers and other personnel who serve as directors or executive management of Mtron may interpret these agreements in their capacity as the Company’s employees in a manner that would adversely affect the business of Mtron.

The aggregate post-distribution value of the Mtron Common Stock and the Companys common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-spin-off value of the Companys common stock.

After the spin-off, the Company’s common stock will continue to be listed and traded on the NYSE American under the symbol “LGL.” The Mtron Common Stock is expected to be listed on the NYSE American under the symbol “MPTI.” We cannot assure you that the combined value of the Company’s common stock and Mtron Common Stock after the spin-off will be equal to or greater than the value of the Company’s common stock prior to the spin-off.  Until the market has fully evaluated the business of the Company without the business of Mtron, the value of the Company’s common stock may fluctuate significantly.  Similarly, until the market has fully evaluated the business of Mtron, the value of Mtron Common Stock may fluctuate significantly.

Risks Relating to Mtron Common Stock

There is no existing market for Mtron Common Stock and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after the spin-off.  If the price of Mtron Common Stock fluctuates significantly following the spin-off, stockholders could incur substantial loss of their investment.

There currently is no public market for Mtron Common Stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop as a result of the spin-off or be sustained in the future.  The lack of an active market may make it more difficult for you to sell your stock and could lead to the price of the stock being depressed or more volatile.  The price at which Mtron Common Stock may trade after the spin-off cannot be predicted.  The price of Mtron Common Stock could fluctuate widely in response to:

 

our quarterly and annual operating results;

 

changes in our business and the market’s perception of our business;

 

changes in the businesses, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors or customers;

 

changes in our key personnel;

 

changes in general market or economic conditions; and

 

changes in the legislative or regulatory environment.

In addition, the stock market has at times experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have significantly affected the quoted prices of securities.  The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance.  The price of Mtron Common Stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our business or our performance, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the price of Mtron Common Stock.

Substantial sales of Mtron Common Stock may occur in connection with the spin-off, which could cause the price of the common stock to decline.

Other than stockholders that are affiliates of the Company, stockholders of the Company receiving shares of Mtron Common Stock in the distribution generally may sell those shares immediately in the public market.  The Company’s stockholders may decide to sell the shares received in the distribution for any reason, including if, among other things, if Mtron Common Stock does not fit their investment objectives.  Sales of significant amounts of Mtron Common Stock or a perception in the market that such sales will occur may reduce the market price of the stock.

Mario J. Gabellis and Marc J. Gabellis stock ownership position may adversely affect the market price of Mtron Common Stock.

Mario J. Gabelli and Marc J. Gabelli will have the same beneficial ownership and voting interest in Mtron immediately following the spin-off as they have with respect to the Company immediately prior to the spin-off; they will beneficially own 1,042,612 and 844,883 shares, respectively, which in the aggregate represents 35.0% of the total outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.  The Company’s officers, directors and 10% or greater stockholders control approximately 39.0% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Company’ common stock.  These Company stockholders will have the same voting power with respect to

22

 

 


 

Mtron and will have a significant influence in the election of directors and the vote on any other matter presented for approval by our stockholders.  This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and might adversely affect the market price of Mtron Common Stock.  This concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of all of our stockholders.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of the Company more difficult, which acquisition may be beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of the Company, even if such a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.  These provisions include prohibiting our stockholders from fixing the number of directors and establishing advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors.

Additionally, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with Mtron for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.  Mtron has not opted out of the restrictions under Section 203, as permitted under DGCL.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain an exclusive forum provision, which could impair the ability of stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for certain disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and be cost-prohibitive to stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain an exclusive forum provision which provides that, unless our board of directors consents to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks jurisdiction over an action or proceeding, then another court of the State of Delaware or, if no court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, then the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for “Covered Proceedings,” which include: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees, agents and stockholders to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware.  Further, unless we select or consent to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law,   the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our exclusive forum provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.  The exclusive forum provision will also provide that if any Covered Proceeding is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware in the name of any stockholder, then such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (a) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the exclusive forum provision and (b) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the action as agent for such stockholder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

The exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees or be cost-prohibitive to stockholders, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.  While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, there is uncertainty regarding whether a court would enforce the exclusive forum provision and a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum. In such instance, we would expect to assert vigorously the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, Mtron may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

23

 

 


 

We do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock.

Our dividend policy will be established by our board of directors based on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as other business considerations that the board considers relevant.  Further, the terms of our indebtedness may limit or prohibit the payments of dividends.  We do not currently anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

Utilizing the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to Mtron may make Mtron Common Stock less attractive to investors.

Mtron qualifies as an “emerging growth company” and is therefore eligible to utilize certain reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies.  Pursuant to these reduced disclosure requirements, Mtron is not required to, among other things, provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation, hold stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments, and Mtron has reduced financial disclosure obligations.  Mtron may remain an emerging growth company for up to five full fiscal years following the spin-off.  Mtron would cease to be an emerging growth company, and, therefore, become ineligible to rely on the above exemptions, if it (a) has more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue in a fiscal year, (b) issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period or (c) become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur after: (i) we have filed at least one annual report; (ii) we have been an SEC-reporting company for at least 12 months; and (iii) the market value of Mtron Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30).  We cannot predict if investors will find Mtron Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions.

Mtron also qualifies as a “smaller reporting company” under the Exchange Act in which case Mtron would be eligible to utilize the reduced disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies even after Mtron ceases to be an emerging growth company.  The reduced disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies are similar to those available to emerging growth companies, including reduced financial and executive compensation disclosures.  Under current SEC rules, Mtron will be a smaller reporting company if, as of the end of the third fiscal quarter following the completion of the spin-off (the quarter ending September 30, 2022 assuming the spin-off is completed prior to such date), the total market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates is less than $200 million.

Mtron intends to utilize the reduced reporting requirements and available exemptions for so long as we are permitted to do so.  Investors may find Mtron Common Stock to be less attractive as a result of our utilization of the reduced disclosure requirements and exemptions, which may have a material, adverse effect on the trading market and market price of Mtron Common Stock.


24

 

 


 

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This information statement and other materials that Mtron has filed, or will file, with the SEC contain, or will contain, “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements are those that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and can be identified by use of words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “may,” “could” or the negative of these terms or similar expressions or future or conditional verbs.  Forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to our future financial performance, business prospects and strategy, anticipated financial position, liquidity and capital needs, market potential, and other events or developments that Mtron expects or anticipates will occur in the future and statements expressing general views about future operating results or conditions.  These statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are impossible or difficult to predict.  Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, those set forth below.

With respect to Mtron generally, the various factors include, but are not limited to:

 

risks and uncertainties relating to public health issues, including, in particular, the COVID-19 pandemic, as it is not currently possible to accurately assess the expected duration and effects of the pandemic on our business (these include required closures of retail locations, business restrictions, “shelter in place” and “stay at home” orders and advisories, volatility in the global and national economies and equity, credit, and commodities markets, worker absenteeism, quarantines, and other health-related restrictions; the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact on demand for our products and services, levels of business confidence, and supply chains; actions governments, businesses, and individuals take in response to the pandemic and their impact on economic activity and business investment and spending, which will impact our ability to successfully carry out business operations; the pace of recovery when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides; competitive conditions; our liquidity and the availability of capital; the effects and duration of steps Mtron takes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic; the risk of heightened litigation as a result of actions taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic; and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on businesses, and their views towards the industries in which Mtron operates);

 

risks and uncertainties affecting us and our results, operations, markets, products, services and business strategies, and the risks and uncertainties associated with our ability to successfully implement our currently anticipated plans, and our ability to generate earnings under the current business strategy;

 

risks associated with acquisitions, asset or subsidiary dispositions, or debt or equity financings which Mtron may consider or pursue from time to time;

 

risks of cybersecurity threats, including the potential misappropriation of assets or confidential information, corruption of data or operational disruptions;

 

the updating of, and developments with respect to, technology, including the cost involved in updating our technology and the impact that any failure to keep pace with developments in technology could have on our operations or competitive position and our information technology expenditures may not result in the expected benefits;

 

our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive industries in which it operates;

 

our ability to maintain the integrity of internal or customer data, the failure of which could result in damage to our reputation and/or subject us to costs, fines or lawsuits;

 

our relationships with key customers and suppliers may be materially diminished or terminated;

 

the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions, and any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions used could have a material adverse impact on the financial condition and operating results of us or our subsidiaries;

 

the impact on our combined financial statements and internal control over financial reporting of the adoption of new accounting standards;

 

audits of our or our subsidiaries’ federal or state tax returns, including that they may result in the imposition of additional taxes;

 

damage to the reputation of Mtron or any of its subsidiaries could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations;

25

 

 


 

 

 

our business is subject to various governmental regulations, laws and orders, compliance with which may cause Mtron to incur significant expenses, and any noncompliance could subject Mtron to civil or criminal penalties or other liabilities;

 

the outcome of litigation, inquiries, investigations, examinations or other legal proceedings is inherently uncertain and could subject Mtron to significant monetary damages or restrictions on our ability to do business;

 

environmental liabilities and their impact on our financial condition and operating results;

 

risks that natural disasters and other acts of god may adversely impact our financial condition and operating results; and

 

any damage to physical assets or interruption of access to physical assets or operations resulting from public health issues, such as the recent coronavirus outbreak, or from hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, windstorms or other natural disasters, which may increase in frequency or severity due to climate change or other factors.

Risks and uncertainties related to the spin-off include, but are not limited to:

 

the risk that some or all of the anticipated benefits related to the spin-off may not be achieved when or to the extent expected, or at all;

 

the risk that Mtron may need additional capital in the future; however, such capital may not be available to Mtron on reasonable terms, if at all;

 

our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results Mtron would have achieved as a separate, publicly-traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of its future results;

 

the spin-off could give rise to disputes or other unfavorable effects, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations; and

 

Mtron and the Company may be required to indemnify each other for certain liabilities; however, there can be no assurance that any indemnities from the Company will be sufficient to insure Mtron against the full amount of such liabilities or that the Company’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligations will not be impaired in the future, and any indemnification obligations Mtron may have could materially adversely affect our results and financial condition;

 

no market for Mtron Common Stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after the spin-off and the price of Mtron Common Stock, once publicly-traded, may be volatile, including until the public is able to fully analyze our business, operations and results separate from the Company; and

 

adverse conditions in the stock market, the public debt market and other capital markets or the economy generally, and the impact of such conditions on our activities and results, and the price and liquidity of Mtron Common Stock.

In addition to the foregoing, reference is made to the other risks and uncertainties inherent to our business and activities, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this information statement.  These and other factors disclosed in this information statement are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by any of the forward-looking statements.  Other unknown or unpredictable factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by any of the forward-looking statements.  Given these uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.  These statements should be considered only after carefully reading this entire information statement and in conjunction with the other information contained herein.

The forward-looking statements contained in this information statement are made only as of the date of this information statement.  Except to the extent required by law, we do not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of such statements, including to reflect future events or developments.  In addition, past performance may not be indicative of future results, and comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, and all such information should only be viewed as historical data.

You should read this information statement and the materials that we reference in this information statement and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.  We qualify all forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.


26

 

 


 

 

The Spin-Off

Reasons for the Spin-off

The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that the separation of Mtron from the Company is in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders.  The Company’s Board of Directors believes that the separation will, among other things:

 

allow each company to pursue its own distinct business strategy and optimal capital allocation policy, independent of the other, which would better position each company to maximize value over the long-term;

 

permit each company to tailor its strategic plans and pursue growth opportunities consistent with the key commercial markets served by each company, respectively;

 

enable each company to more efficiently raise and allocate capital, including through debt or equity offerings, based on the fundamentals of their separate business;

 

provide each company with greater flexibility to use stock as a currency for mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures;

 

provide the Company’s current stockholders with equity investments in two separate, publicly traded companies, including that reflect risks and prospects of their underlying respective businesses; and

 

enable investors to make investment decisions based on each company’s individual performance and potential, and enhance the likelihood that the market will value each company appropriately.

Mechanics of the Spin-off

The Company is the owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock.  The spin-off will be effected through the pro rata distribution by the Company to its stockholders of 100% of the shares of Mtron Common Stock held by the Company.  As a stockholder of the Company, you will receive one share of Mtron Common Stock for each share of the Company’s common stock held of record by you as of 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on May 6, 2022 (such time and date being referred to as the “record date” for the distribution).  The spin-off will not impact your holdings of the Company’s common stock and, accordingly, your proportionate interest in the Company will not change as a result of the spin-off.  The distribution is intended to be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” below.

Based on the number of shares of the Company’s common stock expected outstanding as of the record date, we expect that 5,390,470 shares of Mtron Common Stock will be distributed in the spin-off.  However, the actual number of shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off will be determined based on the actual number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of the record date.

On or before the distribution date, the Company will release the shares of Mtron Common Stock to the distribution agent to distribute to the Company’s stockholders.  The shares will be distributed in book-entry form, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued.  We expect that it may take the distribution agent up to one week following the distribution date to electronically issue shares of Mtron Common Stock to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form.

No stockholder will be required to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender its existing shares of the Company’s common stock or take any other action to receive their shares of Mtron Common Stock.  However, the Company is seeking the approval of its stockholders in order to effect the spin-off in the contemplated manner.  The Company intends to hold a special meeting of its stockholders to approve these actions and has distributed a separate proxy statement which contains information regarding the proposed spin-off and name change and the special meeting.  Completion of the spin-off is conditioned upon stockholder approval of the spin-off and certain other conditions described below.

Relationship between Mtron and the Company

The separation of businesses of Mtron and the Company in connection with the spin-off and the relationship between Mtron and the Company following the spin-off will be governed by a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement, and a Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement, each as entered into between Mtron and the Company in connection with the spin-off.  These agreements are intended to facilitate the separation of businesses between the

27

 

 


 

Company and Mtron in connection with the spin-off and the operation of Mtron and the Company as separate companies after the spin-off.  The following is a summary of the Separation and Distribution Agreement and Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement.  The summaries are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual agreements or instruments, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part.  We encourage you to read the full text of these agreements.

Separation and Distribution Agreement

The Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) will contain the key provisions relating to the separation of our business from that of the Company and the distribution of the Mtron Common Stock. The Separation Agreement will identify the assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed and contracts to be assigned to us by the Company and by us to the Company in the spin‑off and describe when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur. The Separation Agreement will also include procedures by which the Company and we will become separate and independent companies. In addition, we will enter into certain ancillary agreements with the Company governing various interim and ongoing relationships between the Company and us following the distribution date. These ancillary agreements include a Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement and several other agreements with the Company.

We and the Company intend to execute the Separation Agreement and the ancillary agreements on or before the distribution date; however, they will not be effective until the distribution date. The Separation Agreement may be amended if both parties agree in writing.

Recapitalization and Separation

The Separation Agreement will provide that, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Separation Agreement and before the distribution,

 

Mtron and the Company will cause a recapitalization of Mtron by means of stock split or stock dividend such that after the record date and before the distribution date the number of shares of Mtron Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately before the distribution date will equal the number of shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the record date, which Mtron Common Stock owned by the Company will constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Mtron.

 

the Company will take, and will cause Mtron to take, all actions necessary to, as of the distribution date, amend and restate Mtron’s certificate of incorporation and Mtron’s bylaws

Distribution of Shares

The Company will distribute to its stockholders all the shares of Mtron Common Stock that it owns on the terms described in this information statement. The Company’s obligation to consummate the distribution is subject to the following conditions:

 

the stockholders of the Company approved at a special meeting of stockholders the transfer of substantially all assets of the Company pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

 

the SEC has declared effective our registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, under the Exchange Act, with no stop order in effect with respect to the Form 10;

 

this information statement shall have been mailed to the holders of the Company’s common stock;

 

the actions and filings, if any, necessary under securities and blue sky laws of the states of the United States and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions must have been taken and become effective;

 

the approval for listing of the Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American, subject to official notice of issuance, shall have been obtained;

 

no order, injunction, decree or regulation issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the spin‑off will be in effect and no other event outside the Company’s control will have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the spin‑off; and

 

no event or development has occurred or exists that, in the judgment of the Company’s Board, in its sole discretion, makes the spin‑off inadvisable.

28

 

 


 

 

Mutual Release

As of the time of the distribution, each party will release the other party and their respective affiliates and their directors, officers, employees and agents from all claims, demands and liabilities, in law and in equity, against such other party, which such releasing party has or may have had relating to events, circumstances or actions taken by such other party prior to the distribution. This release does not apply to claims arising from the Separation Agreement.

Indemnification

From and after the distribution, the Company will indemnify Mtron and its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates (collectively, the “Mtron indemnitees”) against all losses, liabilities and damages incurred or suffered by any of the Mtron indemnitees arising out of:

 

the Company’s business;

 

the failure or alleged failure of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of Company liabilities;

 

a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under the Separation Agreement; and

 

any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact: (i) contained in any document filed with the SEC by the Company pursuant to any securities rule, regulation or law, (ii) otherwise disclosed by the Company or its subsidiaries to investors or potential investors in the Company or its subsidiaries or (iii) furnished to any Mtron indemnitee by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for inclusion in any public disclosures to be made by any Mtron indemnitee; or any omission or alleged omission to state in any information described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) a material fact necessary to make the statements not misleading. The indemnity described in this paragraph will be available only to the extent that Mtron losses are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, and the information which is the subject of such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was not supplied after the distribution by Mtron or its agent.

From and after the distribution, Mtron will indemnify the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates (collectively, “Company indemnitees”) against all losses, liabilities and damages incurred or suffered by any of the Company indemnitees arising out of:

 

Mtron’s business;

 

the failure or alleged failure of Mtron or any of its subsidiaries to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of Mtron liabilities;

 

a breach by Mtron of any of its obligations under the Separation Agreement; and

 

any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact: (i) contained in any document filed with the SEC by Mtron following the distribution pursuant to any securities rule, regulation or law, (ii) otherwise disclosed following the distribution by Mtron or its subsidiaries to investors or potential investors in Mtron or its subsidiaries or (iii) furnished to any Company indemnitee by Mtron or any of its subsidiaries for inclusion in any public disclosures to be made by any Company indemnitee; or any omission or alleged omission to state in any information described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) a material fact necessary to make the statements not misleading. The indemnity described in this paragraph will be available only to the extent that Company losses are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, and the information which is the subject of such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was not supplied by the Company or its agent.

Further Assurances

Each of the parties will agree to cooperate with the other and use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and the ancillary agreements.

29

 

 


 

Other Matters

Other matters governed by the Separation Agreement include, without limitation, access to financial and other records and information, confidentiality and resolution of disputes between the parties relating to the Separation Agreement, the ancillary agreements and the agreements and transactions contemplated thereby.

Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement

Concurrently with our separation from the Company, we will enter into the Transitional Administrative and Management Services Agreement (the “Transitional Services Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company will provide Mtron with a variety of services, and Mtron will provide payroll services to the Company, following the spin-off. Among the principal services that the Company will provide to us are:

• accounting, financial reporting and consolidation services;

• treasury services, including, without limitation, insurance and risk management services and administration of benefits; and

• tax planning, tax return preparation, recordkeeping and reporting services.

In providing the services pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement, the Company may, subject to the prior written consent of Mtron, employ consultants and other advisers in addition to utilizing its own employees. In addition, Mr. Tivy, our chief accounting officer, will directly or indirectly supervise employees of Mtron that may provide services to the Company pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement.

Services provided by the Company to Mtron or by Mtron to the Company under the Transitional Services Agreement will be charged at the rates indicated, or cost, where no rates are indicated.

The Transitional Services Agreement has a term of twelve months, and may be extended in whole or in part by agreement of the parties. The Transitional Services Agreement is terminable by either party on 30 days’ prior written notice to the other party.

Trading of Mtron Common Stock

The Company will own all of the outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock prior to the spin-off.  Accordingly, there is no current trading market for Mtron Common Stock. The Mtron Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE American, under the symbol “MPTI”.  The Company expects that the Mtron Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE American on or promptly after the distribution date.  However, there are no assurances that an active public market for Mtron Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the distribution.  If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for our stockholders to sell their shares of Mtron Common Stock at a price that is attractive to them, or at all.

It is expected that a limited trading in the over-the-counter market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, for shares of Mtron Common Stock will begin one trading day before the record date.  “When-issued” trading refers to a transaction made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued.  Generally, shares may trade in the over-the-counter on a “when-issued” basis after they have been authorized but not yet formally issued, which is often initiated by participants in the over-the-counter market prior to the record date relating to the issuance of such shares.  Any “when-issued” transactions in Mtron Common Stock will be settled after the shares of Mtron Common Stock have been issued to the Company’s stockholders.  It is expected that “when-issued” trading in Mtron Common stock will end and “regular way” trading will begin on the first trading day following the distribution date.  “Regular way” trading refers to trading after a security has been issued.

We cannot predict the trading prices for Mtron Common Stock when trading begins.  Those prices will be determined by the marketplace.  Prices at which trading in Mtron Common Stock occurs may fluctuate significantly.  Trading prices for Mtron Common Stock may be influenced by many factors, including our operating results, investor perception of Mtron, market fluctuations and general economic conditions.  In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the performance of many stocks and that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the Company’s operating performance.  These are just some of the factors that may adversely affect the market price of Mtron Common Stock.  See “Risk Factors” for further discussion of risks which may impact Mtron and the trading price of its common stock.

30

 

 


 

Shares of Mtron Common Stock received by the Company’s stockholders in connection with the spin-off will be freely transferable, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates under the Securities Act.  The Company’s stockholders that receive shares of Mtron Common Stock in the spin-off and are deemed affiliates of Mtron will be permitted to sell their shares of Mtron Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or in accordance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Trading of the Company’s common stock Between the Record Date and the Distribution Date

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the trading symbol “LGL”.  It is anticipated that, beginning on the record date and continuing until the time of the distribution, there will be two markets in shares of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE American: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market.  Shares of the Company’s common stock that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to the shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off in respect thereof.  Shares of the Company’s common stock that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Mtron Common Stock.  Therefore, if a stockholder sells shares of the Company’s common stock in the “regular-way” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will also be selling the right to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock that such stockholder would have otherwise received in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.  If a stockholder owns shares of the Company’s common stock on the record date and sells those shares on the “ex-distribution” market on or prior to the time of the distribution, such stockholder will continue to be entitled to receive the shares of Mtron Common Stock which are distributed in the spin-off in respect of the shares of the Company’s common stock being sold.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution of Mtron Common Stock to “U.S. holders” (as defined below) of the Company’s common stock. This summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this information statement, and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. This discussion applies only to U.S. holders of shares of the Company’s common stock who hold such shares as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based upon the assumption that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will be consummated in accordance with the separation documents and as described in this information statement. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of its particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules under the Code (including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, partners in partnerships that hold the Company’s common stock, pass-through entities, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, shareholders who hold the Company’s common stock as part of a “hedge,” “straddle,” “conversion,” “synthetic security,” “integrated investment” or “constructive sale transaction,” individuals who receive the Company’s common stock upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders who are liable for alternative minimum tax or any holders who actually or constructively own more than 5% of the Company’s common stock). This discussion also does not address any tax consequences arising under the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, nor does it address any tax considerations under state, local or foreign laws or U.S. federal laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax.

If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds the Company’s common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation and distribution.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of the Company’s common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States;

 

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

31

 

 


 

 

 

a trust, if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (b) it has a valid election in place under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

The Company has not sought and does not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS with respect to the treatment of the distribution and certain related transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the distribution is taxable. The Company believes that the distribution of Mtron Common Stock to effect the spin-off is a transaction that is generally tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The Company does not plan to obtain an opinion of tax counsel or other tax advisors with respect to the distribution.

Notwithstanding the Company’s intention to treat the spin-off as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the IRS could assert that the distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in asserting this position, the Company, Mtron and the Company’s stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution is Taxable” below.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution Qualifies as a Transaction that is Generally Tax-Free Under Sections 355 and Sections 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code

Assuming the distribution qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution are as follows:

 

no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be includible in the income of the Company as a result of the distribution;

 

no gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) U.S. holders of the Company’s common stock upon the receipt of Mtron Common Stock in the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Mtron Common Stock (as described below);

 

the aggregate tax basis of the Company’s common stock and the Mtron Common Stock received in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in Mtron Common Stock for which cash is received) in the hands of each U.S. holder of the Company’s common stock immediately after the distribution will equal the aggregate basis of the Company’s common stock held by the U.S. holder immediately before the distribution, allocated between the Company’s common stock and Mtron Common Stock (including any fractional share interest in Mtron Common Stock for which cash is received) in proportion to the relative fair market value of each on the date of the distribution; and

 

the holding period of Mtron Common Stock received by each U.S. holder of the Company’s common stock in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in Mtron Common Stock for which cash is received) will generally include the holding period at the time of the distribution for the Company’s common stock with respect to which the distribution is made.

If a U.S. holder of the Company’s common stock holds different blocks of the Company’s common stock (generally shares of the Company’s common stock purchased or acquired on different dates or at different prices), such holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the determination of the basis and holding period of shares of Mtron Common Stock received in the distribution in respect of particular blocks of the Company’s common stock.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution is Taxable

As discussed above, the Company has not sought and does not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS with respect to the treatment of the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding the Company’s intention to treat the distribution as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the IRS could assert that the distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in asserting this position, some or all of the consequences described above would not apply and the Company, Mtron and the Company’s stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, certain events that may or may not be within the control of the Company or Mtron could cause the distribution not to qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

32

 

 


 

If the distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, in general, the Company would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the Mtron Common Stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value (unless the Company and Mtron jointly make an election under Section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the distribution, in which case, in general, (a) the Company would recognize taxable gain as if Mtron had sold all of its assets in a taxable sale in exchange for an amount equal to the fair market value of the Mtron Common Stock and the assumption of all Mtron liabilities and (b) Mtron would obtain a related step up in the basis of its assets) and the Company’s stockholders who receive Mtron Common Stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares.

Even if the distribution were to otherwise qualify as tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, it may result in taxable gain to the Company under Section 355(e) of the Code if the distribution were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in the Company or Mtron. For this purpose, any acquisitions of the Company or Mtron shares within the period beginning two years before the distribution and ending two years after the distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although Mtron or the Company may be able to rebut the presumption depending on the circumstances.

In connection with the distribution, Mtron and the Company will enter into a Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement pursuant to which Mtron will be responsible for certain liabilities and obligations following the distribution. In general, under the terms of the tax matters agreement, if the distribution, together with certain related transactions, were to fail to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) if such failure were the result of actions taken after the distribution by the Company or Mtron, then the party responsible for such failure will be responsible for all taxes imposed on the Company to the extent such taxes result from such actions. For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.” Mtron’s indemnification obligations to the Company under the tax matters agreement are not expected to be limited in amount or subject to any cap. If Mtron is required to indemnify the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors under the circumstances set forth in the tax matters agreement, Mtron may be subject to substantial liabilities.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments of cash to U.S. holders of the Company’s common stock in lieu of fractional shares of Mtron Common Stock may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently, at a rate of 24%), unless such U.S. holder delivers a properly completed IRS Form W-9 certifying such U.S. holder’s correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information, or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT PURPORT TO ADDRESS ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION OR TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE TAX LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS OR THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR CATEGORIES OF STOCKHOLDERS. HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.

 

 

Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement 

We are furnishing this information statement to you, as a stockholder of the Company entitled to receive shares of Mtron Common Stock in the spin-off, for the sole purpose of providing you with information about the spin-off and Mtron.  This information statement is not, and you should not consider it, an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any securities of the Company or Mtron.  We believe that the information in this information statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover.  Changes may occur after that date and neither the Company nor Mtron undertakes any obligation to update the information except as may be required by law.

33

 

 


 

Dividend Policy

In advance of the spin-off, Mtron is expected to declare and pay to the Company as its sole stockholder a special dividend in the amount of $2,758,000, which will eliminate the amount currently due from the Company of $2,698,000 and result in a $60,000 net cash dividend payment. As a result of the dividend, Mtron will have a cash balance of $1,500,000 upon the completion of the spin-off.  Following the spin-off, dividends by Mtron will be at the discretion of our board of directors based on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, and considerations that our board of directors consider relevant.  In addition, the terms of agreements governing our indebtedness, whether existing at the time of the spin-off or subsequently entered into, may limit or prohibit dividend payments.  It is currently expected that, for the foreseeable future following the spin-off, we will retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business.  Accordingly, Mtron does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.


34

 

 


 

 

Capitalization

The following table presents our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2022 on a historical basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to the spin-off and the related transactions and events described in this information statement as if the spin-off and such related transactions and events had occurred on March 31, 2022.  We are providing the following capitalization table for informational purposes only.  You should not construe it as indicative of our capitalization or financial condition had the spin-off and the related transactions and events been completed on the date assumed.  The capitalization table below also may not reflect the capitalization or financial condition that would have resulted had Mtron been operated as a separate company apart from the Company’s organization at that date or our future capitalization or financial condition.  You should read the table below in conjunction with the financial and other information included in the sections of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement.

 

As of March 31, 2022

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(in thousands, except

share amounts)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

(1)

$

1,560

 

 

$

1,500

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized, 5,323,973 shares issued and outstanding, pro-forma

(3)

 

 

 

 

53

 

Paid-in capital

(2, 3)

 

 

 

 

13,564

 

Net investment by LGL Group, Inc.

(3)

 

17,708

 

 

 

 

Total Equity

 

 

17,708

 

 

 

13,617

 

Total capitalization

 

$

17,708

 

 

$

13,617

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects an expected cash amount of exactly $1,500,000 following the $2,758,000 expected dividend to LGL, which retires the $2,698,000 balance due from related party and decreases the pro forma cash balance by $60,000.

 

(2)

Reflects the effect of the $2,758,000 expected dividend along with the expected reduction in deferred tax assets of $1,333,000 at the time of separation.

 

(3)

At separation, LGL’s net investment in us will be eliminated to reflect the distribution of our common stock to LGL’s shareholders, at an exchange ratio of one share of our common stock for every share of LGL common stock.

35

 

 


 

 

Selected Historical COMBINED Financial DATA

The following table presents selected historical combined financial data for the periods indicated below. We derived the selected historical combined financial data as of and for the quarters ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement. We derived the selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, from our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement. In management’s opinion, the unaudited combined financial data has been prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements and includes all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the data for the periods presented.

The historical statements of operations reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from the Company, including, but not limited to, executive management, accounting, and other shared services.  These expenses have been allocated to Mtron on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, while the remainder of the expenses, including costs related to executive compensation, were allocated primarily on a pro-rata basis based on segment revenues.  Management considers these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or the benefits provided to, Mtron.  The allocations may not, however, reflect the expenses Mtron would have incurred as a stand-alone public company for the periods presented.  Actual costs that may have been incurred if Mtron had been a stand-alone public company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.  The financial statements included in this information statement may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as if Mtron had operated as a stand-alone public company during all periods presented.  Accordingly, our historical results may not be a reliable indicator of its future performance or financial condition.

In presenting the financial data in conformity with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” included elsewhere in this information statement for a detailed discussion of the accounting policies that management believes require subjective and complex judgments that could potentially affect reported results.

The selected historical financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement and the financial and other information contained in the sections of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

March 31,

2022

 

 

March 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

Summary of Operations

 

(in thousands, except for percentage of revenues)

 

Revenues

 

$

7,691

 

 

$

6,254

 

 

$

26,694

 

 

$

29,984

 

Gross Margin

 

 

2,872

 

 

 

1,997

 

 

 

9,336

 

 

 

10,296

 

Gross Margin % of revenues

 

 

37.3

%

 

 

31.9

%

 

 

35.0

%

 

 

34.3

%

Operating Income

 

 

814

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

2,114

 

 

 

3,030

 

Net Income

 

 

619

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

1,582

 

 

 

2,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

1,560

 

 

$

2,526

 

 

$

2,635

 

 

$

2,456

 

Total Assets

 

 

20,806

 

 

 

18,125

 

 

 

20,006

 

 

 

17,918

 

Working Capital

 

 

9,359

 

 

 

8,710

 

 

 

9,081

 

 

 

8,930

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

(160

)

 

 

809

 

 

 

2,960

 

 

 

3,906

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

207

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

407

 

Equity

 

 

17,708

 

 

 

15,302

 

 

 

16,849

 

 

 

14,974

 


36

 

 


 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements set forth below have been derived from our historical annual financial statements, including our unaudited combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022, and our unaudited combined statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021, which are included elsewhere in this information statement.  Our historical combined financial statements include allocations of certain expenses from the Company, including expenses for costs related to functions such as tax, accounting, general management, executive services and centrally managed employee benefit arrangements.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements consist of an unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and an unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with our historical audited combined financial statements and the related notes, “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this information statement.

The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations have been prepared to include transaction accounting, and autonomous entity adjustments to reflect the financial condition and results of operations as if Mtron were a separate stand-alone entity as if the spin-off had occurred or became effective as of January 1, 2021, the beginning of our most recently completed fiscal year. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet has been prepared to give effect to the adjustments as though the spin-off had occurred as of March 31, 2022. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements constitute forward-looking information and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements presented below have been derived from our historical audited combined financial statements and the unaudited combined interim financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement and do not purport to represent what our financial position and results of operations would have been had the separation of Mtron from the Company occurred on the dates indicated and are not necessarily indicative of our future financial position and future results of operations. In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are provided for illustrative and informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable; however, such adjustments are subject to change.

The Company did not account for us as, and we were not operated as, an independent, publicly traded company for the periods presented. Our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been prepared to reflect transaction accounting, and autonomous entity adjustments as if Mtron were a separate stand-alone and publicly traded entity.

Transaction accounting adjustments that reflect the effects of Mtron’s legal separation from LGL include:

 

The contribution by the Company of the companies that comprise Mtron and the retention by the Company of certain specified assets and liabilities reflected in our historical combined financial statements, in each case, pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement;  

 

The anticipated post-separation capital structure, including: (i) the Mtron expected cash dividend to LGL; and (ii) the issuance and distribution in kind of our common stock to holders of LGL common stock;  

 

The impact of, and transactions contemplated by, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, and other agreements related to the separation of Mtron from the Company and the provisions contained therein

 

The resulting elimination of LGL’s net investment in us; and

 

Transaction costs specifically related to the separation.

 

Autonomous entity adjustments of incremental expense or other changes necessary to reflect the operations and financial position of Mtron as an autonomous entity when Mtron was previously part of LGL include the following adjustments:

 

The impact of, and transactions contemplated by, the Transition Services Agreement related to the separation of Mtron from the Company and the provisions contained therein; and

 

The operating expenses that were reported in our historical audited combined statements of operations included allocations of certain Company costs, including expenses for costs related to functions such as tax, accounting, general management, executive services and centrally managed employee benefit arrangements, and other related costs that benefit us. The costs

37

 

 


 

 

for these resources which Mtron will incur directly upon and following the spin-off, and which had been previously only partially allocated to us, will be allocated on a pro forma basis to reflect the total amounts actually paid for these resources.

The Company expects that Management Adjustments for dis-synergies representing the significant estimates of costs of being an independent, publicly traded company would necessarily include $165,000 and $767,000 in estimated expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, with expected tax benefits of $36,000 and $193,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. These Management Adjustments include costs based on estimated expenses paid by LGL which were not allocated to Mtron as a standalone entity, but which would be expected to be incurred upon and following our expected listing and operation as a publicly traded company.

Management Adjustments for the significant estimates of costs of being an independent, publicly traded company include the following adjustments:

 

Costs to perform financial reporting, tax, regulatory compliance, corporate governance, treasury, legal and investor relations activities;  

 

Compensation, including equity-based awards, and benefits with respect to new and existing positions; and

 

Insurance premiums, including D&O insurance and an increase to liability premiums.

The pro forma financial information presented herein reflects all Management’s Adjustments that are, in management’s opinion, necessary to a fair statement of the pro forma financial information presented.

Subject to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Company will pay all nonrecurring third-party costs and expenses related to the separation and incurred prior to the completion of the separation. Such nonrecurring amounts are expected to include third-party legal and accounting fees, and similar costs. After the completion of the separation, subject to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and other agreements entered into between the Company and us in connection with the separation, all costs and expenses related to the separation incurred by either the Company or us will be borne by the party incurring the costs and expenses unless otherwise agreed between the Company and us.

Our retained cash balance is subject to adjustments prior to and following the completion of the separation. The following unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet reflects the adjustments as of March 31, 2022, but such adjustments represent a financial projection and are subject to change upon implementation of the spin-off.

 

38

 

 


 

 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

As of March 31, 2022

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Par Value Amounts)

 

 

Historical

 

Transaction

accounting

adjustments

 

Autonomous

entity

adjustments

 

 

Pro Forma

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,560

 

$

(60

)

$

 

(a)

$

1,500

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $131

 

 

4,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,900

 

Inventories, net

 

 

5,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,652

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

12,327

 

 

(60

)

 

 

 

 

12,267

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

536

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

4,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,869

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

18,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,383

 

Gross property, plant and equipment

 

 

23,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,788

 

Less:  accumulated depreciation

 

 

(20,347

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,347

)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

3,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,441

 

Right-of-use lease asset

 

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

Due from related party

 

 

2,698

 

 

(2,698

)

 

 

(b)

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

139

 

Deferred income tax asset

 

 

1,998

 

 

(1,333

)

 

 

(c)

 

665

 

Other assets

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total Assets

 

$

20,806

 

$

(4,091

)

$

 

 

$

16,715

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,458

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

1,458

 

Accrued compensation and commissions expense

 

 

914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

914

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

596

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

2,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,968

 

Long-term lease liability

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

3,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,098

 

Contingencies (Note N)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value - 30,000,000 shares authorized;

5,323,973 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

(d)

 

53

 

Paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

13,564

 

 

 

(d)

 

13,564

 

Net investment by LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

17,708

 

 

(17,708

)

 

 

(d)

 

 

Total Stockholders' Equity

 

 

17,708

 

 

(4,091

)

 

 

 

 

13,617

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

$

20,806

 

$

(4,091

)

$

 

 

$

16,715

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

39

 

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Quarter Ended March 31, 2022

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

 

Historical

 

Transaction

accounting

adjustments

 

Autonomous

entity

adjustments

 

 

Pro Forma

 

REVENUES

 

$

7,691

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

7,691

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing cost of sales

 

 

4,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,819

 

Engineering, selling and administrative

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

 

7

 

(e)

 

2,065

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

814

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

807

 

Other Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

Total other expense, net

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

794

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

787

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

175

 

 

 

 

(2

)

(f)

 

173

 

NET INCOME

 

$

619

 

$

 

$

(5

)

 

$

614

 

Basic per share information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in

basic earnings per share calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

5,323,973

 

Basic pro forma net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

$

0.12

 

Diluted per share information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in

diluted earnings per share calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

5,323,973

 

Diluted pro forma net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

$

0.12

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

 

 

40

 

 


 

 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2021

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 

 

Historical

 

Transaction

accounting

adjustments

 

Autonomous

entity

adjustments

 

 

Pro Forma

 

REVENUES

 

$

26,694

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

26,694

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing cost of sales

 

 

17,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,358

 

Engineering, selling and administrative

 

 

7,222

 

 

 

 

(5

)

(e)

 

7,217

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

2,114

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

2,119

 

Other Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

Other expense, net

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Total other expense, net

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

2,113

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

2,118

 

Income tax Expense (benefit)

 

 

531

 

 

 

 

1

 

(f)

 

532

 

NET INCOME

 

$

1,582

 

$

 

$

4

 

 

$

1,586

 

Basic per share information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in

basic earnings per share calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

5,323,973

 

Basic pro forma net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

$

0.30

 

Diluted per share information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in

diluted earnings per share calculation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

5,323,973

 

Diluted pro forma net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

$

0.30

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements


41

 

 


 

 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

 

(a)

Represents an adjustment to reflect an expected dividend in the amount of $2,758,000 to the Company, less amounts contained within the intercompany receivable from the Company, as noted in note (b) below.

 

(b)

At the time of the separation, we will no longer have amounts due from related party of $2,698,000. Accordingly, we have removed this amount from the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022.

 

(c)

At the time of separation, the Company will retain the net liabilities associated with the uncertain tax positions related to its various tax filings and certain deferred tax assets relating to tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards. At March 31, 2022, this amount was expected to be $1,333,000, leaving Mtron with deferred tax assets of $669,000.

 

(d)

Reflects the reclassification of the Company’s net investment in us, which was recorded in net investment by LGL, into paid-in capital and common stock to reflect the assumed issuance of 5,323,973 shares of our common stock with $0.01 par value per share pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement immediately prior to the separation. We have assumed the number of outstanding shares of our common stock based on the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on March 31, 2022, and a distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for each share of the Company’s common stock.

 

(e)

Reflects Autonomous Entity Adjustments of $27,000 and $107,000 in expected charges to LGL under the Transitional and Administrative Services Agreement for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, offset by the removal of $34,000 and $102,000 of related expenses incurred by LGL but not fully allocated to Mtron for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

(f)

Reflects the related income taxes incurred in respect of the related adjustments for (e) above, based on the tax rate for each respective period.

 

(g)

Pro forma basic earnings per share (EPS) and pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding are based on the number of the Company’s basic weighted average shares outstanding for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, reflecting the expected 1:1 distribution of our common stock.

 

(h)

Pro forma diluted EPS and pro forma diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding are based on the number of basic shares of our common stock as described in Note (d) above. The actual dilutive effect following the completion of the Separation will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment between the Company and Mtron and the impact of equity-based compensation arrangements. While we cannot fully estimate the dilutive effects at this time, we do not anticipate that any such equity-based grants will have a material dilutive impact.

 

(i)

Reconciliation of pro forma net income from continuing operations after giving effect to Management’s Adjustments:

Management Adjustments for dis-synergies representing the significant estimates of costs of being an independent, publicly traded company would necessarily include $165,000 and $767,000 in estimated expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, with expected tax benefits of $36,000 and $193,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively.

Pro Forma net income from continuing operations, after Management’s Adjustments, would be $485,000 and $1,012,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, or $0.09 per share and $0.19 per share for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively on a basic and diluted basis.

 

 

 


42

 

 


 

 

Business

You should read the following business description in conjunction with our audited combined financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this information statement.

General

Mtron, an operating company originally founded in 1965, along with its subsidiaries, designs, manufactures and markets highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products. These electronic components ensure reliability and security in aerospace and defense communications, low noise and base accuracy for laboratory instruments, and synchronous data transfers throughout the wireless and Internet infrastructure.

The Company’s operations include those related to its manufacturing operations in Yankton, South Dakota and those of its two principal subsidiaries; (1) Piezo Technology, Inc. ("PTI") and (2) M-tron Asia, LLC ("Mtron Asia"). PTI is a manufacturer with its principal administrative, sales, and manufacturing operations in Orlando, Florida, and directly owns Piezo Technology India Private, Ltd., which operates a manufacturing plant located in Noida, India. Mtron Asia is a holding company that owns M-tron Industries, Ltd., which operates a sales office in Hong Kong, a special administrative region of China.

Mtron has operations in Orlando, Florida; Yankton, South Dakota; and Noida, India, and has sales offices in Austin, Texas and Hong Kong. Mtron and its subsidiaries currently operate together as a single group under the MtronPTI brand (“Mtron PTI”).

Subsidiary Name

 

State or Country of Organization

 

M-tron Industries, Inc. Investment

 

Piezo Technology, Inc.

 

Florida

 

 

100.0

%

Piezo Technology India Private Ltd.

 

India

 

 

99.9

%

M-tron Asia, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

100.0

%

M-tron Industries, Ltd.

 

Hong Kong

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

Business Strategy

Our primary objective is to create long-term growth with a market-based approach of designing and offering new products to our customers through both organic research and development, and through strategic partnerships, joint ventures, acquisitions or mergers. We seek to leverage our core strength as an engineering leader to expand client access, add new capabilities and continue to diversify our product offerings. Our focus is on investments that will differentiate our company competitively, broaden our portfolio and lead toward higher levels of integration organically and through joint venture, merger and acquisition opportunities. We believe that successful execution of this strategy will lead to a transformation of our product portfolio towards longer product life cycles, better margins and improved competitive position.

Operations

We manufacture our products out of facilities that we own in Orlando, Florida and Yankton, South Dakota, and a manufacturing facility we lease in Noida, India. We lease and maintain a sales office in Hong Kong, a special administrative region of China.

Products

Our portfolio is divided into two product groupings, Frequency Control and Spectrum Control, and has expanded from primarily crystal-based components to include higher levels of integration, advanced materials science, cavity-based products, and various types of compensation methods employing integrated circuits and other methods to create products geared for applications that require high reliability in harsh environments. These products are differentiated by their precise level of accuracy, stability over time and within harsh environments, and very low phase noise.

Our Frequency Control product group includes a broad portfolio of quartz crystal resonators, clock oscillators, VCXO, TCXO OCXO and DOCXO devices which meet some of the tightest specifications, including IEEE 1588 standards. These devices may be based on quartz, quartz MEMS or advanced materials science designed to achieve higher performance levels than quartz. Our products offer high reliability over a wide temperature range and are well-suited for harsh environments, including shock and vibration-resistant oscillators with low-g sensitivity. These products are designed for applications within aerospace and defense, telecommunications infrastructure and instrumentation markets.

43

 

 


 

Our Spectrum Control product group includes a wide array of radio frequency (“RF”), microwave and millimeter wave filters and diplexers covering a frequency range from 1 MHz to 90 GHz, and solid-state power amplifiers covering a frequency range from 300 MHz to 26 GHz, with power output from 10 Watts to 10 kWatts. Filter devices include crystal, ceramic, LC, tubular, combline, cavity, interdigital and metal insert waveguide, as well as digital, analog and mechanical tunable filters, switched filter arrays and RF subsystems. Power amplifiers add active devices to Mtrons portfolio and include GaN, GaAS FET, LDMOS and chip and wire technologies in narrow or broadband, module or rack-mounted packages. These products are employed in applications within the aerospace, defense, space and commercial markets.

New product development continues to be a key focus for us as we continue to push our roadmap to meet the needs of our served markets. Within Frequency Control, design efforts are focused on smaller packages, lower power, lower phase noise and use of new materials to provide compensation and harsh environment performance that surpasses customer requirements. Spectrum Control seeks to develop higher power handling, higher levels of integration and a range of integrated products within the RF subsystem.

Customers

We primarily work directly with original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) to define the right solutions for their unique applications, including the design of custom parts with unique part numbers. Actual sales of production parts may be directly to the OEM or through either our designated contract manufacturers or through franchised distributors of our products. As a result, Mtron has highly-skilled sales engineers who work directly with the designers and program managers at their OEMs providing a high-level of engineering support at all points within the process.

For the first quarter of 2022, our largest customer, a commercial aerospace and defense company, accounted for $2,063,000, or 23.2%, of our total revenues, compared to $1,413,000, or 20.9%, of our total revenues in the first quarter of 2021. In 2021, our largest customer accounted for $7,838,000, or 29.4%, of our total revenues, compared to $7,802,000, or 26.0%, of our total revenues in 2020.  Our second largest customer, a defense contractor, accounted for $920,000, or 10.4%, of our total revenues in the first quarter of 2022, compared to $1,034,000, or 15.3%, of our total revenues in the first quarter of 2021. Our second largest customer accounted for $3,138,000, or 11.8%, of our total revenues in 2021, compared to $5,550,000, or 18.5%, of our total revenues in 2020. The loss of either of these customers, or a decrease in their demand for our products, could have a material adverse effect on our results.

As of March 31, 2022, four of our largest customers accounted for approximately $3,017,000, or 60.0% of accounts receivable. The insolvency of any of these customers could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity.

Competition

Mtron designs, manufactures and markets products for the generation, synchronization and control of time and frequency as well as spectrum control products. There are numerous domestic and international manufacturers who are capable of providing custom-designed products comparable in quality and performance to our products. Our competitive strategy begins with our focus on niche markets where precise specification and reliability are the major requirements. Competitors in our electronic components segment include, but are not limited to, Vectron International and Microsemi Corporation (both divisions of Microchip Technology Incorporated), K&L Microwave (a division of Dover Corporation) and Rakon Limited.

Research and Development

Utilizing our understanding of market requirements, we employ a disciplined approach to capital allocation when selecting new product development projects. A cross-functional team comprised of engineering, marketing, operations, sales and finance reviews the merits of specific projects seeking to invest in products that will exceed a specific return on investment level and a payback expectation within one to two years. In addition, the team considers the inherent value of intellectual property that each project presents with consideration for technical roadmap objectives.

Our research and development expenses were approximately $2,006,000 and $2,036,000 in 2021 and 2020, respectively, and will remain a significant part of our efforts to revitalize our intellectual property position.

Marketing and Sales

Mtron has a highly skilled team of sales engineers who work in tandem with a worldwide network of more than 30 independent external manufacturer representatives and franchised electronics distributors to market and sell our products. An important part of the sales process is gaining qualification of specific products from the OEM, confirming suitability for use in a specific system design, which is commonly referred to as a “design-win.” Through direct contact with our clients and through our representative network, we are able to understand the needs of the marketplace and then guide our product development process to allocate resources to meeting those requirements.

44

 

 


 

Domestic Revenues

Our domestic revenues were $5,561,000 in the first quarter of 2022, or 72.3% of total combined revenues, compared to $5,009,000, or 80.1% of total combined revenues, in the first quarter of 2021. Our domestic revenues were $20,952,000 in 2021, or 78.5% of total combined revenues, compared to $22,702,000, or 75.7% of total combined revenues, in 2020.

Foreign Revenues

Our foreign revenues were $2,130,000 in the first quarter of 2022, or 27.7% of total combined revenues, compared to $1,245,000 in the first quarter of 2021, or 19.9% of total combined revenues, and $5,742,000 in 2021, or 21.5% of total combined revenues, compared to $7,282,000 in 2020, or 24.3% of total combined revenues. These revenues were derived mainly from customers in Asia, with significant sales in Malaysia. We avoid significant currency exchange risk by transacting and settling substantially all of our foreign sales in United States dollars.

Seasonality

Our business is not seasonal, although shipment schedules may be affected by the production schedules of our customers or their contract manufacturers based on regional practices or customs.

Order Backlog

As of March 31, 2022, our order backlog was $36,824,000, compared to $29,439,000 at December 31, 2021 and $20,118,000 at March 31, 2021. The backlog of unfilled orders includes amounts based on signed contracts as well as agreed letters of intent, which we have determined are firm orders and likely to proceed. Our record booking trend during the last two quarters reflects strong defense orders, including $9.8 million from two major missile defense programs, much of which is expected to ship subsequent to 2022. Strong orders from the recovering avionics market also drove the increase in first quarter 2022 bookings over first quarter 2021 bookings. Although backlog represents only firm orders that are considered likely to be fulfilled primarily within the 12 months following receipt of the order, cancellations or scope adjustments may and do occur.

Order backlog is adjusted quarterly to reflect project cancellations, deferrals, revised project scope and cost. We expect to fill a significant portion of our 2021 order backlog in 2022, but cannot provide assurances as to what portion of the order backlog will be fulfilled in a given year.

Raw Materials

Generally, most raw materials used in the production of our products are available in adequate supply from a number of sources and the prices of these raw materials are relatively stable. However, some raw materials, including printed circuit boards, quartz and certain metals including steel, aluminum, silver, gold, tantalum and palladium, are subject to greater supply fluctuations and price volatility, as experienced in recent years. In general, we have been able to include some cost increases in our pricing, but in some cases our margins were adversely impacted.

The outbreak of the novel COVID-19 coronavirus has caused a global pandemic that has disrupted supply chains and the ability to obtain components and raw materials around the world for most companies, including Mtron. On occasion, one or more of the components used in our products have become unavailable resulting in unanticipated redesign and/or delays in shipments. Continued identification of alternative supply sources or other mitigations are important in minimizing disruption to our supply chain.

Intellectual Property

Mtron has no patents, trademarks or licenses that are considered to be significant to our business or operations. Rather, we believe that our technological position depends primarily on the technical competence and creative ability of our engineering and technical staff in areas of product design and manufacturing processes, including our staff’s ability to customize products to meet difficult specifications, as well as proprietary know-how and information.

Government Regulations

As a supplier to certain U.S. Government defense contractors, Mtron must comply with significant procurement regulations and other requirements. Maintaining registration under the International Traffic in Arms Regulations for all of our related production facilities is also required. One of those production facilities must comply with additional requirements for our production processes and for selected personnel in order to maintain the security of classified information. These requirements, although customary within these markets, increase our performance and compliance costs.

45

 

 


 

We are routinely audited and reviewed by the U.S. Government and its agencies such as the Defense Contract Audit Agency and Defense Contract Management Agency. These agencies review our performance under our contracts, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards, as well as the adequacy of our internal control systems and policies. Any cost found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed. If an audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions.

From time to time, we may also be subject to U.S. Government investigations relating to our or our customers’ operations and products, and are expected to perform in compliance with a vast array of federal laws, including the Truth in Negotiations Act, the False Claims Act, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations promulgated under the Arms Export Control Act, and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. We or our customers may be subject to reductions of the value of contracts, contract modifications or termination, and the assessment of penalties and fines, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition, or result in a diminution in revenue from our customers, if we or our customers are found to have violated the law or are indicted or convicted for violations of federal laws related to government security regulations, employment practices or protection of the environment, or are found not to have acted responsibly as defined by the law. Such convictions could also result in suspension or debarment from serving as a supplier to government contractors for some period of time. Such convictions or actions could have a material adverse effect on us and our operating results. The costs of cooperating or complying with such audits or investigations may also adversely impact our financial results.

Mtron’s manufacturing operations, products, and/or product packaging are subject to environmental laws and regulations governing air emissions, wastewater discharges, and the handling, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances, wastes and other chemicals. In addition, more stringent environmental regulations may be enacted in the future, both within the United States and internationally, and we cannot presently determine the modifications, if any, in our operations that any future regulations might require, or the cost of compliance that would be associated with such regulations. To date, capital expenditures, earnings and the competitive position of Mtron have not been materially affected by compliance with current federal, state, and local laws and regulations (domestic and foreign) relating to the protection of the environment. However, we cannot predict the effect of future laws and regulations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2021, Mtron employed 295 people, including 153 full-time and 13 part-time employees, along with 129 contractors. Of this total, Mtron has 143 full-time, 12 part-time, and 11 contract employees within the U.S., with 139 located in Orlando, Florida, and 27 in Yankton, South Dakota. Mtron has two full-time employees and one part-time employee in Hong Kong, and eight full-time employees and 118 contractors in Noida, India. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and Mtron considers our relationships with employees to be good.

As an engineered products and solutions company, a significant number of our workforce consists of degreed engineers providing expertise in product design and process development.

Properties

Following the spin-off, our principal executive office will be located at 2525 Shader Road, Orlando, Florida 32804 in an office located with an operating facility. Our Orlando, Florida operating facility contains approximately 71,000 square feet on approximately five acres of land. Mtron also owns a facility in Yankton, South Dakota, containing approximately 32,000 square feet on approximately eleven acres of land. Mtron also leases approximately 13,000 square feet of office and manufacturing space in Noida, India. Mtron also leases sales customer support office space in Hong Kong and Austin, Texas. It is our opinion that the facilities referred to above are in good operating condition, suitable, and adequate for present uses.

Legal Proceedings

Mtron is not a party to any litigation or other legal or regulatory proceedings.


46

 

 


 

 

Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition together with our historical financial statements and accompanying notes that we have included elsewhere in this information statement as well as the discussion in the section of this information statement entitled “Business.” The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections.  Actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including, without limitation, those discussed in the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The historical and pro forma financial statements included in this information statement may not reflect what our business, financial position or results of operations would have been had it been a separate, publicly-traded company during the periods presented or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future.  For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial statements, please see “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” and our historical financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this information statement.

Overview

Mtron is engaged in the designing, manufacturing and marketing of highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products used to control the frequency or timing of signals in electronic circuits in various applications. Mtron’s primary markets are aerospace and defense.

The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of all of its majority-owned subsidiaries.

Results of Operations

Factors Which May Influence Results of Operations

We are not aware of any material trends or uncertainties, other than national economic conditions affecting our industry generally, that may reasonably be expected to have a material impact, favorable or unfavorable, on our revenues or income other than those listed in sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic (“COVID”) has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our operations and financial performance, as well as on the operations and financial performance of many of the customers and suppliers in industries that we serve. The COVID pandemic continues to present business challenges, and we continue to experience impacts related to COVID, primarily in higher raw material prices, disruptions in global supply chains, delays in supplier deliveries, delays in deliveries to customers, travel restrictions, quarantine restrictions, labor shortages and employee absences.

As a result of COVID, the Company’s operations in India were closed on March 23, 2020 and resumed limited operations on May 7, 2020 with a reduced level of staffing. By the end of June 2020, the Company’s India facilities were fully operational. Post COVID revenue and bookings declined; and cost-saving measures were taken.

In accordance with the Department of Defense guidance issued in March 2020 designating the Defense Industrial Base as a critical infrastructure workforce, our U.S. production facilities have continued to operate in support of essential products and services required to meet national security commitments to the U.S. Government and the U.S. military; however, facility closures or work slowdowns or temporary stoppages have occurred and could occur in the future. In addition, other countries have different practices and policies that can affect our international operations and the operations of our suppliers and customers.

The ultimate impact of COVID on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are not within our control, including, but not limited to, duration of the pandemic, potential subsequent waves of COVID infection or potential new variants, the effectiveness and adoption of COVID vaccines and therapeutics, governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic (including shutdown orders, border closings, restrictions on travel and transport and workplace restrictions) and resulting supplier impacts. In addition, to the extent global vaccination programs do not achieve intended results and a longer period of economic and global supply chain and related disruption continues, the more adverse the impact will be on our business operations, financial performance and results of operations.

47

 

 


 

Supply Chain Disruptions

Material shortages are impacting the timing of our revenue by 5% to 15% each quarter. We have been able to work around material shortages by pulling in other orders, limiting labor overtime, cross training existing employees, training new hires, and replacing aging equipment. We have extended the lead times of the raw materials and sub-assemblies in our ERP system such that we place orders sooner as compared to prior periods, and we are ordering more to forecast that we have historically. We have had labor shortages since mid-2020 accompanied with higher than historical attrition and have successfully managed through this and are nearly fully staffed.

We are not aware of any material impacts due to export restrictions facing our materials suppliers; however, China-based enterprises are key suppliers of materials to us and any sanctions against them may potentially have a significant impact to our business. We are unable to de-globalize several items purchased from China as they are sole-sourced. We do not purchase any materials from Russia or Ukraine directly.

Inflationary Cost Pressures

Both our labor costs and our material costs have been increasing. We had attrition due to competitive wages, so we made wage adjustments to be able to retain and then attract the talent pool required to manufacture our products. Our suppliers have experienced the same labor cost issues, as well as commodity price increases, and have passed those price increases to us. Transportation costs as well as various disposable costs have increased for all our suppliers and customers. Certain market segments have been impacted, thereby reducing revenue, and we have adjusted our labor costs accordingly. We have been successful at passing most of these increases along to our customers, although with a delay and uncertainty whether future cost increases will also be able to be passed along given their rate and ongoing variability.

In order to mitigate these ongoing inflationary cost pressures, we have increased our purchasing volume to attain the next discount level of pricing (ordering to forecast versus firm demand), we have shopped virtually every purchase to make sure we obtain the best price, we have invested in capital equipment to improve yields and reduce costs, and we have cross-trained our work force to minimize the need to hire additional workers for specialized trades.

Cybersecurity Risks

We do not use any electronic data interchange (EDI) purchase and invoice software solutions or any other software program to connect us to our suppliers. Our products do not use software. We have dual sourced as many components and services as possible, in order to protect our supply chain from vendor disruptions due to cybersecurity risks. We have not been impacted by any cybersecurity breaches or similar incidents. If our utilities are attacked and are shut down at one of our manufacturing facilities, we have two other locations that could ramp up to duplicate some of the interrupted manufacturing. We have not conducted a cybersecurity vulnerability survey of our suppliers, but believe our efforts to diversify our supply chain will enable us to weather any issues encountered by our suppliers. Our Board’s audit committee has oversight responsibility pursuant to which it evaluates cybersecurity risks, mitigation efforts and incident response preparedness, addresses management’s risk assessments and mitigation efforts and reviews the adequacy of privacy policies and technology, privacy and information security related internal controls.

Three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to three months ended March 31, 2021

Consolidated Revenues, Gross Margin, and Backlog

Total revenues were $7,691,000, or a 23.0% increase over revenues of $6,254,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The revenue increase reflects the recovering avionics market and strong defense product shipments.

Consolidated gross margin, which is consolidated revenues less manufacturing cost of sales as a percentage of revenues, improved to 37.3% from 31.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2021 reflecting the increased business volume.

As of March 31, 2022, our order backlog was $36,824,000, an increase of 25.1% from $29,439,000 at December 31, 2021 and an increase of 83% compared to the backlog of $20,118,000 as of March 31, 2021. The Company attained record backlog levels as of March 31, 2022. Our record booking trend during the last two quarters reflects strong defense orders including $9.8 million from two major missile defense programs, much of which is expected to ship subsequent to 2022. Strong orders from the recovering avionics market also drove the increase in first quarter 2022 bookings over first quarter 2021 bookings. The backlog of unfilled orders includes amounts based on signed contracts as well as agreed letters of intent which we have determined are firm orders likely to be fulfilled largely in the next 12 months. Order backlog is adjusted quarterly to reflect project cancellations, deferrals, revised project scope and cost, and sales of subsidiaries, if any.

48

 

 


 

Operating Income (Loss)

We reported operating income of $814,000 compared to operating income of $302,000 for the first quarter of 2021. The increase reflects higher revenue and margins partly offset by inflationary pressures and increased stock compensation expense costs in the first quarter of 2022.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net was an expense of $17,000 compared to income of $46,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 reflecting the impact of unfavorable currency changes.

Income Tax Expense

We recorded a tax expense of $175,000 and $64,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The expense is based on an estimated annual effective tax rate across the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Net Income

Net income was $619,000 compared to $281,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily from the previously discussed increased business volume partly offset by certain unfavorable operating costs.

2021 Compared to 2020

Consolidated Revenues, Gross Margin and Backlog

Total revenues were $26,694,000, a decrease of $3,290,000, or 11%, from $29,984,000 in 2020. The lower revenue was significantly impacted by the decline in shipments to the avionics market somewhat offset by strong space business performance. The comparison also reflects first quarter of 2020 pre-COVID conditions.

Consolidated gross margin, which is consolidated revenues less manufacturing cost of sales as a percentage of revenues, improved to 35.0% compared to 34.3% for the prior year. Gross margins improved over last year but were muted by inflationary cost pressures. The improved profitability was from favorable mix and cost reductions, including the elimination of certain previously required redundancies to preserve manufacturing capabilities in response to the COVID-19 impacts on our business. The Company’s India operations were shut down for over six weeks during 2020 requiring onshoring of production to U.S. factories, resulting in increased production costs. As Mtron is an essential business, we maintained our production and operations, to support our customer requirements.

As of December 31, 2021, our order backlog was $29,439,000, an increase of 50% compared to $19,644,000 as of December 31, 2020. Strong bookings of $37,935,000 following depressed 2020 orders, after the rapid falloff from avionics and other related COVID pandemic issues, drove the improvement. Current year bookings reflect the recovering avionics market and strong defense orders including a fourth quarter 2021 $6.3 million order related to a major missile defense program, most of which is expected to ship subsequent to 2022. The backlog of unfilled orders includes amounts based on signed contracts as well as agreed letters of intent, which we have determined are firm orders likely to be fulfilled primarily in the next 12 months.

Order backlog is adjusted quarterly to reflect project cancellations, deferrals, revised project scope and cost, and sales of subsidiaries, if any. We expect to fill a substantial portion of our order backlog as of December 31, 2021 in 2022, but cannot provide assurances as to what portion of the order backlog will be fulfilled in a given year.

Operating (Loss) Income

We reported operating income of $2,114,000 compared to operating income of $3,030,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease reflects the lower revenues, higher non-cash stock-based compensation costs and inflationary pressures somewhat offset by the above-described profitability improvements. Engineering, selling and administrative expenses were 27.1% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 24.2% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net was $1,000 compared to $137,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020 reflecting interest expense and currency changes.

Income Tax Provision

We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits, tax benefits and deductions and in the calculation of certain tax assets and

49

 

 


 

liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the tax provision in a subsequent period.

We recognize tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. For those positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $448,000.

During 2021, we released the $374,000 valuation allowance over a portion of our deferred tax assets as the deferred tax assets became more likely than not to be realized. We recorded a tax expense of $531,000 and $583,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The substantially higher tax expense was driven by the increase in our unrecognized tax benefits, but was partly offset by the tax benefit from the reduction of our previously recorded valuation allowance.

Net Income

Net income was $1,582,000 compared to $2,310,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was from the aforementioned items noted above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents were $1,560,000 and $2,635,000, respectively.

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 was ($160,000) and $809,000, respectively. The $969,000 decrease was from higher receivable and inventory levels in support of business growth as well as advanced procurement of certain inventory components to address supply chain issues. Cash provided by operating activities was $2,960,000 and $3,906,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The $946,000 decrease was largely due to the lower operating earnings and changes in receivable and inventory levels in 2021 as compared to 2020.

Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 was $207,000 and $55,000, respectively. Higher capital expenditures of $152,000 over the prior year were for investment in production equipment to improve cost and efficiency. Cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $1,099,000 and $407,000, respectively. Capital expenditures increased $692,000 for investment in production equipment to improve cost and efficiency

As of March 31, 2022, our consolidated working capital was $9,359,000 compared to $9,081,000 as of December 31, 2021. As of March 31, 2022, we had current assets of $12,327,000, current liabilities of $2,968,000 and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 4.15 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2021, we had current assets of $12,093,000, current liabilities of $3,012,000 and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 4.01 to 1.00. Management continues to focus on efficiently managing working capital requirements to match operating activity levels and will seek to deploy our working capital where it will generate the greatest returns.

On May 12, 2022, the loan agreement for a revolving line of credit with Synovus Bank expired. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving line of credit with Synovus Bank. See Note F – Revolving Credit Agreement in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the revolving credit agreement with Synovus Bank.

On June 15, 2022, Mtron entered into a loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) for a revolving line of credit with Fifth Third Bank, National Association, for up to $5.0 million bearing interest at the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) rate plus a margin of 2.25%. The Loan Agreement has a maturity date of June 15, 2025 and contains certain financial covenants. The Loan Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for lines of credit and transactions of this type, including limitations on the incurrence of debt and liabilities, as well as financial reporting requirements. The Loan Agreement also imposes certain financial covenants based on Debt Service Coverage Ratio and the Ratio of Total Liabilities to Total Net Worth (as such terms are defined in the Loan Agreement). All loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement will be secured by a continuing and unconditional first priority security interest in and to any and all property of Mtron.

We believe that existing cash and cash equivalents, revolving line of credit and cash generated from operations will provide sufficient liquidity to meet our ongoing working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months from the date of this filing. The Company’s management continues to strive for profitable growth both internally and through acquisition.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements. Certain accounting policies require us to make estimates and assumptions

50

 

 


 

that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. The accounting policies described below are those that most frequently require us to make estimates and judgments and, therefore, are critical to understanding our results of operations.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”), which requires an asset and liability approach for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These balances are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year(s) in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income taxes is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.

Based on consideration of all available evidence regarding their utilization, we record net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be realized. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some amount of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount that, in our judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In reaching such conclusions, we consider available positive and negative evidence including past operating results, projections of future taxable income, the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies and the realizability of tax loss carryforwards. Our projections of future taxable income include estimates and assumptions regarding our income and costs, as well as the timing and amount of reversals of taxable temporary differences.

We account for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with ASC 740, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based solely on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

We had a valuation allowance of $374,000 at the year ended December 31, 2020; however, this was reversed in 2021 given our future estimates for taxable income.

Inventories

We account for inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method. Inventory reserves are determined based on estimated losses that result from inventory that becomes obsolete or for which Mtron has excess inventory levels. In determining these estimates, Mtron performs an analysis on current demand and usage for each inventory item over historical time periods. Based on that analysis, Mtron reserves a percentage of the inventory amount within each time period based on historical demand and usage patterns of specific items in inventory. Actual experience could differ from the amounts estimated requiring adjustments to inventory valuation in future periods.

51

 

 


 

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Review, Approval or Ratification of Related Party Transactions

We will have in place a policy for the review and approval of transactions in which Mtron is to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds or is expected to exceed $120,000 annually, and in which any of our directors or executive officers, or any of their immediate family members, will have a direct or indirect material interest.  Any such related party transaction is to be for the benefit of us and upon terms no less favorable to us than if the related party transaction was with an unrelated party.

It is expected that our board of directors will delegate to its Audit Committee the review and approval of related party transactions relating to directors or executive officers, or their immediate family members.  In reviewing related party transactions, the Audit Committee will evaluate and consider the terms of the related party transaction, including an assessment of the arms-length nature of the terms, and such other factors that it deems appropriate with respect to the transaction.

Related Party Transactions and Relationships

See the section of this information statement entitled “The Spin-Off—Relationship Between Mtron and the Company” for a description of the agreements expected to be entered into between the Company and Mtron in connection with the spin-off which set forth the terms and conditions of the separation of the businesses of the Company between the Company and Mtron and will govern various ongoing arrangements between the Company and Mtron upon completion of the spin-off.


52

 

 


 

 

Management

Directors and Executive Officers Following the Spin-Off

It is currently expected that certain of the Company’s executive officers and directors will serve as our executive officers and directors. The following table lists the names of the individuals who will serve as our executive officers and directors following the spin-off, and their expected position(s) with Mtron.

Name

Position

Executive Officers

 

Michael J. Ferrantino

Chief Executive Officer; Director

William A. Drafts

President

James W. Tivy

Chief Financial Officer

Linda M. Biles

Vice-President, Controller

 

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

Marc J. Gabelli

Chairman

Hendi Susanto

Director

John S. Mega

Director

Bel Lazar

Director

Robert V. “Rob” LaPenta Jr.

Director

David M. Goldman

Director

 

 

The following additional information is provided for each of the above-named individuals.  Our executive officers will be appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, including their ages (as of July 18, 2022), and business experience for the past five years and prior years.

 

Name

Age

Offices and Positions Held With the Company, Business Experience and Principal Occupation for the Last Five Years

Michael J. Ferrantino

 

51

Mr. Ferrantino currently holds the position of President and Chief Executive Officer for The LGL Group, Inc. (April 2021 to present) and also holds the position of Chief Executive Officer for Interex, Inc. and is on the board of Gabelli Equity Trust, Inc. and Gabelli Utility Trust. Mr. Ferrantino formerly served as a Director of LGL Systems Acquisition Corp. from September 2019 to August 2021 (NYSE: DFNS) and was Chief Executive Officer & Director at Valpey-Fisher Corp. Mr. Ferrantino received an undergraduate degree from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and an MBA from Loyola University Maryland. Mr. Ferrantino brings to the Board and management his experience in management and manufacturing operations, and an extensive knowledge of global financial markets.

William A. Drafts

57

President and Chief Executive Officer, M-tron Industries, Inc. November 2019 to present. Mr. Drafts formerly served as Vice President, General Manager of FLIR Systems, Inc., Imaging Division, a world leader in thermal imaging. Preceding FLIR, Bill was Vice President, General Manager of Microsensor Systems, Inc., the world leader in surface acoustic wave (SAW) chemical sensors and instrumentation. Prior to that, Mr. Drafts was the Division Manager of F. W. Bell, the world leader in magnetic sensors and instrumentation. Mr. Drafts graduated from the University of Arizona with a B.S.E.E. and earned both a M.S.E.E. and M.B.A. from the University of Central Florida.  Mr. Drafts has eleven technical publications and holds three U.S. patents.

53

 

 


 

Name

Age

Offices and Positions Held With the Company, Business Experience and Principal Occupation for the Last Five Years

James W. Tivy

54

Chief Financial Officer, The LGL Group, Inc. (January 2018 to present); SVP, Finance for INTL FCStone Securities Inc. (November 2012 to January 2017); Group Controller, INTL FCStone Inc. (January 2008 to November 2012). Mr. Tivy is a Certified Public Accountant, and earned his BSAc from the Fisher School of Accounting at the University of Florida, with honors.

Linda M. Biles

61

Vice-President, Controller, The LGL Group, Inc. (June 2020 to present); Vice-President and Controller for Mtron (2007 to present).

Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors, including their ages (as of May 11, 2022), and business experience for the past five years and prior years.

Name

Age

Offices and Positions Held With the Company, Business Experience and Principal Occupation for the Last Five Years, and Directorships in Public Corporations and Investment Companies

Marc J. Gabelli

54

Mr. Gabelli currently serves as Non-Executive Chairman of the Board, The LGL Group, Inc. (December 2017 to present, and September 2004 to April 2016); Managing Partner, Horizon Research (January 2013 to present), an investment management and research services provider; Chief Executive Officer, Gabelli Securities International Ltd. (1994 to present), a global alternative asset management platform and merchant advisor; President and Managing Partner, GGCP, Inc. (1999 to present), a private corporation that makes investments for its own account; Managing Member, Commonwealth Management Partners LLC (2008 to present); and Director and Managing Partner, GAMA Funds Holdings GmbH (2009 to present). He formerly served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, LGL Systems Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: DFNS) from September 2019 to August 2021 and was also a Director from its inception in early 2019 to August 2021; Chairman of Gabelli Merger Plus Trust since July 2017; Director of GAMCO Investors, Inc. from November 2014 to May 2016; and Director and President of Associated Capital Group, Inc. (NYSE: ACG) at its formation through to 2017; Mr. Gabelli brings to the Board his extensive knowledge of the Company's business and industry due to his longstanding service on the Board, as well as his financial expertise and leadership experience as an executive of various investment firms.

Bel Lazar

61

Mr. Lazar is currently Chief Operations Officer and member of the Board of Directors at Efficient Power Conversion, a leading provider of gallium nitride (GaN)-based power management technology (April 2015 to present); and Chief Executive Officer of EPC Space LLC, a high reliability wide-gap power management technology company, and was previously President and CEO of API Technologies Corp., formerly a NASDAQ listed company. Mr. Lazar brings to the Board his experience in management and aerospace manufacturing operations within our industry, and significant mergers and acquisition experience.

Michael J. Ferrantino

51

Mr. Ferrantino’s biographical information can be found under the section for Executive Officers, above.

54

 

 


 

Name

Age

Offices and Positions Held With the Company, Business Experience and Principal Occupation for the Last Five Years, and Directorships in Public Corporations and Investment Companies

Hendi Susanto

49

Mr. Susanto has been Vice President, Equity Research, at Gabelli since August 2007 and has also been a Portfolio Manager at GAMCO Investors, Inc. since December 2015. Mr. Susanto joined the Board of Directors of The LGL Group, Inc. (NYSE American: LGL) in June 2016, serving until December, 2020. Prior to 2007, Mr. Susanto worked as an Analyst at Silicon Laboratories (NASD: SLAB) and a supply chain management consultant in the technology sector at JDA Software. Mr. Susanto received a Bachelor’s degree summa cum laude in Chemical Engineering from the University of Minnesota, an MS in Chemical Engineering from MIT, with a minor in Quantitative Finance from MIT Sloan, and an MBA in Finance from the Wharton School. Mr. Susanto brings to the Board extensive experience in evaluating investments in technology, and special situations such as mergers and acquisitions, convertible debt and restructuring.

Robert V. “Rob” LaPenta Jr.

54

Mr. LaPenta currently serves on the board of directors for IronNet, inc. (NYSE: IRNT) since August of 2021, having previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of LGL Systems Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: DFNS) from September 2019 until its merger with IronNet. Mr. LaPenta previously served on the board of directors for The LGL Group, Inc. (NYSE American: LGL) from August 2020 through September 2021. Mr. LaPenta has an extensive career spanning over 25 years in finance, accounting, consulting, capital markets origination, equity trading, asset allocation and mergers and acquisitions and has been active in transaction sourcing, processing and execution. Mr. LaPenta began his career as a Senior Associate at Coopers & Lybrand as a CPA responsible for managing audits, consulting, M&A due diligence and special project engagements for multiple clients in various industries. Mr. LaPenta transitioned full time into the investment banking sector spending the next 13 years focused on trading and capital market activities culminating in the role of Managing Director and Co-head of Equity Trading at Bank of America Securities, LLC where he managed the firm’s equity capital commitment, proprietary trading, secondary offerings and risk management within cash trading. In 2007, Mr. LaPenta joined L-1 Identity Solutions, Inc. as Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions and Corporate Strategy. Mr. LaPenta managed the firms M&A processes from sourcing, structuring, valuation, diligence and financing of multiple transactions with the most notable being the negotiation of the $1.6 billion sale of L-1 to Safran and BAE Systems. Following the sale of L-1, Mr. LaPenta became a Partner of Aston Capital an alternative asset management firm of the LaPenta family office and co-founded the Boundary Group, an investment partnership focused on private investments in the aerospace, defense, and intelligence markets. Mr. LaPenta has previously served on the boards of directors of Revolution Lighting Technologies, Inc. (until 2016), an LED lighting and control solutions company, TherapeuticsMD (NASDAQ: TXMD), a women’s healthcare product provider, The Radiant Group, a provider of geospatial analytics to the U.S Intelligence community (now part of NASADAQ: MAXR), AFIX Technologies, a provider of biometric solutions for governments and civil agencies, a board observer of ARKA, a provider of satellite data processing and related critical technologies to the U.S. Government and Intelligence Agencies and sits as an Audit Committee member for St. David’s School New York City. Mr. LaPenta graduated from Boston College with a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting and Finance and has been a registered CPA (inactive) in the State of New York. We believe Mr. LaPenta is qualified to serve on our Board due to his business experience, prior board service and experience as an entrepreneur, investor and investment banker and earlier in his career as an audit professional.

55

 

 


 

Name

Age

Offices and Positions Held With the Company, Business Experience and Principal Occupation for the Last Five Years, and Directorships in Public Corporations and Investment Companies

John S. Mega

69

Mr. Mega served as President of LGL Systems Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: DFNS) from September 2019 to August 2021. Mr. Mega was an original founding member of L3, which merged with Harris Technologies and is now L3Harris Technologies, Inc. (NYSE: LHX). Mr. Mega built and managed several divisions at L3 since its formation in 1997 after spinning off from Lockheed Martin. Prior to his retirement in 2018, he was a corporate Senior Vice President and President of L3’s Communication Systems, one of the four L3 major business segments. Earlier in his career, he had been President of L3’s Microwave Group, President of Narda Microwave, President of Logimetrics, Inc, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President at Lockheed Martin Corp’s Tactical Defense Systems, Group Controller at Loral Corp and a principal at Raytheon Company (NYSE: RTN). Mr. Mega brings to the Board his considerable experience in management and manufacturing operations within our industry.

David M. Goldman

48

Mr. Goldman has been a director of Teton since September 2021. Mr. Goldman provides legal counsel and engages in business development for financial service companies under the GGCP, Inc. umbrella. He is the General Counsel for Associated Capital Group, Inc. (NYSE: AC) and General Counsel, Senior Vice-President Business Development for GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. Mr. Goldman serves on the Boards of numerous international subsidiaries of GAMCO Investors, Inc. Prior to joining GAMCO, Mr. Goldman held senior, legal, compliance and business roles at Deutsche Asset Management, Inc., the asset management division of Deutsche Bank. Mr. Goldman served as the primary liaison between the Deutsche Bank mutual fund directors and the Fund’s investment adviser. He holds an LL.M. from Georgetown University School of Law and a JD from the University of Maryland School of Law. David earned a B.S. in Accounting from Indiana University in Bloomington. Mr. Goldman is a licensed CPA (inactive). Mr. Goldman serves on the Board of Advisors of the Earl Monroe New Renaissance Basketball School in the Bronx, NY. Mr. Goldman is also an Adjunct Professor of Law at Fordham University School of Law. We believe Mr. Goldman is qualified to serve as a member of our Board because of his understanding of public company governance and experience counselling public company boards of directors on oversight responsibilities, policies and procedures.

Family Relationships

There is no family relationship between any of the individuals expected to serve as directors or executive officers of Mtron.

 

Board of Directors Composition

Our bylaws provide that our board of directors shall establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution and that each director serve for a term expiring at our next annual meeting of stockholders. It is expected that our board of directors will set the number of directors comprising the board immediately following the spin-off at six directors.  Our directors will hold office until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.  An election of directors by our stockholders will be determined by plurality vote.

Director Independence

As required under NYSE American rules, following the spin-off a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors must qualify as “independent,” as affirmatively determined by such board of directors. Our board of directors has determined that John S. Mega, Bel Lazar, Robert V. “Rob” LaPenta Jr., and David M. Goldman will be independent within the meaning of NYSE American rules.

56

 

 


 

Board Committees

Following the spin-off, the standing committees of our board of directors will include an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, each as further described below.

Audit Committee

Mtron will have a separately-designated Audit Committee.  The members of the Audit Committee are expected to be John S. Mega, Bel Lazar and Robert V. “Rob” LaPenta Jr., with Mr. LaPenta serving as a chairperson.  Mtron expects that each member of the Audit Committee will be deemed to be “financially literate” and “independent,” as determined in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, and that Mr. LaPenta will be determined to be an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

The Audit Committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things, appointing, retaining, overseeing and determining the compensation and services of our independent registered public accounting firm, including pre-approval of all audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, overseeing the quality and integrity of our financial statements and related disclosures, overseeing our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, assessing our independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, and monitoring the performance of our internal audit and control functions.

The responsibilities of the Audit Committee, which Mtron anticipates will be substantially similar to the responsibilities of the Company’s Audit Committee, will be more fully described in the Audit Committee charter.  Mtron will post the Audit Committee charter on our website at www.mtronpti.com, and Mtron will provide it in print, without charge, to any stockholder that requests it.

Compensation Committee

Mtron will have a separately-designated Compensation Committee.  The members of the Compensation Committee are expected to be John S. Mega, Bel Lazar and Robert V. “Rob” LaPenta Jr., with Mr. Lazar serving as chairperson.  Mtron expects that each member of the Compensation Committee will be determined to be “independent,” as determined in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, and “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

The Compensation Committee will provide assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers.  It will review and determine the compensation of our executive officers, including our chief executive officer, and administer our equity-based compensation plans.  The Compensation Committee will have the authority to retain consultants to assist the Compensation Committee in its evaluation of executive compensation, as well as the authority to approve any such consultant’s fees and retention terms.

The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, which Mtron anticipates will be substantially similar to the responsibilities of the Company’s Compensation Committee, will be more fully described in the Compensation Committee charter.  Mtron will post the Compensation Committee charter on our website at www.mtronpti.com, and Mtron will provide it in print, without charge, to any stockholder that requests it.

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee

Mtron will have a separately-designated Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee.  The members of the Nominating/ Corporate Governance Committee are expected to be John S. Mega, Bel Lazar and Robert V. “Rob” LaPenta Jr., with Mr. Mega serving as chairperson.  Mtron expects that each member of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee will be determined to be “independent,” as determined in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

The Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for assisting its board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become directors, making recommendations of candidates for directorships, developing and recommending a set of corporate governance principles to our board of directors, overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management, overseeing the selection, composition and evaluation of board committees, and overseeing the management continuity and succession planning process.

57

 

 


 

Our initial board of directors will be selected by the Company and is expected to be comprised of the individuals indicated as directors under “Directors and Executive Officers Following the Spin-Off” above.  After the spin-off, the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee will review, following the end of each fiscal year, the composition of our board of directors and the ability of our current members to continue effectively as directors for the upcoming fiscal year.  If the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee thinks it is in our best interest to nominate a new individual for director, or fill a vacancy on our board of directors which may exist from time to time, it will consider potential candidates for board appointments who meet the criteria for selection as a nominee and have the specific qualities or skills sought.

The responsibilities of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, which Mtron anticipates will be substantially similar to the responsibilities of the Company’s Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, will be more fully described in the Nominating/ Corporate Governance Committee charter.  Mtron will post the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee charter on our website at www.mtronpti.com, and Mtron will provide it in print, without charge, to any stockholder that requests it.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We expect that our board of directors will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics similar to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and that will apply to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.  A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at www.mtronpti.com, and will be available in print, without charge, to any stockholder that requests it.  In addition, Mtron will post amendments to or waivers from the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (to the extent applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer) on our website.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We expect that our board of directors will adopt Corporate Governance Guidelines similar to those adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors.  The full text of the Corporate Governance Guidelines will be posted on our website at www.mtronpti.com and will be available in print, without charge, to any stockholder that requests it.

Risk Oversight

Our senior management will be responsible for assessing and managing the Company’s various exposures to risk on a day-to-day basis, including the creation of appropriate risk management programs and policies. The Company has developed a consistent, systemic and integrated approach to risk management to help determine how best to identify, manage and mitigate significant risks throughout the Company, which includes its system of internal control over financial reporting, annual reviews conducted by its directors and officers, monitoring compliance with its business conduct policy and general liability insurance coverage. Mtron will adopt policies and practices consistent with the Company’s risk management program. Consistent with the Company’s risk management program, our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the company’s management in the execution of its responsibilities and for assessing our approach to risk management. Our board of directors will exercise these responsibilities periodically as part of its board meetings and also through the board’s three standing committees, each of which examines various components of enterprise risk as part of its responsibilities. In addition, an overall review of risk will be inherent in the board of director’s consideration of our long-term strategies and in the transactions and other matters presented to the board, including capital expenditures, acquisitions and divestitures, and financial matters.

Executive Sessions of Non-Employee Directors

It is expected that our non-employee directors will meet at least twice per year in executive sessions of the board of directors in which members of management, including directors who are also employees, will not participate.  Mtron expects that Mr. LaPenta will be the presiding director for the executive sessions.

Stockholder Communications

Stockholders may communicate with our board of directors, including the non-employee directors, by sending an e-mail to Linda M. Biles at lbiles@mtronpti.com or by sending a letter to M-tron Industries, Inc., 2525 Shader Road, Orlando, Florida 32804, Attention: Corporate Secretary. The corporate secretary will submit all such correspondence to any specific director to whom the correspondence is directed.

58

 

 


 

Executive Compensation

Historical Compensation of the Company’s Named Executive Officers Prior to the Spin-Off

Set forth below is summary information regarding the compensation paid or accrued by the Company and its subsidiaries to or on behalf of Michael J. Ferrantino, James W. Tivy, and Linda M. Biles (who are expected to be our “Named Executive Officers,” as defined under Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC) and the compensation arrangements between the Named Executive Officers and the Company prior to the spin-off.

The amounts and forms of compensation reported below do not necessarily reflect the compensation that the Named Executive Officers will receive for their services on our behalf following the spin-off because historical compensation was determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee and future compensation levels will be determined based on the compensation policies, programs and procedures to be established by our Compensation Committee.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, certain summary information concerning compensation which the Company and its subsidiaries, paid to, or accrued on behalf of, certain of the Named Executive Officers.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards (1)

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Michael Ferrantino

 

2021

 

 

161,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

532,800

 

(2)

 

694,627

 

President and Chief

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James W. Tivy

 

2021

 

 

96,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,000

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2020

 

 

96,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,000

 

Linda Biles

 

2021

 

 

132,018

 

 

 

27,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159,018

 

Vice President, Controller

 

2020

 

 

130,160

 

 

 

52,000

 

 

 

120,000

 

(3)

 

302,160

 

 

(1)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards or option awards granted in the applicable year, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718.

 

(2)

On December 28, 2021, the Company awarded Mr. Ferrantino 45,000 restricted shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $532,800.

 

(3)

On December 29, 2020, the Company awarded Ms. Biles 10,762 restricted shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $120,000.

Stock Options Adjustment

        At the time of the spin-off, all of the stock options issued pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Incentive Plan will be amended such that each option pre-spin-off strike price will be adjusted, and a new Mtron option grant will be made to reflect the value of the Company following the spin-off.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2021

The following table sets forth the information with respect to outstanding equity awards held by the Company’s named executive officers as of December 31, 2021

  

 

Stock Awards (1)

 

Name

 

Number of Shares or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested (#)

 

 

Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested ($) (4)

 

Michael Ferrantino (2)

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

342,000

 

Linda Biles (3)

 

 

7,533

 

 

 

85,876

 

 

(1)

There are no LGL stock options held by any named executive officers.

 

(2)

On December 28, 2021, the Company granted Mr. Ferrantino 45,000 restricted shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $532,800. These shares vest as follows: 15,000 at December 28, 2021, 15,000 at April 1, 2022 and 15,000 at April 1, 2023.  

59

 

 


 

 

(3)

On December 29, 2020, the Company awarded Ms. Biles 10,762 restricted shares of common stock with a grant date fair value of $120,000. These shares vest as follows: 3,229 at December 29, 2021, 3,229 at December 29, 2022 and 4,304 at December 29, 2023.

 

(4)

Market value is based on the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2021 of $11.40 per share.

Expected Named Executive Officer Compensation Following the Spin-Off

Following the spin-off, the compensation of the Named Executive Officers for their services on behalf of us and our subsidiaries will be determined by our Compensation Committee.  It is currently expected that, unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee, Mtron’s executive officers will continue to earn salary and bonus compensation commensurate with the compensation earned from the Company.  The Named Executive Officers may also receive grants of equity awards as from time to time determined by our Compensation Committee as well as perquisites and other personal benefits.

Mtron 2022 Incentive Plan

We expect that equity-based compensation will be an important component of our compensation program and believe that the ability to grant equity-based compensation awards will enhance the relationship between employee performance and the creation of stockholder value.  Accordingly, in connection with the spin-off and effective as of the distribution date, we intend to adopt the Mtron 2022 Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), the terms of which (other than the number of shares which may be awarded) are substantially similar to those of the Company’s 2021 Incentive Plan.  Set forth below is a summary of the Incentive Plan, as expected to be adopted.  The following summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Incentive Plan, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, and which is incorporated herein by reference.

Purpose

The Incentive Plan allows Mtron to provide employees, consultants and all members of the Board who are selected to receive awards under the Incentive Plan the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in Mtron. The Board believes that equity incentives are a significant factor in attracting and motivating eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to Mtron and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Proposed Share Reserve

Upon the Incentive Plan becoming effective on the distribution date, 1,000,000 shares of common stock will be available for issuance pursuant to awards to be granted under the Incentive Plan.

Expected Duration of the Share Reserve

We expect that the share reserve under the Incentive Plan will be sufficient for awards for at least 3 to 5 years. Expectations regarding future share usage could be impacted by a number of factors, such as award type mix; hiring and promotion activity at the executive level; the rate at which shares are returned to the Incentive Plan’s reserve upon the awards’ expiration, forfeiture or cash settlement; the future performance of our stock price; the consequences of acquiring other companies; and other factors. While we believe that the assumptions we used are reasonable, future share usage may differ from current expectations.

Key Provisions

The following is a summary of the key provisions of the Incentive Plan:

Plan Termination Date:

Ten years from the distribution date, which is the date on which the Incentive Plan becomes effective

 

 

Eligible Participants:

Employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors (except that only employees are eligible for Incentive Stock Options)

 

 

Shares Authorized:

1,000,000 shares, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Incentive Plan (the “Share Limit”).

 

 

Award Types:

(1) Incentive Stock Options

(2) Non-qualified Stock Options

(3) Restricted Stock

(4) Stock Appreciation Rights

(5) Performance Bonus Awards

(6) Deferred Stock

(7) Restricted Stock Units

(8) Dividend Equivalents

(9) Performance Stock Units

(10) Performance Share Awards

(11) Other Stock-Based Awards

60

 

 


 

 

 

Vesting:

Determined by the Compensation Committee. Subject to the acceleration of vesting in certain circumstances as permitted under the terms of the Incentive Plan.

 

 

Not Permitted:

No discount stock options or stock appreciation rights

No “liberal share recycling” of options or stock appreciation rights

No payment of dividends or dividend equivalents on unvested awards

No repricing of stock options and amendments that under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) or NYSE rules require stockholder approval

No automatic “reload” awards

 

 

Incentive Stock Option Limit:

No more than 1,000,000 shares may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options

 

 

Limitation on Number of Shares Granted to Non-Employee Directors:

The sum of the grant date fair market value of equity-based awards and the amount of any cash-based awards granted to a non-employee director during any calendar year, under the Incentive Plan, may not exceed $500,000

Awards under the Incentive Plan

Stock Options. The Incentive Plan permits the Compensation Committee to issue incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to participants, which directly link their financial success to that of Mtron stockholders. The Compensation Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to options and all other terms and conditions of the options, including vesting requirements. In no event, however, may the exercise price of a stock option be less than 100% of the fair market value of Mtron common stock on the date of the stock option’s grant, nor may any option have a term of more than ten years. Except for adjustments based on changes in the corporate structure or as otherwise provided in the Incentive Plan, the terms of an option may not be amended to reduce the exercise price nor may options be canceled or exchanged for cash, other awards or options with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options.

Additionally, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power all classes of stock of Mtron, such incentive stock option shall be granted at a price that is not less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of fair market value on the date of grant and such incentive stock option shall be exercisable for no more than five (5) years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Incentive Plan permits the Compensation Committee to issue stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), either free-standing or in tandem with stock options. The Compensation Committee shall determine the number of SARs to be granted and other terms and conditions of the SARs. In no event, however, may the exercise of a SAR be less than 100% of the fair market value of Mtron common stock on the date of grant, and the terms shall not exceed ten years. SARs may be settled in cash, stock, or a combination of both.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Incentive Plan permits the Compensation Committee to grant restricted stock awards. Each share of restricted stock shall be subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or limitations, if any, as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate, including, but not by way of limitation, restrictions on transferability and continued employment. Holders of shares of restricted stock may vote the shares and receive dividends on such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a share of restricted stock, dividends shall only be paid out to the extent that the share of restricted stock vests. The vesting period for restricted stock shall be determined by the Compensation Committee, which may accelerate the vesting of any such award. The Compensation Committee may also grant restricted stock units, which have substantially the same terms as restricted stock, except that units have no voting rights, and unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, will not receive dividends or dividend equivalents (which in an event shall only be paid out to the extent that the restricted stock units vest). The Compensation Committee may also grant unrestricted stock under this provision.

Performance Shares and Performance Stock Units. The Incentive Plan permits the Compensation Committee to issue “performance shares” and “performance stock units.” These are contingent incentive awards that are converted into stock and/or cash and paid out to

61

 

 


 

the participant only if specific performance goals are achieved over performance periods, as set by the Compensation Committee. If the performance goals are not achieved, the awards are canceled or reduced. Performance shares are each equivalent in value to a share of common stock (payable in cash and/or stock), while performance stock units are equal to a specific amount of cash.

Stock Payments and Other Stock-Based Awards. The Incentive Plan also permits the Compensation Committee to grant awards of deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, and performance bonus awards as provided in the Incentive Plan.

Eligible for Participation. Persons eligible to participate in the Incentive Plan include employees, directors, consultants and advisors, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Available Shares. The Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 shares, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Incentive Plan.

If an outstanding award under the Incentive Plan expires or is terminated or canceled for any reason without having been exercised or settled in full, or if shares acquired pursuant to an award subject to forfeiture are forfeited under the Incentive Plan, the shares allocable to the terminated portion of such award or such forfeited shares shall again be available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan with respect to any portion of an award that is settled in cash. In the event that withholding tax liabilities arising from a full-value award (i.e., an award other than an option or stock appreciation right) are satisfied by the delivery or withholding of shares, the shares so tendered or withheld shall be added to the Incentive Plan’s reserve.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the following shares shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Incentive Plan: (i) shares tendered in payment of an option; (ii) shares delivered or withheld by Mtron to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an option or stock appreciation right; (iii) shares covered by a stock-settled stock appreciation right that were not issued upon the settlement of the stock appreciation right; or (iv) shares purchased on the open market with option proceeds.

Upon termination of the Incentive Plan, no further awards may be issued under the Incentive Plan.

Minimum Vesting. Subject to the acceleration of vesting in certain circumstances as permitted under the terms of the Incentive Plan, each award under the Incentive Plan will have a minimum vesting period of one year.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. With respect to any award that provides for or includes a right to dividends or dividend equivalents, if dividends are declared during the period that an equity award is outstanding, such dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall either (a) not be paid or credited with respect to such award or (b) be accumulated but remain subject to vesting requirement(s) to the same extent as the applicable award and shall only be paid at the time or times such vesting requirement(s) are satisfied. A participant holding an option or stock appreciation right is not eligible to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

Clawback. Awards under the Incentive Plan and any shares issued pursuant to awards under the Incentive Plan shall be subject to recovery or “clawback” by Mtron if and to the extent that the vesting of such awards was determined or calculated based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other material inaccurate performance metric criteria; or if Mtron or its subsidiaries terminate a grantee’s service relationship due to the grantee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or determine there are grounds for such a termination (whether or not such actions also constitute “cause” under an award agreement), any awards under the Incentive Plan, whether or not vested, as well as any shares of stock issued pursuant to awards under the Incentive Plan shall be subject to forfeiture, recovery and “clawback.” In addition, the Incentive Plan provides that if Mtron is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with the financial reporting requirements of the securities laws, in certain cases the Compensation Committee may require the repayment of amounts paid under the Incentive Plan in excess of what the employee would have received under the accounting restatement.

Performance Awards. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of the Incentive Plan and applicable law, and under the direction of the Board, the Compensation Committee shall have complete control over the administration of the Incentive Plan and shall have full authority to grant awards and determine who shall receive awards, when such awards shall be granted and the terms and conditions of such awards, including, but not limited to, conditioning the exercise, vesting, payout or other term of condition of an award on the achievement of performance goals. Such performance goals shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following: (i) earnings per share; (ii) sales; (iii) operating income; (iv) gross income; (v) basic or adjusted net income (before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow; (vii) gross profit; (viii) gross or operating margin; (ix) working capital; (x) earnings before interest and taxes; (xi) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; (xii) return measures, including return on invested capital, sales, assets, or equity; (xiii) revenues; (xiv) market share; (xv) the price or increase in price of common stock; (xvi) total shareholder return; (xvii) economic value created or added; (xviii) expense reduction; (xix) implementation or completion of critical projects, including acquisitions, divestitures, and other strategic objectives, including market penetration and product development; or (xx) specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of Mtron’s bank debt or other long term or short term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations of Mtron; and any other metric that may be determined by the

62

 

 


 

Committee. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to Mtron’s performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of Mtron or a subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies.

Other Information. The Incentive Plan may be amended in whole or in part by the Board or the Compensation Committee with the approval of the Board and in certain circumstances with stockholder approval. Unless the Compensation Committee provides otherwise in advance of the grant, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Incentive Plan), if the employee is terminated other than for “cause” within one year of a Change in Control, options and restricted stock (including restricted stock units) shall vest.

Tax Aspects Under the Code

The following summary is intended only as a general guide to the U.S. federal income tax consequences under current law of equity-based awards that may be granted under the Incentive Plan. It does not attempt to describe all possible federal or other tax consequences of participation in the Incentive Plan or tax consequences based on particular circumstances. The exact federal income tax treatment of transactions under the Incentive Plan will vary depending upon the specific facts and circumstances involved and participants are advised to consult their personal tax advisors with regard to all consequences arising from the grant or exercise of awards and the disposition of any acquired shares.

Incentive Stock Options. Incentive stock options under the Incentive Plan are intended to be eligible for the favorable tax treatment accorded “incentive stock options” under the Code. There generally are no federal income tax consequences to the participant or Mtron by reason of the grant or exercise of an incentive stock option. However, the exercise of an incentive stock option may increase the participant’s alternative minimum tax liability, if any.

If a participant holds stock acquired through exercise of an incentive stock option for at least two (2) years from the date on which the option is granted and at least one (1) year from the date on which the shares are transferred to the participant upon exercise of the option, any gain or loss on a disposition of such stock will be treated for tax purposes as long-term capital gain or loss.

Generally, if the participant disposes of the stock before the expiration of either of these holding periods (a “disqualifying disposition”), then at the time of disposition the participant will recognize taxable ordinary income equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the stock’s fair market value on the date of exercise over the exercise price, or (b) the participant’s actual gain, if any, on the purchase and sale. The participant’s additional gain (or any loss) upon the disqualifying disposition will be a capital gain (or loss), which will be long-term or short-term depending on whether the stock was held for more than one (1) year.

To the extent the participant recognizes ordinary income by reason of a disqualifying disposition, Mtron will generally be entitled to a corresponding business expense deduction in the tax year in which the disqualifying disposition occurs, subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Non-qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, and Deferred Stock. Non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and deferred stock granted under the Incentive Plan generally have the following federal income tax consequences:

There are no tax consequences to the participant or Mtron by reason of the grant of a non-qualified stock option. Upon exercise of the option, the participant ordinarily will recognize taxable ordinary income equal to the excess, if any, of the stock’s fair market value on the exercise date over the exercise price. If the stock received pursuant to the exercise is subject to further vesting requirements, the taxable event will be delayed until the vesting restrictions lapse unless the participant elects under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed on receipt of the stock.

There are no tax consequences to the participant or Mtron by reason of the grant of restricted stock, restricted stock units or deferred stock awards. The participant ordinarily will recognize taxable ordinary income equal to the excess, if any, of the stock’s fair market value over the purchase price, if any, when such award vests. Under certain circumstances, the participant may be permitted to elect under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed on the grant date.

With respect to employees, Mtron is generally required to withhold from regular wages or supplemental wage payments an amount based on the ordinary income recognized. Mtron will generally be entitled to a business expense deduction equal to the taxable ordinary income realized by the participant, subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Upon disposition of the stock, the participant will generally recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the selling price and the sum of the amount paid for such stock (if any) plus any amount recognized as ordinary income upon acquisition (or vesting) of the stock. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending on whether the stock was held for more than one (1) year.

63

 

 


 

Stock Appreciation Rights. No taxable income is generally recognized upon the receipt of a SAR, but upon exercise of the SAR, the fair market value of the shares (or cash in lieu of shares) received generally will be taxable as ordinary income to the recipient in the year of such exercise. Mtron generally will be entitled to a compensation deduction for the same amount which the recipient recognizes as ordinary income, subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Awards. A participant who has been granted a performance award generally will not recognize taxable income at the time of grant, and Mtron will not be entitled to a deduction at that time. When an award is paid, whether in cash or common shares, the participant generally will recognize ordinary income, and Mtron will be entitled to a corresponding deduction, subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Stock Payments and Other Stock-Based Awards. A participant who receives a stock payment in lieu of a cash payment that would otherwise have been made will generally be taxed as if the cash payment has been received, and Mtron generally will be entitled to a deduction for the same amount, subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 409A of the Code. Most of the awards under the Incentive Plan are exempt from Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any award hereunder could be subject to Section 409A of the Code, it will be structured to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code. The Tax Reform and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) generally eliminated the ability to deduct compensation qualifying for the “performance-based compensation” exception under Section 162(m) of the Code for tax years commencing after December 31, 2017. Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1 million limit on the amount that a public company may deduct for compensation paid to anyone who has ever been Mtron’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or one of the three highest compensated officers in any fiscal year beginning after December 31, 2016 (i.e., a “covered employee”). For 2017 and prior taxable years, an exception to this deduction limit applied to “performance-based compensation,” such as stock options and other equity awards that satisfied certain criteria. Under the Tax Act, the performance-based pay exception to Section 162(m) was eliminated, but a transition rule may allow the exception to continue to apply to certain performance-based compensation payable under written binding contracts that were in effect on November 2, 2017. The Board of Directors and the committee intend to consider the potential impact of Section 162(m) on grants made under the Incentive Plan, but reserve the right to approve grants of options and other awards for an executive officer that exceeds the deduction limit of Section 162(m).

New Plan Benefits

Grants of awards under the Incentive Plan will be at the discretion of the compensation committee.  It has not yet determined to whom and in what amount any future awards will be made.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the individuals expected to serve on our Compensation Committee following the spin-off are current or former officers or employees of Mtron or any of its subsidiaries.  In addition, Mtron is not aware of any interlocking or other relationships or transactions involving any such individuals required to be disclosed under Item 407(e)(4) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.

 

Director Compensation

It is anticipated that Mtron’s directors will be paid director compensation in the form of a cash retainer and awards of common stock as determined by the Compensation Committee.


64

 

 


 

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Before the spin-off, all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be owned beneficially and of record by the Company.  Immediately following the spin-off, the Company will not own any shares of our common stock.

The following table shows the anticipated beneficial ownership of Mtron Common Stock immediately following the spin-off by (i) each person who we believe, based on the assumptions described below, will beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock, (ii) each of our executive officers, (iii) each person expected to serve as a director on our board of directors immediately following the spin-off, and (iv) all of our expected directors and executive officers immediately following the spin-off as a group.  Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, (i) each person named in the table below is expected to have sole voting and investment power over the shares of Mtron Common Stock expected to be beneficially owned by such person and (ii) the address of each person named in the table below is 2525 Shader Road, Orlando FL, 32804 unless indicated below.

 

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned (1)

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares

 

 

 

%

 

5% Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mario J. Gabelli

 

 

1,042,612

 

(2)

 

 

19.3

 

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marc J. Gabelli

 

 

844,883

 

(3)

 

 

15.7

 

Michael J. Ferrantino

 

 

41,721

 

(4)

 

*

 

James W. Tivy

 

 

33,000

 

(5)

 

*

 

Linda M. Biles

 

 

16,353

 

(6)

 

*

 

Hendi Susanto

 

 

8,926

 

 

 

*

 

Bel Lazar

 

 

7,142

 

 

 

*

 

John S. Mega

 

 

6,625

 

 

 

*

 

Robert V. "Rob" LaPenta Jr.

 

 

5,358

 

 

 

*

 

William A. Drafts

 

 

2,007

 

 

 

*

 

All executive officers and directors as a group

   (9 persons)

 

 

966,015

 

(7)

 

 

17.9

 

 

 

(1)

The applicable percentage of ownership for each beneficial owner is based on 5,390,470 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 21, 2022. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights beneficially owned that are exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such securities and rights and all executive officers and directors as a group.

 

(2)

Includes (i) 500,675 shares of common stock owned directly by Mario J. Gabelli; (ii) 476,937 shares owned by GGCP, Inc., of which Mario J. Gabelli is the chief executive officer, a director and controlling shareholder; (iii) 64,500 shares held by the Gabelli Foundation, Inc., and (iv) 500 shares owned by GAMCO Asset Management, Inc. Mario J. Gabelli disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by GGCP, Inc., except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mario J. Gabelli's business address is 401 Theodore Fremd Avenue, Rye, New York 10580-1430. This disclosure is based solely on information in a Form 4 filed by Mario J. Gabelli with the SEC on November 18, 2020.

 

(3)

Includes (i) 80,580 shares of common stock owned directly by Marc J. Gabelli; and (ii) 764,303 shares held by Venator Merchant Fund, L.P. ("Venator Fund"). Venator Global, LLC ("Venator Global"), which is the sole general partner of Venator Fund, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned by Venator Fund. Marc J. Gabelli, who is the President and Sole Member of Venator Global, may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned by Venator Fund. Marc J. Gabelli disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities owned by Venator Fund, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(4)

Includes 15,000 shares of unvested restricted stock.

 

(5)

Includes 30,000 shares of unvested restricted stock.

 

(6)

Includes 7,533 shares of unvested restricted stock.

 

(7)

Includes 966,015 shares of common stock with 52,533 unvested restricted shares.


65

 

 


 

 

Description of Capital Stock

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will each be amended and restated prior to the distribution date.  The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.  The terms of our capital stock may also be affected by Delaware law.  The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part.  See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Authorized Capital Stock

Under our certificate of incorporation, the total number of shares of all classes of stock that Mtron will have authority to issue will be 30,000,000, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Common stock

Based on the number of shares of the Company’s common stock expected outstanding as of the record date, Mtron expects that 5,390,470 shares of Mtron Common Stock will be distributed in the spin-off.  However, the actual number of shares of Mtron Common Stock to be distributed in the spin-off will be determined based on the actual number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of the record date.  The shares of Mtron Common Stock distributed in the spin-off will constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock immediately following the distribution.

Mtron may issue additional authorized shares of Mtron Common Stock as authorized by our board of directors from time to time, without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of any national securities exchange on which Mtron Common Stock may be listed.

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

All of our outstanding shares of Mtron Common Stock currently held by the Company are, and all of the shares of Mtron Common Stock that will be issued in connection with the spin-off will, be fully paid and nonassessable.  The holders of Mtron Common Stock have no preemptive rights, and Mtron Common Stock is not subject to any redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Preferred Stock

Under our certificate of incorporation our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. Any issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments.

66

 

 


 

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Mtron will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. Mtron has not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

permits our board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;  

permits our board of directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;  

 

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed in the manner specified in Section 141(k) of the DGCL;

 

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director;

 

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

67

 

 


 

 

 

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by (i) the chairperson of the board of directors, (ii) the chief executive officer or (iii) a majority vote of the board of directors, and by the secretary upon written request of stockholders representing  at least 25% of all votes entitled to be voted on the matter to be voted on; and

 

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

Exclusive Forum Provision

Our certificate of incorporation will contain an exclusive forum provision which provides that, unless our board of directors consents to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks jurisdiction over an action or proceeding, then another court of the State of Delaware or, if no court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, then the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for “Covered Proceedings,” which include: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees, agents and stockholders to Mtron or its stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware.  The exclusive forum provision will also provide that if any Covered Proceeding is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware in the name of any stockholder, then such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (a) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the exclusive forum provision and (b) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the action as agent for such stockholder.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision of our certificate of incorporation will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.  Investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of Mtron will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the exclusive forum provision in our certificate of incorporation.

The exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with Mtron or its directors, officers or other employees or be cost-prohibitive to stockholders, which may discourage such lawsuits against Mtron and its directors, officers and other employees.  While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, there is uncertainty regarding whether a court would enforce the exclusive forum provision and a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum. In such instance, we would expect to assert vigorously the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision to be

68

 

 


 

inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, Mtron may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

After the distribution, we expect that the transfer agent and registrar for the Mtron Common Stock will be Computershare. The transfer agent’s address and contact information is as follows:

Computershare

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210

College Station, TX 77845

Toll free number: (877) 868-8027

TDD Hearing Impaired: (800) 952-9245

Foreign Stockholders: (201) 680-6578

TDD Foreign Stockholders: (781) 575-4592

Listing and Trading of Our Common Stock

As of the date of this information statement, there is no public market for our common stock.  We intend to list Mtron Common Stock on the NYSE American under the symbol “MPTI”.  The Company expects that the Mtron Common Stock will be listed on the NYSE American on or promptly after the distribution date.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors of corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We will enter into indemnification agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. These agreements will provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding as a result of their services to the Company, cover procedures for advancement of legal fees, include provisions as to the manner of indemnification entitlement determinations and require us to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance. We expect to maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, advancement and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officer pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

To the extent our directors and officers are indemnified against liabilities arising under the Securities Act, whether under the provisions contained in certificate of incorporation or bylaws or pursuant to Delaware law or other contractual arrangements providing for indemnification which we may enter into from time to time, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable

Sale of Unregistered Securities

In connection with the distribution, we will effectuate a forward stock split of the outstanding shares of our common stock held by the Company, which shares will be distributed to the Company's stockholders by means of the distribution. We do not intend to register the issuance of the shares under the Securities Act because the issuance will not constitute a public offering.

69

 

 


 

Where You Can Find More Information

Mtron has filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to the shares of Mtron Common Stock that the stockholders of the Company will receive in the distribution.  This information statement is a part of that registration statement and, as allowed by SEC rules, does not include all of the information that you can find in the registration statement or in the exhibits to the registration statement.  For additional information relating to us and the spin-off, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits, which are available from the SEC as described below.  Statements contained in this information statement as to the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document so filed.  Mtron qualifies each statement in all respects by the relevant reference.

Mtron will maintain a website at www.mtronpti.com.  Our website and the information contained on or connected to that site do not and will not constitute part of, and are not incorporated into, this information statement or the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part.

As a result of the distribution, Mtron will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, it will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.  The registration statement referred to above, including its exhibits, is, and our future filings with the SEC will be, available to the public on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.  In addition, Mtron plans to make available, free of charge, on our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, reports filed under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish those materials to the SEC.

Mtron intends to furnish holders of Mtron Common stock with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent registered public accounting firm.

You should rely only on the information contained in this information statement or in the documents incorporated by reference herein. Mtron has not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this information statement and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Mtron or the Company.  Neither the delivery of this information statement nor consummation of the spin-off shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs or those of the Company since the date of this information statement, or that the information in this information statement is correct as of any time after its date.

 

70

 

 


 

 

MTRON BUSINESS OF LGL GROUP, INC.  

Index to Combined Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

 

 

 

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

19

 

 

 

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

20

 

 

 

Combined Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

21

 

 

 

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

22

 

 

 

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

23

 Quarter Ended March 31, 2022

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 (unaudited), December 31, 2021, and March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

 

1919

 

 

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (unaudited)

 

2020

 

 

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Equity for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (unaudited)

 

2121

 

 

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (unaudited)

 

2222

 

 

 

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

2323

 

F-1


 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

Shareholders and the Board of Directors

LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Mtron business of the LGL Group, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related combined statements of operations, equity and cash flows, for the years then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Emphasis of Matter

As described in Note B to the combined financial statements, the accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared from the separate records maintained by the Company. The combined financial statements also include expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided by the LGL Group, Inc. These allocations may not be reflective of the actual expense that would have been incurred had the Company operated as a separate entity apart from the LGL Group, Inc. A summary of transactions with related parties is included in Note C to the combined financial statements.

 

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

Orlando, Florida

April 11, 2022   

F-2

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,635

 

 

$

2,456

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $131 and $117, respectively

 

 

3,995

 

 

 

3,948

 

Inventories, net

 

 

5,221

 

 

 

5,105

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

242

 

 

 

233

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

12,093

 

 

 

11,742

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

536

 

 

 

536

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

4,869

 

 

 

4,810

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

18,176

 

 

 

17,135

 

Gross property, plant and equipment

 

 

23,581

 

 

 

22,481

 

Less:  accumulated depreciation

 

 

(20,199

)

 

 

(19,710

)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

3,382

 

 

 

2,771

 

Right-of-use lease asset

 

 

218

 

 

 

203

 

Due from related party

 

 

1,969

 

 

 

286

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

152

 

 

 

206

 

Deferred income tax asset

 

 

2,187

 

 

 

2,694

 

Other assets

 

 

5

 

 

 

16

 

Total Assets

 

$

20,006

 

 

$

17,918

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,396

 

 

$

1,209

 

Accrued compensation and commissions expense

 

 

1,213

 

 

 

1,111

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

403

 

 

 

492

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

3,012

 

 

 

2,812

 

Long-term lease liability

 

 

145

 

 

 

132

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

3,157

 

 

 

2,944

 

Contingencies (Note L)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment by LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

16,849

 

 

 

14,974

 

Total Equity

 

 

16,849

 

 

 

14,974

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

 

$

20,006

 

 

$

17,918

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

F-3

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

  

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

REVENUES

 

$

26,694

 

 

$

29,984

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing cost of sales

 

 

17,358

 

 

 

19,688

 

Engineering, selling and administrative

 

 

7,222

 

 

 

7,266

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

2,114

 

 

 

3,030

 

Other Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(86

)

Other expense, net

 

 

11

 

 

 

(51

)

Total other expense, net

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(137

)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

2,113

 

 

 

2,893

 

Income tax provision

 

 

531

 

 

 

583

 

NET INCOME

 

$

1,582

 

 

$

2,310

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

F-4

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

  

 

Net Investment by LGL Group

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

12,787

 

Net income

 

 

2,310

 

Net transfers to LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

(123

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

14,974

 

Net income

 

 

1,582

 

Net transfers from LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

293

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

16,849

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

F-5

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,582

 

 

$

2,310

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

Depreciation

 

 

488

 

 

 

435

 

Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets

 

 

54

 

 

 

54

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

292

 

 

 

145

 

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

507

 

 

 

491

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net

 

 

(47

)

 

 

215

 

(Increase) decrease in inventories, net

 

 

(116

)

 

 

718

 

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

(24

)

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued compensation

   and commissions expense and other

 

 

198

 

 

 

(438

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

2,960

 

 

 

3,906

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(1,099

)

 

 

(407

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,099

)

 

 

(407

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net transfers from (to) LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

1

 

 

 

(268

)

Payments to related party

 

 

(1,683

)

 

 

(320

)

Repayment of LGL Group, Inc. loan

 

 

 

 

 

(3,323

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(1,682

)

 

 

(3,911

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

179

 

 

 

(412

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

2,456

 

 

 

2,868

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

2,635

 

 

$

2,456

 

See Accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.

F-6

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A. Description of Business

MTron Industries, Inc. (the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) was founded in 1965 and is engaged in the design, manufacturing and marketing of highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products used to control the frequency or timing of signals in electronic circuits.

The Company’s operations include its two principal subsidiaries, (1) Piezo Technology, Inc. ("PTI") and (2) M-tron Asia, LLC ("Mtron"). The Company has operations in Orlando, Florida; Yankton, South Dakota; and Noida, India, and has sales offices in Austin, Texas and Hong Kong. The Company and its subsidiaries currently operate together as a single group under the MtronPTI brand (“Mtron PTI”).

The Company offers a wide range of precision frequency control and spectrum control solutions including: RF, microwave and millimeter wave filters; cavity, crystal, ceramic, lumped element and switched filters; high performance and high frequency OCXOs, integrated PLL OCXOs, TCXOs, VCXOs, low jitter and harsh environment oscillators; crystal resonators, Integrated Microwave Assemblies (IMA); and state-of-the-art solid state power amplifier products.

B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. The combined financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

The combined financial statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of The LGL Group, Inc. (“LGL Group”) and have been prepared under GAAP. These combined financial statements may not be indicative of the Company’s future performance and do not necessarily reflect what the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had it operated as an independent company during the periods presented.

Transactions between the Company and LGL Group have been included in these combined financial statements. For those transactions between the Company and LGL Group that have been historically settled in cash, the Company has reflected such balances in the Combined Balance Sheets as Due from Related Parties or Due to Related Parties. The aggregate net effect of transactions between the Company and related parties that have been historically settled other than in cash are reflected in the Combined Balance Sheets as Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. and in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows as Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc. For additional information, see Note C – Related Party Transactions.

The Combined Balance Sheets include certain LGL Group assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Company. The debt and associated interest expense in these combined financial statements relate to third-party borrowings under a revolving credit agreement specifically attributable to legal obligations of the Company.

The Cash and Cash Equivalents held by LGL Group at the corporate level are not specifically identifiable to the Company and, therefore, have not been reflected in the Company’s Combined Balance Sheets. Cash and Cash Equivalents in the Combined Balance Sheets represent Cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Company at the respective period-ends.

The Combined Statements of Operations include an allocation for certain corporate and shared service functions historically provided by our Parent, including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, tax, and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata basis of consolidated sales or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services. Management believes the assumptions underlying our combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocation of general corporate expenses from our Parent, are reasonable. Nevertheless, our combined financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we operated as a standalone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we operated as a standalone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had operated as a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure.

Going forward, the Company may perform these functions using its own resources or outsourced services. For a period following the planned separation, some of these functions may continue to be provided by LGL Group under a transition services agreement, and the Company may provide some services to LGL Group under the transition services agreement. The Company may also enter into certain

F-7

 


 

commercial arrangements with LGL Group in connection with the planned separation. We also may incur additional costs associated with being a standalone, publicly listed company that were not included in the expense allocations and, therefore, would result in additional costs that are not reflected in our historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

During the period presented in these Combined Financial Statements, the Company’s income tax expense and deferred tax balances have been included in the LGL Group’ income tax returns. Income tax expense and deferred tax balances contained in the Combined Financial Statements are presented on a separate return basis, as if the Company had filed its own income tax returns. As a result, actual tax transactions included in the consolidated financial statements of LGL Group may or may not be included in the Combined Financial Statement of the Company. Similarly, the tax treatment of certain items reflected in the Combined Financial Statement of the Company may or may not be reflected in the consolidated financial statements and income tax returns of LGL Group. The taxes recorded in the Combined Statements of Operations are not necessarily representative of the taxes that may arise in the future if the Company files its income tax returns independent from LGL Group’ returns.

Uses of Estimates

The preparation of the combined financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly-liquid investments with no maturity or with a maturity of less than three months when purchased.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists principally of amounts due from both domestic and foreign customers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition and collateral is not required. In relation to export sales, the Company requires letters of credit supporting a significant portion of the sales price prior to production to limit exposure to credit risk. Certain credit sales are made to industries that are subject to cyclical economic changes. 

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. These allowances are maintained at a level that management believes is sufficient to cover potential credit losses. Estimates are based on historical collection experience, current trends, credit policy and the relationship between accounts receivable and revenues. In determining these estimates, the Company examines historical write-offs of its receivables and reviews each customer's account to identify any specific customer collection issues. If the financial condition of its customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payment, additional allowances might be required. 

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method.

The Company maintains a reserve for inventory based on estimated losses that result from inventory that becomes obsolete or for which the Company has excess inventory levels. In determining these estimates, the Company performs an analysis on current demand and usage for each inventory item over historical time periods. Based on that analysis, the Company reserves a percentage of the inventory amount within each time period based on historical demand and usage patterns of specific items in inventory.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and include expenditures for major improvements. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 5 years to 35 years for buildings and improvements, and from 3 years to 10 years for other fixed assets. Property, plant and equipment are periodically reviewed for indicators of impairment. If any such indicators were noted, the Company would assess the appropriateness of the assets' carrying value and record any impairment at that time.

Depreciation expense was approximately $488,000 and $435,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

F-8

 


 

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range up to 10 years. The intangible assets consist of intellectual property and goodwill. The net carrying value of the intangible assets was $112,000 and $166,000 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Goodwill, which is not amortizable, was $40,000 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets, excluding goodwill, for each of the remaining years of the estimated useful life is as follows (in thousands):

2022

 

 

54

 

2023

 

 

54

 

2024

 

 

4

 

Total

 

$

112

 

Warranties

The Company offers a standard one-year warranty. The Company tests its products prior to shipment in order to ensure that they meet each customer's requirements based upon specifications received from each customer at the time its order is received and accepted. The Company's customers may request to return products for various reasons, including, but not limited to, the customers' belief that the products are not performing to specification. The Company's return policy states that it will accept product returns only with prior authorization and if the product does not meet customer specifications, in which case the product would be replaced or repaired. To accommodate the Company's customers, each request for return is reviewed; and if and when it is approved, a return materials authorization ("RMA") is issued to the customer.

Each month, the Company records a specific warranty reserve for approved RMAs covering products that have not yet been returned. The Company does not maintain a general warranty reserve because, historically, valid warranty returns resulting from a product not meeting specifications or being non-functional have been de minimis. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, accrued warranty reserve was $80,000 and $21,000, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products in accordance with the criteria in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which are:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company meets these conditions upon the Company’s satisfaction of the performance obligation, usually at the time of shipment to the customer, because control passes to the customer at that time. Our standard terms for customers are net due within 30 days, with a few exceptions, none regularly exceeding 60 days.

The Company provides disaggregated revenue details by geographic markets in Note M – Domestic and Foreign Revenues.

The Company offers a limited right of return and/or authorized price protection provisions in its agreements with certain electronic component distributors who resell the Company's products to original equipment manufacturers or electronic manufacturing services companies. As a result, the Company estimates and records a reserve for future returns and other charges against revenue at the time of shipment consistent with the terms of sale. The reserve is estimated based on historical experience with each respective distributor. These reserves and charges are immaterial as the Company does not have a history of significant price protection adjustments or returns. The Company provides a standard assurance warranty that does not create a performance obligation.

Practical Expedients:

 

-

The Company applies the practical expedient for shipping and handling as fulfillment costs.

 

-

The Company expenses sales commissions as sales and marketing expenses in the period they are incurred.

Shipping Costs

Amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as revenue, and the Company's shipping and handling costs are included in manufacturing cost of sales.

F-9

 


 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Such costs were approximately $2,006,000 and $2,036,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and are included within engineering, selling and administrative expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

Certain Company employees participate in the share-based compensation plans sponsored by LGL Group. LGL Group’s share-based compensation awards granted to employees of the Company consist of LGL Group stock options and restricted stock. As such, the awards to Company employees are reflected in Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. within the Combined Statements of Equity at the time they are expensed. The Combined Statements of Operations also includes an allocation of LGL’s corporate and shared employee share-based compensation expenses.

The Company measures the cost of employee services in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognizes the cost over the requisite service period, typically the vesting period.

Restricted stock awards are measured at the market price of the LGL Group's common stock on the date of the grant and recognized over the respective service period.

Income Taxes

The Company's deferred income tax assets represent (a) temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities that will result in deductible amounts in future years and (b) the tax effects of net operating loss carryforwards.

The Company periodically undertakes a review of its valuation allowance, and it evaluates all positive and negative factors that may affect whether it is more likely than not that the Company would realize its future tax benefits from its deferred tax balances. Pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), the Company determined, during the year ended December 31, 2021, that it is more likely than not that substantially all of its U.S. deferred tax assets related to research and development tax credits can be utilized in the foreseeable future and that a previously recorded valuation allowance, amounting to $374,000, be reversed to record deferred tax assets at their expected net realizable value.

We recognize tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. For those positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $448,000.

Historically, the Company’s income tax expense and deferred tax balances have been included in the LGL Group’s income tax returns. See Note E – Income Taxes, for further information regarding income taxes.

Concentration Risks

In 2021, the Company's largest customer, a commercial aerospace and defense company, accounted for $7,838,000, or 29.4%, of the Company's total revenues, compared to $7,802,000, or 26.0%, of the Company’s total revenues in 2020. The Company’s second largest customer, a defense contractor, accounted for $3,138,000, or 11.8%, of the Company's total revenues, compared to $5,550,000, or 18.5%, of the Company’s total revenues in 2020.

A significant portion of the Company's accounts receivable is concentrated with a relatively small number of customers. As of December 31, 2021, four of the Company's largest customers accounted for approximately $2,568,000, or 62.3%, of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2020, four of the Company's largest customers accounted for approximately $2,301,000, or 57.1%, of accounts receivable. The Company carefully evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers in deciding to extend credit and utilizes letters of credit to further limit credit risk for export sales. As a result of these policies, the Company has experienced very low historical bad debt expense and believes the related risk to be minimal.

At various times throughout the year and at December 31, 2021 and 2020, some deposits held at financial institutions were in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances.

F-10

 


 

Segment Information

ASC 280, Segment Information ("ASC 280") requires companies to report financial and descriptive information for each identified operating segment based on management's internal organizational decision-making structure. Management has identified the Company’s only segment as electronic components.

Impairments of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are grouped with other assets to the lowest level to which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. Management assesses the recoverability of the carrying cost of the assets based on a review of projected undiscounted cash flows. If an asset is held for sale, management reviews its estimated fair value less cost to sell. Fair value is determined using pertinent market information, including appraisals or broker's estimates, and/or projected discounted cash flows. In the event an impairment loss is identified, it is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the long-lived asset.

The Company reviews goodwill annually and the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. If it is determined that the assets are impaired, the carrying value would be reduced to estimated recoverable value.

Impacts of COVID-19

We performed an assessment to determine if there were any indicators of impairment as a result of the operating conditions resulting from the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic at the end of each of the 2020 and 2021 fiscal quarters, including at December 31, 2021. We concluded that, while there were events and circumstances in the macro-environment that did impact us, we did not experience any entity-specific indicators of asset impairment and no triggering events occurred.

Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc.

Net investment by LGL Group, Inc. in the Combined Balance Sheets is presented in lieu of stockholders’ equity and represents LGL Group’s historical investment in the Company, the accumulated net earnings after taxes and the net effect of the transactions with and allocations from LGL Group. All transactions reflected in Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets have been considered as financing activities for purposes of the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

For additional information, see Basis of Presentation above and Note C – Related Party Transactions.

Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of international operations are remeasured at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date for monetary assets and liabilities and at historical rates for nonmonetary assets and liabilities, with the related remeasurement gains or losses reported within the combined statements of operations. The results of international operations are remeasured at the monthly average exchange rates. The Company's foreign subsidiaries and respective operations' functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The Company has determined this based upon the majority of transactions with customers as well as intercompany transactions and parental support being based in U.S. dollars. The Company has recognized a remeasurement gain (loss) of $11,000 and ($95,000) in 2021 and 2020, respectively, which is included within other income, net in the Combined Statements of Operations.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value guidance identifies three primary valuation techniques: the market approach, the income approach and the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset.

F-11

 


 

The Company estimates the fair value of property and equipment and trade name in accordance with the provisions of ASC 820. The recorded amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, other current assets and current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The maximization of observable inputs and the minimization of the use of unobservable inputs are required.

Classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the objectivity of the inputs that are significant to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are characterized as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. These inputs may include internally developed pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13),” which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The standard replaces the incurred loss model with the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to estimate credit losses for financial assets. The provisions of the standard are effective for the Company on January 1, 2023; early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its combined financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by the FASB or other standard-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial statements.

C. Related Party Transactions

The combined financial statements have been prepared on a standalone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of The LGL Group, Inc. The following discussion summarizes activity between the Company and LGL Group.

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses

For purposes of preparing these combined financial statements on a “carve-out” basis, we have allocated a portion of LGL Group’s corporate expenses, totaling $921,000 and $605,000 to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which are recorded within engineering, selling and administrative expenses. See Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for a discussion of the methodology used to allocate corporate-related costs for purposes of preparing these financial statements on a “carve-out” basis.

Due to and from Related Parties

Balances between the Company and LGL Group, Inc. that are derived from transactions that have been historically cash settled are reflected in the Combined Balance Sheets as Due to Related Parties. Balances between the Company and LGL Group, Inc. or its affiliates derived from transactions that have been historically settled other than in cash are included in Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. within Equity on the Combined Balance Sheets.

Loan Payable to Related Party

The Company had a loan payable to LGL with a balance of $3,323,000 at December 31, 2019. This loan carried interest at an annual rate of 6.25%. Interest expense was $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The loan was repaid during 2020.

F-12

 


 

Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc.

The following table presents the components of Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc. in the 2021 and 2020 Combined Statements of Equity:

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Corporate Expense Allocations

 

$

29

 

 

$

(207

)

Share-based Compensation Expense

 

 

292

 

 

 

145

 

Assumed Income Tax Payments

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(61

)

Total Net Transfers to (from) LGL Group, Inc.

 

$

293

 

 

$

(123

)

D. Inventories

The Company reduces the value of its inventories to net realizable value when the net realizable value is believed to be less than the cost of the item. The inventory reserve for excess and obsolescence inventory as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $1,381,000 and $1,181,000, respectively. The components of inventory as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized below:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Raw materials

 

$

2,061

 

 

$

1,907

 

Work in process

 

 

2,190

 

 

 

2,465

 

Finished goods

 

 

970

 

 

 

733

 

Total Inventories, net

 

$

5,221

 

 

$

5,105

 

E. Income Taxes

The Company periodically undertakes a review of its valuation allowance and evaluates all positive and negative factors that may affect whether it is more likely than not that the Company would realize its future tax benefits from its deferred tax balances. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become realizable.

During 2021, as a result of current and expected future taxable income, the Company released its valuation allowance over a portion of its deferred tax assets as the deferred tax assets became more likely than not to be realized.

Income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

  

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

 

State and local

 

 

23

 

 

 

38

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Total Current

 

 

23

 

 

 

88

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

455

 

 

 

443

 

State and local

 

 

52

 

 

 

20

 

Foreign

 

 

1

 

 

 

32

 

Net deferred

 

 

508

 

 

 

495

 

Income tax provision

 

$

531

 

 

$

583

 

F-13

 


 

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes is detailed below:

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Tax provision at expected statutory rate

 

$

444

 

 

$

608

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

75

 

 

 

59

 

Permanent differences

 

 

3

 

 

 

55

 

Credits

 

 

(74

)

 

 

(125

)

Foreign tax expense, and other

 

 

(12

)

 

 

1

 

Change in rate

 

 

1

 

 

 

(25

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(374

)

 

 

5

 

Change in uncertain tax positions

 

 

448

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

20

 

 

 

5

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

531

 

 

$

583

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

25.1

%

 

 

20.2

%

Deferred income taxes for 2021 and 2020 were provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. Tax effects of temporary differences and carry-forwards at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Deferred Tax

 

 

Deferred Tax

 

 

 

Asset

 

 

Liability

 

 

Asset

 

 

Liability

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Inventory reserve

 

$

334

 

 

$

 

 

$

292

 

 

$

 

Fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

Other reserves and accruals

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,717

 

 

 

 

Federal tax loss carryforwards

 

 

204

 

 

 

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

 

State tax loss carryforwards

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

Foreign tax loss carryforwards

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

Total deferred income taxes

 

 

2,246

 

 

$

59

 

 

 

3,149

 

 

$

81

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(374

)

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

2,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,694

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets totaled $2,187,000 at December 31, 2021 which includes the tax effect of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and our federal tax credits. We recognize federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and our federal tax credits as deferred tax assets, subject to valuation allowances. At each balance sheet date, we estimate the amount of carryforwards that are not expected to be used prior to expiration of the carryforward period.

The Company has a total gross federal NOL carryforward of $973,000 as of December 31, 2021. This federal NOL carryforward expires through 2038, if not utilized prior to that date. The Company has total state NOL carryforwards of $3,400,000 as of December 31, 2021. These state NOL balances expire through 2038. The Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1,343,000 at December 31, 2021 that can be used to reduce future income tax liabilities and expire principally between 2022 and 2040.

For purposes of our combined financial statements, income taxes have been calculated as if we file income tax returns for the Company on a standalone basis. The Company’s U.S. operations and certain of its non-U.S. operations historically have been included in the income tax returns of LGL or its subsidiaries that may not be part of the Company. The Company believes the assumptions supporting its allocation and presentation of income taxes on a separate return basis are reasonable. Deferred tax assets totaling $1,354,000 and included in the above balances are expected to be utilized by LGL on its 2021 consolidated tax return, and would be deducted from the deferred tax asset balance and included in the Net investment by LGL Group, Inc. on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and shown as Net transfers to LGL Group within the combined statements of equity.

F-14

 


 

Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. We review our tax contingencies on a regular basis and make appropriate accruals as necessary.

As of December 31, 2021, our unrecognized tax benefits totaled $448,000, and are included within other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

2021

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at January 1

 

$

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

419

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

 

29

 

Balance at December 31

 

$

448

 

The Company will recognize any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense. Net adjustments to accruals for interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions was immaterial for 2021. Our total accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions were immaterial as of December 31, 2021. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $448,000. We do not expect a significant change to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months. We believe that the taxes accrued in our consolidated balance sheet fairly represent the amount of income taxes to be settled or realized in the future.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state, Hong Kong and India jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and state tax authorities is open for tax returns for years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020; although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to tax year 2018, including NOL carryforwards and tax credits, may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state tax authorities, if they either have been or will be used in a future period. The Company is generally subject to examinations by foreign tax authorities from 2016 to the present.

F. Revolving Credit Agreement

On May 12, 2020, the Company and its subsidiary PTI (collectively, the “Borrowers”), entered into a loan agreement for a revolving line of credit with Synovus Bank, an unaffiliated entity, as the lender (“Lender”), for up to $3.5 million (the “Loan Agreement”), such amount to be used for working capital and general operations. The Loan Agreement is evidenced by a promissory note dated May 12, 2020 that matures on May 12, 2022 (the “Note”) and a corresponding security agreement (the “Security Agreement”). The Note bears interest at the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) 30-day rate plus 2.50% with a floor of 0.50%. Upon discontinuance or lack of availability of the LIBOR rate, Lender is required to determine a comparable equivalent replacement rate. Accrued interest-only payments are due on a monthly basis until the maturity date. The Borrowers may prepay all or any portion of the loans under the Loan Agreement at any time, without fee, premium or penalty. The Loan Agreement also includes a clean-up provision; whereby, during each 12-month period, the outstanding balance must remain at zero for 30 consecutive days. In accordance with the Security Agreement, all property of the Borrowers, both tangible and intangible, will serve as security for borrowings under the Loan Agreement. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under its revolving line of credit with Synovus Bank.

The Loan Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for lines of credit and transactions of this type which the Company is in compliance with, including limitations on the incurrence of debt and liabilities by the Borrowers, as well as financial reporting requirements. The Loan Agreement also imposes certain financial covenants based on Debt Service Coverage Ratio and the Ratio of Total Liabilities to Total Net Worth (as such terms are defined in the Loan Agreement). In the event of default, the Lender has the right to terminate its commitment to make loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement and to accelerate the payment on any unpaid principal amount of all outstanding loans and interest thereon. All loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement are secured by a continuing and unconditional first priority security interest in and to any and all property of the Borrowers.

F-15

 


 

G. Leases

We lease certain manufacturing and office space and equipment. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. A contract is or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Amounts associated with operating leases, which are not short-term, are included in right-of-use lease assets, other accrued expenses and long-term lease liabilities in our Combined Balance Sheets. Right-of-use lease assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term. We use our incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Short-term leases, leases with an initial term of 12 months or less, are not recorded in the Combined Balance Sheets; we recognize lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company leases certain property and equipment, including warehousing, and sales and distribution equipment, under operating leases with terms that range from one to five years. Certain of these leases have one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term from one to 10 years or more, and the exercise of lease renewal options under these leases is at our sole discretion. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Total operating lease costs amounted to $476,000 and $546,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Our total lease obligation, as discounted for imputed interest, is $218,000 of which the current portion of $73,000 is included in other accrued expenses on the combined balance sheets at December 31, 2021.

Future minimum lease payment obligations under operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

 

2022

 

 

74

 

2023

 

 

74

 

2024

 

 

74

 

2025

 

 

12

 

Total lease payments

 

 

234

 

Less: interest

 

 

(16

)

Total lease payments

 

$

218

 

 

H. Stock-Based Compensation

On August 4, 2011, LGL Group’s stockholders approved the 2011 Incentive Plan. 500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2011 Incentive Plan. On June 16, 2016, LGL Group’s stockholders approved the Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which increased the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the Plan to 750,000 shares of common stock. On August 4, 2021, the 2011 Incentive Plan terminated. On December 28, 2021, LGL Group’s stockholders approved the 2021 Incentive Plan, including the authority to issue 1,000,000 shares of common stock. At December 31, 2021, 946,511 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2021 Incentive Plan.

Restricted stock awards are measured at a value equal to the market price of LGL Group's common stock on the date of grant which is recognized over the service period of the shares.

Total stock-based compensation expense recorded by LGL Group was $309,000 and $151,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, as a result of the options and restricted stock disclosed below, with $292,000 and $145,000 allocated to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, recorded within engineering, selling and administrative expenses. The allocation was based on the basis of direct usage for direct employees of the Company, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata basis of consolidated sales, which is considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services. The amounts presented are not necessarily indicative of future awards and do not necessarily reflect the results that the Company would have experienced as a standalone company for the period presented.

F-16

 


 

The following table summarizes information about allocated LGL Group stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2021:

 

Number of

Shares

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic

Value

(in thousands)

 

Option Balances at December 31, 2020

 

 

33,000

 

 

$

10.58

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

$

69

 

Options Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options Exercised

 

 

(8,000

)

 

 

3.90

 

 

 

0.89

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options Forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Option Balances at December 31, 2021

 

 

25,000

 

 

$

12.72

 

 

$

4.02

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

$

 

Options Exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

15,000

 

 

$

12.72

 

 

$

4.02

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

$

 

 

A summary of LGL Group’s restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2021 follows:

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Aggregate Grant Date Fair value

(in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

55,762

 

 

$

9.42

 

 

$

525

 

Granted

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

11.84

 

 

 

533

 

Vested

 

 

(18,229

)

 

 

11.72

 

 

 

(214

)

Forfeited

 

 

(26,250

)

 

 

9.01

 

 

 

(236

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

56,283

 

 

$

10.80

 

 

$

608

 

 

The following disclosures of share-based compensation expense recognized by the Company are based on the expense from grants related directly to Company employees.

Stock Options

Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of LGL Group common stock on the date of grant. Stock options have a maximum term of 10 years and generally vest ratably over three to five years. The fair value of stock options granted is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the fair value of options is affected by the LGL stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the LGL Group expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards. There were no stock options issued to Company employees during 2021 or 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $28,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost, related to unvested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.9 years.

As of December 31, 2021, there were 25,000 outstanding stock options, 15,000 of which were fully vested, with no intrinsic value.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock vests over the terms as indicated within each restricted stock agreement. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the market value of an unrestricted share of LGL Group common stock on the date of grant.  There was one grant of 45,000 shares of restricted stock during 2021 for an LGL Group employee with a grant date fair value of $11.84 per share, with 15,000 shares vested immediately and 30,000 which will vest over 1.25 years.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $435,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost, related to unvested restricted stock. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1 year.

I. Employee Benefit Plan

LGL Group offers a defined contribution plan for eligible employees in which the Company makes discretionary contributions up to 50% of the first 6% of eligible compensation contributed by participants. The Company contributed approximately $112,000 and $117,000 in discretionary contributions during 2021 and 2020, which was allocated to the Company and related directly to its

F-17

 


 

employees. Participants vest in employer contributions starting after their second year of service at 20% increments, vesting 100% in year six.

J. Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries may become defendants in certain product liability, patent infringement, worker claims and other litigation. The Company records a liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. The Company is not involved in any legal proceedings other than routine litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which the Company believes will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

K. Domestic and Foreign Revenues

Significant foreign revenues from operations (10% or more of foreign sales) were as follows:

  

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Malaysia

 

$

2,745

 

 

$

2,842

 

Hong Kong

 

 

682

 

 

 

1,211

 

Australia

 

 

189

 

 

 

974

 

All other foreign countries

 

 

2,126

 

 

 

2,255

 

Total foreign revenues

 

$

5,742

 

 

$

7,282

 

Total domestic revenues

 

$

20,952

 

 

$

22,702

 

The Company allocates its foreign revenue based on the customer's ship-to location.

L. Payroll Protection Program

On April 15, 2020, the Company and its PTI subsidiary entered into loans with City National Bank of Florida, a national banking association, as the lender, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,848,000 pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act. On May 14, 2020, the Company returned all amounts pursuant to such loans and such loans were thereby terminated.

M. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events for matters that may require disclosure in these combined financial statements through April 11, 2022. Other than as already disclosed, there have been no events that have occurred that would require disclosure in the combined financial statements.

 


F-18

 


 

 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

March 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

March 31,

2021

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,560

 

 

$

2,635

 

 

$

2,526

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $125 and $119, respectively

 

 

4,900

 

 

 

3,995

 

 

 

3,518

 

Inventories, net

 

 

5,652

 

 

 

5,221

 

 

 

5,145

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

215

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

212

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

12,327

 

 

 

12,093

 

 

 

11,401

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

536

 

 

 

536

 

 

 

536

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

4,869

 

 

 

4,869

 

 

 

4,822

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

18,383

 

 

 

18,176

 

 

 

17,179

 

Gross property, plant and equipment

 

 

23,788

 

 

 

23,581

 

 

 

22,537

 

Less:  accumulated depreciation

 

 

(20,347

)

 

 

(20,199

)

 

 

(19,821

)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

3,441

 

 

 

3,382

 

 

 

2,716

 

Right-of-use lease asset

 

 

202

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

200

 

Due from related party

 

 

2,698

 

 

 

1,969

 

 

 

945

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

139

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

192

 

Deferred income tax asset

 

 

1,998

 

 

 

2,187

 

 

 

2,657

 

Other assets

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

14

 

Total Assets

 

$

20,806

 

 

$

20,006

 

 

$

18,125

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,458

 

 

$

1,396

 

 

$

965

 

Accrued compensation and commissions expense

 

 

914

 

 

 

1,213

 

 

 

1,283

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

596

 

 

 

403

 

 

 

443

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

2,968

 

 

 

3,012

 

 

 

2,691

 

Long-term lease liability

 

 

130

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

132

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

3,098

 

 

 

3,157

 

 

 

2,823

 

Contingencies (Note G)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment by LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

17,708

 

 

 

16,849

 

 

 

15,302

 

Total Equity

 

 

17,708

 

 

 

16,849

 

 

 

15,302

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

 

$

20,806

 

 

$

20,006

 

 

$

18,125

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited).

F-19

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in Thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

  

 

Quarter Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

REVENUES

 

$

7,691

 

 

$

6,254

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing cost of sales

 

 

4,819

 

 

 

4,257

 

Engineering, selling and administrative

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

1,695

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

814

 

 

 

302

 

Other Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

(17

)

 

 

46

 

Total other (expense) income, net

 

 

(20

)

 

 

43

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

794

 

 

 

345

 

Income tax provision

 

 

175

 

 

 

64

 

NET INCOME

 

$

619

 

 

$

281

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited).

F-20

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(Dollars in Thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Net Investment by LGL Group

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

16,849

 

Net income

 

 

619

 

Net transfers to LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

240

 

Balance at March 31, 2022

 

$

17,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

14,974

 

Net income

 

 

281

 

Net transfers to LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

47

 

Balance at March 31, 2021

 

$

15,302

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited).

F-21

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in Thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Quarter Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

619

 

 

$

281

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

Depreciation

 

 

148

 

 

 

110

 

Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

219

 

 

 

72

 

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

189

 

 

 

37

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net

 

 

(905

)

 

 

430

 

Increase in inventories, net

 

 

(431

)

 

 

(40

)

Decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

31

 

 

 

23

 

Decrease in accounts payable, accrued compensation

   and commissions expense and other

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(118

)

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

 

(160

)

 

 

809

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(207

)

 

 

(55

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(207

)

 

 

(55

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net transfers from (to) LGL Group, Inc.

 

 

21

 

 

 

(25

)

Payments to related party

 

 

(729

)

 

 

(659

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(708

)

 

 

(684

)

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,075

)

 

 

70

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

2,635

 

 

 

2,456

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

1,560

 

 

$

2,526

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited).

F-22

 


 

MTRON BUSINESS OF THE LGL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

A. Background and Description of Business

The Separation

The LGL Group, Inc. (“LGL” or the “Parent”) operates the Mtron and Precision Time and Frequency businesses in the defense, aerospace, and space business markets. On [ ], 2022, LGL announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate LGL into two independent, public companies: LGL and Mtron. LGL expects to effect this through a tax-free spin-off of Mtron to LGL’s shareholders through a pro-rata distribution to LGL’s shareholders of common stock of Mtron Industries, Inc., holding certain assets and liabilities comprising the Mtron business. MTron Industries, Inc. (the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) will become a separate, independent, publicly traded company. The spin-off is expected to be completed in July 2022, subject to certain customary market, regulatory and other conditions.

Description of Business

The Company was founded in 1965 and is engaged in the design, manufacturing and marketing of highly-engineered, high reliability frequency and spectrum control products used to control the frequency or timing of signals in electronic circuits.

The Company’s operations include its two principal subsidiaries, (1) Piezo Technology, Inc. ("PTI") and (2) M-tron Asia, LLC ("Mtron"). The Company has operations in Orlando, Florida; Yankton, South Dakota; and Noida, India, and has sales offices in Austin, Texas and Hong Kong. The Company and its subsidiaries currently operate together as a single group under the MtronPTI brand (“MtronPTI”).

The Company offers a wide range of precision frequency control and spectrum control solutions including: RF, microwave and millimeter wave filters; cavity, crystal, ceramic, lumped element and switched filters; high performance and high frequency OCXOs, integrated PLL OCXOs, TCXOs, VCXOs, low jitter and harsh environment oscillators; crystal resonators, Integrated Microwave Assemblies (IMA); and state-of-the-art solid state power amplifier products.

B. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The condensed combined financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. The condensed combined financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

The condensed combined financial statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of The LGL Group, Inc. (“LGL Group”) and have been prepared under GAAP. These condensed combined financial statements may not be indicative of the Company’s future performance and do not necessarily reflect what the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had it operated as an independent company during the periods presented.

Transactions between the Company and LGL Group have been included in these condensed combined financial statements. For those transactions between the Company and LGL Group that have been historically settled in cash, the Company has reflected such balances in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as Due from Related Parties or Due to Related Parties. The aggregate net effect of transactions between the Company and related parties that have been historically settled other than in cash are reflected in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. and in the Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows as Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc. For additional information, see Note C – Related Party Transactions.

The Condensed Combined Balance Sheets include certain LGL Group assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Company. The debt and associated interest expense in these condensed combined financial statements relate to third-party borrowings under a revolving credit agreement specifically attributable to legal obligations of the Company.

The Cash and Cash Equivalents held by LGL Group at the corporate level are not specifically identifiable to the Company and, therefore, have not been reflected in the Company’s Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. Cash and Cash Equivalents in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets represent Cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Company at the respective period-ends.

F-23

 


 

The Condensed Combined Statements of Operations include an allocation for certain corporate and shared service functions historically provided by our Parent, including, but not limited to, executive oversight, accounting, tax, and other shared services. These expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata basis of consolidated sales or other measures considered to be a reasonable reflection of the historical utilization levels of these services. Management believes the assumptions underlying our condensed combined financial statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocation of general corporate expenses from our Parent, are reasonable. Nevertheless, our condensed combined financial statements may not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we operated as a standalone company during the periods presented and may not reflect our combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows had we operated as a standalone company during the periods presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had operated as a standalone company would depend on multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure.

Going forward, the Company may perform these functions using its own resources or outsourced services. For a period following the planned separation, some of these functions may continue to be provided by LGL Group under a transition services agreement, and the Company may provide some services to LGL Group under the transition services agreement. The Company may also enter into certain commercial arrangements with LGL Group in connection with the planned separation. We also may incur additional costs associated with being a standalone, publicly listed company that were not included in the expense allocations and, therefore, would result in additional costs that are not reflected in our historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

During the period presented in these Condensed Combined Financial Statements, the Company’s income tax expense and deferred tax balances have been included in the LGL Group’ income tax returns. Income tax expense and deferred tax balances contained in the Condensed Combined Financial Statements are presented on a separate return basis, as if the Company had filed its own income tax returns. As a result, actual tax transactions included in the consolidated financial statements of LGL Group may or may not be included in the Condensed Combined Financial Statement of the Company. Similarly, the tax treatment of certain items reflected in the Condensed Combined Financial Statement of the Company may or may not be reflected in the consolidated financial statements and income tax returns of LGL Group. The taxes recorded in the Condensed Combined Statements of Operations are not necessarily representative of the taxes that may arise in the future if the Company files its income tax returns independent from LGL Group’ returns.

Interim Financial Statements

The Condensed Combined Financial Statements as of and for the quarters ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 are unaudited. These Condensed Combined Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Combined Financial Statements and Notes thereto for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying Condensed Combined Financial Statements reflect all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature and necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods.

Uses of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed combined financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products in accordance with the criteria in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which are:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company meets these conditions upon the Company’s satisfaction of the performance obligation, usually at the time of shipment to the customer, because control passes to the customer at that time. Our standard terms for customers are net due within 30 days, with a few exceptions, none regularly exceeding 60 days.

The Company’s two product groupings, Frequency Control and Spectrum Control, have identical characteristics for revenue recognition. Both are recognized upon shipment to the customer.

F-24

 


 

The Company provides disaggregated revenue details by geographic markets in Note M – Domestic and Foreign Revenues.

The Company offers a limited right of return and/or authorized price protection provisions in its agreements with certain electronic component distributors who resell the Company's products to original equipment manufacturers or electronic manufacturing services companies. As a result, the Company estimates and records a reserve for future returns and other charges against revenue at the time of shipment consistent with the terms of sale. The reserve is estimated based on historical experience with each respective distributor. These reserves and charges are immaterial as the Company does not have a history of significant price protection adjustments or returns. The Company provides a standard assurance warranty that does not create a performance obligation.

Practical Expedients:

 

-

The Company applies the practical expedient for shipping and handling as fulfillment costs.

 

-

The Company expenses sales commissions as sales and marketing expenses in the period they are incurred.

Impairments of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are grouped with other assets to the lowest level to which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. Management assesses the recoverability of the carrying cost of the assets based on a review of projected undiscounted cash flows. If an asset is held for sale, management reviews its estimated fair value less cost to sell. Fair value is determined using pertinent market information, including appraisals or broker's estimates, and/or projected discounted cash flows. In the event an impairment loss is identified, it is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the long-lived asset.

We performed an assessment to determine if there were any indicators of impairment as a result of the operating conditions resulting from the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic at the end of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2022. We concluded that, while there were events and circumstances in the macro-environment that did impact us, we did not experience any entity-specific indicators of asset impairment and no triggering events occurred.

Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc.

Net investment by LGL Group, Inc. in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets is presented in lieu of stockholders’ equity and represents LGL’s historical investment in the Company, the accumulated net earnings after taxes and the net effect of the transactions with and allocations from LGL. All transactions reflected in Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. in the accompanying Condensed Combined Balance Sheets have been considered as financing activities for purposes of the Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

For additional information, see Basis of Presentation above and Note C – Related Party Transactions.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13),” which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The standard replaces the incurred loss model with the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to estimate credit losses for financial assets. The provisions of the standard are effective for the Company on January 1, 2023; early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its condensed combined financial statements.

C. Related Party Transactions

The condensed combined financial statements have been prepared on a standalone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of The LGL Group, Inc. The following discussion summarizes activity between the Company and LGL.

Allocation of General Corporate Expenses

For purposes of preparing these condensed combined financial statements on a “carve-out” basis, we have allocated a portion of LGL Group’s corporate expenses, totaling $391,000 and $196,000 to the Company for the quarters ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which are recorded within engineering, selling and administrative expenses. See Note B – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for a discussion of the methodology used to allocate corporate-related costs for purposes of preparing these financial statements on a “carve-out” basis.

F-25

 


 

Due to and from Related Parties

Balances between the Company and LGL Group, Inc. that are derived from transactions that have been historically cash settled are reflected in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as Due to Related Parties. Balances between the Company and LGL Group, Inc. or its affiliates derived from transactions that have been historically settled other than in cash are included in Net Investment by LGL Group, Inc. within Equity on the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets.

Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc.

The following table presents the components of Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc. in the Condensed Combined Statements of Equity (in thousands):

 

Quarter Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Corporate Expense Allocations

 

$

21

 

 

$

(25

)

Share-based Compensation Expense

 

 

219

 

 

 

72

 

Total Net Transfers to LGL Group, Inc.

 

$

240

 

 

$

47

 

D. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method. The Company reduces the value of its inventories to net realizable value when the net realizable value is believed to be less than the cost of the item. The inventory reserve for excess and obsolescence inventory as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2021 was $1,477,000, $1,381,000 and $1,260,000, respectively.

Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

March 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

March 31,

2021

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

Raw materials

 

$

2,380

 

 

$

2,061

 

 

$

1,927

 

Work in process

 

 

2,370

 

 

 

2,190

 

 

 

2,484

 

Finished goods

 

 

902

 

 

 

970

 

 

 

734

 

Total Inventories, net

 

$

5,652

 

 

$

5,221

 

 

$

5,145

 

E. Income Taxes

The Company’s quarterly provision for income taxes is measured using an annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items within the period presented. To determine the annual effective tax rate, the Company estimates both the total income (loss) before income taxes for the full year and the jurisdictions in which that income (loss) is subject to tax. The actual effective tax rate for the full year may differ from these estimates if income (loss) before income taxes is greater than or less than what was estimated or if the allocation of income (loss) to jurisdictions in which it is taxed is different from the estimated allocations.

The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021 was 22.0% and 18.6%, respectively. Differences between the Company’s effective income tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate are primarily the impact of research and development credits, the mix of earnings between jurisdictions, and state taxes.

F. Revolving Credit Agreement

On May 12, 2022, the loan agreement for a revolving line of credit with Synovus Bank expired. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving line of credit with Synovus Bank.

On June 15, 2022, Mtron entered into a loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) for a revolving line of credit with Fifth Third Bank , National Association, for up to $5.0 million bearing interest at the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) rate plus a margin of 2.25%. The Loan Agreement has a maturity date of June 15, 2025 and contains various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for lines of credit and transactions of this type, including limitations on the incurrence of debt and liabilities, as well as financial reporting requirements. The Loan Agreement also imposes certain financial covenants based on Debt Service Coverage Ratio, Current Ratio, and the Ratio of Total Liabilities to Total Net Worth (as such terms are defined in the Loan Agreement). All loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement will be secured by a continuing and unconditional first priority security interest in and to any and all property of the Company.

F-26

 


 

G. Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries may become defendants in certain product liability, patent infringement, worker claims and other litigation. The Company records a liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. The Company is not involved in any legal proceedings other than routine litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which the Company believes will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

H. Domestic and Foreign Revenues

Significant foreign revenues from operations (10% or more of foreign sales) were as follows (in thousands):

 

Quarter Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Malaysia

 

$

1,293

 

 

$

609

 

Hong Kong

 

 

237

 

 

 

189

 

All other foreign countries

 

 

600

 

 

 

447

 

Total foreign revenues

 

$

2,130

 

 

$

1,245

 

Total domestic revenues

 

$

5,561

 

 

$

5,009

 

The Company allocates its foreign revenue based on the customer's ship-to location.

I. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events for matters that may require disclosure in these condensed combined financial statements through June 29, 2022. Other than as already disclosed, there have been no events that have occurred that would require disclosure in the condensed combined financial statements.

F-27